POLICY FILEJULY 2018

ii

Table of Contents UNIVERSITY SENATE CONSTITUTION............................................................................................................... 1 Preamble ……….........................................................................................................................................................1 1.0 Purpose ..............................................................................................................................................................1 2.0 Duties..................................................................................................................................................................1 3.0 Calendar .............................................................................................................................................................1 4.0 Membership and Electorate ...............................................................................................................................1 5.0 Officers and Parliamentarian .............................................................................................................................2 6.0 Meetings and Quorum........................................................................................................................................2 7.0 Committees of the Senate ..................................................................................................................................3 8.0 Bylaws….. .........................................................................................................................................................3 9.0 Amendments ......................................................................................................................................................3

BYLAWS..................................................................................................................................................................................4 1.0 Definitions..................................................................................................................................................4 2.0 Committees ........................................................................................................................... .....................4 3.0 Committee Membership and Duties ..........................................................................................................6 4.0 Elections....................................................................................................................................................12 5.0 Substitutes ................................................................................................................................................15 6.0 Vacancies .................................................................................................................................................15 7.0 Meetings ...................................................................................................................................................16 8.0 Order of Business (Agenda) .....................................................................................................................17 9.0 University Policy File ..............................................................................................................................17 10.0 Parliamentary Procedure...........................................................................................................................18 11.0 Presidential Approval of Senate Actions..................................................................................................18 12.0 Interpretation of Senate Actions...............................................................................................................18 13.0 Availability of Documents........................................................................................................................18 14.0 Amendments ............................................................................................................................................18

RESOLUTIONS .................................................................................................................................................................19 UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Academics ..................................................................................................................... 23 Absence from Class, Student ...........................................................................................................................23 Advising, Undergraduate Academic.................................................................................................................23 Assessment ..........................................................................................................................................................25 Calendar ...............................................................................................................................................................26 Cheating and Plagiarism6 .................................................................................................................................26 Competency and Proficiency in Written English and Mathematics ................................................................27 Course Prerequisites .........................................................................................................................................29 Courses, Credit/No Credit Undergraduate .......................................................................................................29 Courses, Cross-Listed ......................................................................................................................................29 Courses, Experimental and Interdisciplinary Limited-Duration ......................................................................30 Courses: Hours and Preparation........................................................................................................................30 Courses Not Offered in Two Years, Undergraduate ........................................................................................30 Courses Rejected by the Curriculum Committee .............................................................................................31 Courses, Special Study .....................................................................................................................................31 Courses, Undergraduate Collaborative.............................................................................................................31 Credit by Examination......................................................................................................................................32 Credits Earned by High School Students .........................................................................................................33 Credit for Academically Related Work Experience.........................................................................................33 Curriculum Changes, Undergraduate and Graduate.........................................................................................33 Dean's List .......................................................................................................................................................38 Degree Program Discontinuation.....................................................................................................................38 Degree Revocation7 ..................................................................................................................................................40 Examinations and Projects ...............................................................................................................................43

iii

Extended Studies........................................................................................................................................................45 Freedom of Expression…………………….……………………………………………………………………..46

General Education ..................................................................................................................................................47 Grades .......................................................................................................................................................................47 Graduation .................................................................................................................................................................53 Honorary Degrees ...................................................................................................................................................55 Honors Societies, Student ......................................................................................................................................55 Hybrid, Online and Intercampus Classes: Definitions and Scheduling ..........................................................55 Impaction and Enrollment Management .............................................................................................................56 SDSU Imperial Valley: Curriculum and Academic Policy ..............................................................................56 Intellectual Property ...............................................................................................................................................57 Major .........................................................................................................................................................................57 Matriculation by Faculty Members ......................................................................................................................58 Minor ........................................................................................................................................................................58 Mission and Goals ..................................................................................................................................................58 Records .....................................................................................................................................................................61 Registration ..............................................................................................................................................................63 Review of Departments, Schools, or Programs ..................................................................................................64 Transfer Students ....................................................................................................................................................66 Unit Limits ...............................................................................................................................................................66 Universal Access to Information Technology Resources and Services .........................................................67

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Administration ......................................................................................................68 Academic Administrators ......................................................................................................................................68 Emeritus Administrator Status ..............................................................................................................................68 Review of Academic Administrators ...................................................................................................................68 Search Committees for University Administrators ............................................................................................72 Staff Deans, Appointment of ................................................................................................................................75

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Budget ......................................................................................................................76 Budget Procedures ..................................................................................................................................................76 Payroll Checks .........................................................................................................................................................77 Relocation Expenses ...............................................................................................................................................77

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Codes ........................................................................................................................79 Alcohol Abuse and Illegal Drugs .........................................................................................................................79 Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets .......................................................................................................79 Disabilities, Persons with ......................................................................................................................................90 Faculty, Staff, and Student Conflict of Interest ..................................................................................................90 Faculty-Student Relations14 ...................................................................................................................................91 Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity .........................................................................................................91 Layoff, Termination, and Rejection or Non-reappointment during the Probationary Period .....................93 Patents .......................................................................................................................................................................95 Research, Classified or Otherwise Privileged ..................................................................................................100 Research and Scholarship, Integrity in ..............................................................................................................101 Sexual Assault, Domestic Violence, and Stalking ...........................................................................................104 Sexual Harassment ...............................................................................................................................................104 Student Conduct Procedures ...............................................................................................................................108 Student Grievance Procedures ............................................................................................................................108

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Committees and Councils .................................................................................112 Appointive Authorities .........................................................................................................................................112 Bookstore Advisory Committee .........................................................................................................................112 Campus Development Committee .....................................................................................................................112 Copyrights and Patents Committee ....................................................................................................................112 Environment and Safety, Committee .................................................................................................................113 Expanded Senate Executive Committee ............................................................................................................113 Extended Studies Advisory Council ..................................................................................................................114

iv

Faculty Honors and Awards Committee ...........................................................................................................114 Fee Advisory Committee, Campus ....................................................................................................................114 Freedom of Expression, Committee on .............................................................................................................114 General Education Curriculum and Assessment Committee .........................................................................115 Graduate Council ..................................................................................................................................................115 Graduation and Retention Subcommittee (Undergraduate Council) ............................................................116 Honorary Degrees, Advisory Committee on ....................................................................................................117 Instructional and Information Technology Committee ...................................................................................117 Intercollegiate Athletics Council ........................................................................................................................117 International Programs Council ..........................................................................................................................118 Liberal Studies Committee ..................................................................................................................................119 Library Committee ...............................................................................................................................................119 Press Editorial Board, San Diego State University .........................................................................................119 Promotions and Tenure Review Panel ...............................................................................................................119 Research Council ..................................................................................................................................................119 Scholarships Committee ......................................................................................................................................120 Staff Affairs Committee .......................................................................................................................................120 Student Affairs Committee ..................................................................................................................................121 Student Grievance Committee ............................................................................................................................121 Student Learning Outcomes and Program Assessment Committee (SLOPAC) .........................................121 Student Media Advisory Committee .................................................................................................................122 Sustainability, Committee on ..............................................................................................................................122 Teacher Education Advisory Council ................................................................................................................122 Tenure-Track Planning Committee ....................................................................................................................123 Undergraduate Council ........................................................................................................................................123 Undergraduate Topics Subcommittee of Undergraduate Curriculum Committee ......................................123 Undergraduate Writing Subcommittee of Undergraduate Curriculum Committee ....................................123 Writing Subcommittee of General Education Committee ..............................................................................124

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Facilities ................................................................................................................125 Classrooms .............................................................................................................................................................125 Computer Use ........................................................................................................................................................125 Events ......................................................................................................................................................................126 Faculty-Staff Club ................................................................................................................................................126 Library Privileges .................................................................................................................................................126 Naming ...................................................................................................................................................................127 Noise Abatement ...................................................................................................................................................128 Parking and Traffic ...............................................................................................................................................129 Smoking .................................................................................................................................................................130 Space and Equipment ...........................................................................................................................................131 Student Official Email Address Use Policy ......................................................................................................131

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Faculty ...................................................................................................................133 Academic Freedom ...............................................................................................................................................133 Academic Responsibilities ..................................................................................................................................133 Appointment at Another Campus .......................................................................................................................134 Awards ....................................................................................................................................................................134 Endowed Chairs ....................................................................................................................................................136 Grievance ...............................................................................................................................................................137 SDSU Imperial Valley .........................................................................................................................................138 Leaves, Difference-in-Pay ...................................................................................................................................138 Leaves of Absence without Pay ..........................................................................................................................140 Leaves of Absence with Pay ...............................................................................................................................140 Leaves, Sabbatical ................................................................................................................................................140 Leaves, Sick ...........................................................................................................................................................142 Personnel Files ......................................................................................................................................................142 Political Tests for Employment ..........................................................................................................................145

v

Probationary Faculty, Appointment of ..............................................................................................................145 Probationary Faculty, Periodic Evaluation of ...................................................................................................146 Professional Activities, External ........................................................................................................................147 Professional Responsibilities18 ...........................................................................................................................148 Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion: Criteria (Excluding Library Faculty and Student Affairs Faculty) ...................................................................................................................................................................149 Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion: Procedures ......................................................................................151 Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion of Librarians: Criteria ....................................................................157 Reappointment, Tenure and Promotion of Student Affairs Faculty: Criteria ..............................................158 Retention and Development ................................................................................................................................159 Retirement and Emeritus Status .........................................................................................................................160 Royalties from Instructional Materials ..............................................................................................................161 Substitutability ......................................................................................................................................................161 Temporary Faculty Appointments .....................................................................................................................161 Temporary Faculty, Periodic Evaluation of ......................................................................................................162 Temporary Faculty: Range Elevation ................................................................................................................163 Tenure-Track Planning ........................................................................................................................................164 Tenured Faculty, Periodic Evaluation of ...........................................................................................................164 Titles and Appointments ......................................................................................................................................165 Vacancy Announcements ....................................................................................................................................166 Voting Eligibility in Departments, Schools, and Colleges .............................................................................166 Workload ................................................................................................................................................................167 Work Year ..............................................................................................................................................................167

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Organization ........................................................................................................168 Auxiliaries, Review of .........................................................................................................................................168 Chairs of Departments or Programs and Directors of Schools ......................................................................169 College Policy and Planning Committees .........................................................................................................169 Colleges ..................................................................................................................................................................170 Departments and Schools ....................................................................................................................................170 Departments and Schools: Merger, Restructuring, Transfer, and Abolition ...............................................172 Colleges: Merger and Abolition .........................................................................................................................173 SDSU Imperial Valley .........................................................................................................................................173 Name Changes, Academic Unit ..........................................................................................................................174 Press, San Diego State University ......................................................................................................................174

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Staff ........................................................................................................................176 Awards ....................................................................................................................................................................176 Policies ...................................................................................................................................................................176

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Students .................................................................................................................178 Associated Students ..............................................................................................................................................178 Employment ...........................................................................................................................................................178 Theses and Projects, Ownership of and Rights to ............................................................................................178

UNIVERSITY SENATE CONSTITUTION

Preamble

San Diego State University shall perform its educational mission guided by the principles of shared governance. Granted, therefore, that the Board of Trustees of The California State University invests responsibility for the operation of San Diego State University in the President of the university, the President shall be committed to formal consultation through shared governance: Accordingly, committees and councils shall advise the President either directly or through the University Senate, also called the Senate, a deliberative body that shall represent university faculty, administration, students, and staff.

1.0 Purpose

The San Diego State University Senate shall be the university’s delegate assembly. Through this assembly the faculty in concert with the administration, staff, and students shall normally exercise its powers. The Senate shall have the power to act for the faculty on matters within the scope of the faculty when the action is approved by a majority vote of the members present after a quorum has been constituted.

2.0 Duties

2.1 The Senate shall consider policies with respect to the general welfare of the university. It shall review established policies, consider new policies, and study matters of concern to the students or faculty members.

2.2 It shall formulate educational policy, including admissions, curricula, and criteria for the granting of degrees. It shall analyze established and proposed policies of instruction and consider variations in policy in exceptional cases.

2.3 It shall advise the President in the selection of administrative personnel.

2.4 It shall maintain adequate communication within the university community. Any member of the university community may request a member of the Senate to transmit to the Senate for discussion and possible action topics coming under the jurisdiction of the Senate.

2.5 It shall appoint Senate and Senate-appointed university committees. It shall establish rules and procedures for Senate committees and shall establish procedures for the Senate.

2.6 The ultimate authority to recommend approval of candidates for graduation shall reside with the tenured and tenure-track faculty. Following formal advice of the tenured and tenure-track faculty, only the members of the Senate who are elected as professors shall vote in the matter of approving the list of candidates for graduation.

3.0 Calendar

The Senate year shall begin on the day following the last day of the spring semester.

4.0 Membership and Electorate

4.1 Elected Members

4.11 Professors

4.111 Professors elected as members of the Senate shall be full-time members of the faculty as defined in the Bylaws.

4.112 Professor Senators shall be apportioned annually as follows: each major academic unit (as defined in the Bylaws) shall elect the number of Senators equivalent to eight percent (8%) of the tenured/tenure track full time equivalent faculty positions (FTEF) assigned to that unit. This method of apportionment shall always yield at least one Senator for each major academic unit.

4.113 The term of office for Professor Senators shall be three Senate calendar years. A Professor Senator shall serve no more than two consecutive complete terms. Service for a partial term and for terms served on the Academic Senate of The California State University shall not be included in this calculation. So far as

1

feasible, Senate terms shall be arranged so that only one-third of the membership is elected annually in the spring.

4.114 Delegates from this university to the Academic Senate of The California State University shall be considered elected members of the Senate.

4.115 The electorate shall consist of all full-time members of the faculty, as defined in the Bylaws.

4.12 Lecturers. There shall be four elected lecturer senators. The electorate shall consist of all lecturers.

4.13 Coaches. There shall be one elected coach senator. The electorate shall consist of all coaches.

4.14 Staff. There shall be four non–Management Personnel Plan (MPP) staff senators elected from permanent non-MPP staff. One staff senator position shall be reserved for an SDSU Imperial Valley staff member. The electorate shall consist of permanent and temporary non-MPP staff, including probationary staff.

4.15 Managers. There shall be one Management Personnel Plan (MPP) staff senator elected from MPP staff, Classes 1 and 2. The electorate shall consist of all MPP staff, Classes 1 and 2.

4.2 Ex-officio Members. The Senate may include ex-officio, voting or non-voting, representatives as members. The ex-officio members of the Senate shall be designated in the Bylaws.

4.3 Vacancies. Vacancies in Senate membership shall be filled in a manner prescribed by the Bylaws.

5.0 Officers and Parliamentarian

5.1 The Chair of the Senate, who shall be the Chair of the Faculty, shall be an elected senator. The Chair shall be annually elected to office by the majority of the elected senators. The Chair shall preside at all meetings of the Senate and may call special meetings of the Senate.

5.2 The Vice Chair of the Senate shall be an elected senator. The Vice Chair shall be annually elected to office by the majority of the elected senators. The Vice Chair of the Senate shall preside as the Chair of the Senate should the Chair be unable to fulfill the duties of the office.

5.3 The Secretary of the Senate shall be an elected senator. The Secretary shall be annually elected to office by the majority of the elected senators. The Secretary (a) shall prepare the agenda for all Senate meetings and notify all senators of these meetings; (b) shall keep roll and report in a manner prescribed by the Bylaws when, in accordance with Senate policy, a seat has become vacant through repeated absence; (c) shall maintain a complete record of Senate meetings and prepare summaries of Senate minutes; (d) shall supervise the distribution of copies of Senate resolutions and decisions to appropriate persons; (e) and shall annually compile and publish an index of Senate actions3.

5.4 Should the Vice Chair or Secretary of the Senate be unable to serve the full term for which he or she was elected, an election shall be held to choose a replacement for the period of absence.

5.5 The Parliamentarian, who need not be a member of the Senate, shall be appointed annually and shall advise the presiding officer on parliamentary issues.

6.0 Meetings and Quorum

6.1 Regular Meetings. The Senate shall regularly meet at least seven times during the academic year.

6.11 A regular meeting shall be a scheduled meeting and may continue beyond one day.

6.12 The agenda of each regular meeting shall be distributed to the members of the Senate at least four working days before the meeting.

6.13 A senator present for a portion of a meeting shall be recorded as present for the entire meeting.

1Approved April 2018

2

6.2 Special meetings of the Senate may be called in a manner prescribed by the Bylaws.

6.3 Records. The minutes of both regular and special meetings shall be made available to the faculty. Complete copies of the minutes of the Senate shall be available to members of the Senate, and copies shall be distributed on request. A summary of the contents of the Senate minutes and of actions taken shall be available to all faculty members and to other CSU senates or councils. These records may be made available in electronic form and need not be stored in paper form.

6.4 Quorum. Two-thirds of the Senate shall constitute a quorum. The members present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to conduct business until the time stated for adjournment in the call of the meeting, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough members to leave less than a quorum. If a senator is unable to attend, he or she may in accordance with the Bylaws appoint a substitute with the power to vote. Each senator who expects to be unavailable during the summer shall notify the Secretary of a proxy who may attend special meetings.

6.5 Meetings of the Faculty. Meetings of the faculty may be held in a manner prescribed by the Bylaws.

6.6 Faculty Review of Senate Actions. Any action of the Senate may be reviewed at a meeting of the faculty upon a written request signed by 10 percent of the full-time faculty and submitted to the Senate Chair. Such a meeting of the faculty shall be called by the Chair within two weeks of the request.

7.0 Committees of the Senate

7.1 The Senate shall establish standing and other ad hoc or pro tempore committees as specified in the Bylaws.

7.2 Other committees and councils that report to or through the Senate shall be designated Senate- appointed university committees.

8.0

9.0

Bylaws

The Senate shall be responsible for constructing its own rules of operating procedure known as the Senate Bylaws.

Amendments

Amendments to this Constitution shall be initiated by a majority vote of the Senate after having been presented at the previous meeting. Proposed amendments shall be submitted in writing to the full-time faculty electorate (as defined in the Bylaws). The Senate shall conduct a mailed ballot vote on all proposed amendments. An amendment shall be adopted by an affirmative vote of a majority of those voting.

3

BYLAWS

1.0 Definitions

1.1 Faculty. Unless otherwise stipulated, “faculty” shall include tenured and tenure-track (probationary) faculty, librarians, and counselors, and non-tenure- track lecturers, coaches, and student services professionals academically related.

1.2 Full-Time Faculty. Unless otherwise stipulated, “full-time faculty” shall refer to tenured or tenure-track (probationary) faculty, librarians, and counselors who hold full-time academic year appointments and who may also be department chairs, school directors, deans, associate deans, or assistant deans, whether or not devoting full time to instruction.

1.3 Major Academic Unit. Unless otherwise stipulated, “major academic unit” shall refer to each college, the Library, University Services (which includes Counseling and Psychological Services, Test Office, Educational Opportunity Program, and Health Services), and SDSU Imperial Valley.

1.4 Ex-officio Members of the Senate. The following shall be ex-officio members of the Senate:

1.41

1.42

1.43

1.44

1.45

2.0 Committees

President of the University or designee, Provost, Vice President for Research and Dean of Graduate Affairs, Vice President for Student Affairs, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, and Dean of the College of Extended Studies.

Four students chosen by Associated Students, one of the four a graduate student chosen in consultation with the Dean of Graduate Affairs according to the Bylaws of Associated Students.

The president, or designee, of the university’s chapter of the faculty unit’s collective bargaining agent shall be a nonvoting member. The individual filling this position shall not concurrently serve as a voting member representing another constituency.

A professor emeritus chosen by procedures specified in the Bylaws of the San Diego State University Retirement Association.

Except for the president of the university’s chapter of the faculty unit’s collective bargaining agent, ex officio members of the Senate have full voting rights. However, they shall not vote in the elections (for Chair, Vice Chair, and Secretary of the Senate) where the Constitution specifies that only the Elected members may vote nor shall they vote in elections for the Executive Committee.

2.1 Senate and Senate-appointed Committees. The Standing Committees of the Senate shall be the Executive Committee, the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, the Committee on Academic Resources and Planning, the Committee on Committees and Elections, the Committee on Constitution and Bylaws, the Committee on Faculty Affairs, the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee, and the Committee on Diversity, Equity, and Outreach. The Standing Committees of the Senate are referred to in these bylaws as Senate committees. The Senate may also establish committees that are not designated as Standing Committees and may appoint members to committees that have been established by others on campus. This second group of committees is referred to in these Bylaws as Senate-appointed committees.

2.2 Appointments

2.21 Members of Senate and Senate-appointed university committees shall be nominated or appointed by the Senate either by the Chair or Vice Chair at the Senate’s direction or by the Committee on Committees and Elections. Procedure for electing nominees for committees shall be prescribed by the Committee on Committees and Elections in accordance with these Bylaws.

2.22 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall see that committees reflect overall an unbiased and reasonable representation of the faculty.

4

2.23 Each duly elected senator shall serve on a Senate or Senate appointed university committee.

2.24 Senate and Senate-appointed university committees should seek student participation when the committees deem it desirable. The Associated Students shall recommend students to the Committee on Committees and Elections, and such students shall be in academic good standing.

2.25 All committees reporting to or through the Senate shall be authorized by the Senate.

2.3 Times of Nomination and Appointment. The Committee on Committees and Elections shall be constituted for the upcoming academic year at the final regularly scheduled Senate meeting of the previous academic year. The committee shall have presented a full slate of nominees to Senate and Senate-appointed committees by the last Senate meeting of each academic year.

2.31 All terms of office begin June 1, or at the time of appointment, and conclude May 31 in the final year of the term.

2.4 Referrals

2.41 Items shall be referred to committees by the Senate Chair, in consultation with the other Senate officers, by the Executive Committee, or by the Senate. An item referred to a committee by the Executive Committee shall be referred to another committee only through the Executive Committee.

2.42 Items shall be referred to existing committees whenever possible.

2.43 The Senate Chair’s additional communications to committees regarding referred items shall be reported at the next Executive Committee meeting.

2.44 A committee may use subcommittees or may invite nonvoting members to participate in its work.

2.5 Records and Reports

2.51 Each committee chair shall transmit records and pertinent information to the incoming chair.

2.52 Each Senate and Senate-appointed committees shall submit a summary report of its activities annually by May 1.

2.6 Committee Operation

2.61 Senate rules shall apply to the operation of Senate or Senate appointed university committees. Exceptions to these rules may be noted in sec. 25 of Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised. Specific stipulations for a given committee regarding authority, tenure, duration, scope, and objectives shall be available in the Senate office.

2.62 Chair: Procedures for selection and rotation of a committee chair shall be specified by the Senate. Where no other provision is made, the chair shall be the first person appointed or elected to the committee. When the chair resigns or is removed from the committee or fails to serve, the committee shall elect a chair pro tempore and notify the Committee on Committees and Elections.

2.63 Meetings and Quorum. Meetings shall be called by the chair, who shall preside over the meeting. Should the chair fail or decline to call meetings with sufficient frequency to accomplish committee objectives, two members may call a meeting, provided that all members including the chair are given at least three working days notice. A majority of the members shall constitute a quorum of a committee.

2.64 Hearings and Deliberations: A committee should, where time permits, hear all testimony relevant to its assignment. All meetings shall be open to the university community unless called into executive session by the chair for purposes in concert with current statutory requirements for open meetings. The chair’s decision to call executive session shall be

5

subject to challenge and may be overruled by a majority of the committee members present.

2.65 Record of Proceedings: The chair of the committee shall keep records of all actions of the committee or shall ensure that they be kept by a committee secretary. The agenda for each committee meeting should be made available in the Senate office at least three working days in advance of the meeting. Persons wishing to be heard on an item should notify the chair of the committee.

2.66 Reporting: All Senate and Senate-appointed committees shall report to the Senate. Committees that do not report directly to the Senate may be invited to the Senate to discuss or clarify their activities. The type of report will depend on the status of the committee or body and the nature of its task.

2.661 If the report contains information only, no action by the Senate is required, but may be moved to the floor for action by a majority vote.

2.662 If the report contains statements of policy or opinion, these should be stated at the end of the report, and the proper motion is to accept the report. If accepted, the policies or opinions shall become those of the Senate.

2.663 If the report contains resolutions or recommendations wherein the Senate has power to act, these should be stated at the end of the report, and the proper motion is to adopt the report. If adopted, the resolutions or recommendations shall become policy pending approval or lack of denial by the President of the university.

2.67 Dissolution: Senate committees shall be dissolved by amending the Bylaws. Senate- approved university committees shall be dissolved by Senate action. Ad hoc or pro tempore committees shall be dissolved when they rise and report or at the end of the academic year in which they were appointed, whichever comes first, unless specifically extended by action of the Senate Chair, in consultation with the other Senate officers.

2.68 Terms of Service on Senate and Senate-Appointed University Committees

2.681 Unless otherwise specified, committee members shall serve three-year terms. A committee member may be reappointed. During a committee’s initial three years the Committee on Committees and Elections shall specify members with one-, two-, and three-year seats.

2.682 Removal: The Committee on Committees and Elections may recommend the removal of a committee member. Accordingly, the committee member shall be told of the reasons for the proposed removal and shall be given at least two weeks in which to respond. If the Committee on Committees and Elections then determines that removal of the member is in the best interests of the affected committee and of the Senate, it shall recommend to the Senate the name of a replacement member. Appointment of the new nominee by the Senate shall constitute removal of the previous member.

2.683 Leave: As soon as a committee member is certain of being granted a one- semester leave from duties at the university, that member shall in writing so inform the chair of that committee, who in turn shall immediately inform the Secretary of the Senate and the Chair of the Committee on Committees and Elections. If the leave is longer than one semester, the Committee on Committees and Elections shall recommend to the Senate a temporary or permanent replacement selected according to normal criteria and procedure

3.0 Committee Membership and Duties

3.1 There shall be eight Senate committees, as defined in Section 2.1 of these Bylaws. These shall be composed of a majority of faculty and may include administrators, students, and staff. Other

6

committees deemed essential for university business shall be designated Senate-appointed university committees.

3.2 Executive Committee

3.21 Membership (20): The Executive Committee shall consist of 17 ex officio members and three elected members.

3.211 Ex officio: Chair of the Senate (who shall be the Chair of the Executive Committee); Senate Vice Chair; Secretary of the Senate (who shall be the Secretary of the Executive Committee); the Chairs of the Committees on (a) Academic Policy and Planning, (b) Academic Resources and Planning, (c) Faculty Affairs, (d) Committees and Elections, (e) Constitution and Bylaws, (f) Undergraduate Curriculum, and (g) Diversity, Equity, and Outreach; a CSU Academic Senator chosen from and by the CSU Academic Senators; Provost; Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement; Dean of Graduate Affairs; President of the Associated Students or designee; a staff senator chosen from and by the staff senators; and President of the university’s chapter of the faculty unit’s collective bargaining agent, who shall be a nonvoting member.

3.212 Elected: Three faculty senators elected from and by the elected members of the Senate, with no more than one from a college or equivalent academic unit.

3.22 Functions

3.221 The Executive Committee may consider all matters within the purview of the Senate.

3.222 The Committee may formulate recommendations and opinions on Senate matters and shall report them to the Senate or refer them to the appropriate committees.

3.223 The Committee shall be empowered to act for a committee in lieu of referral; such action shall be reported at the next regular meeting of the Senate.

3.224 The Committee shall act for the Senate on all matters that call for immediate action or attention. Such action shall require an absolute two-thirds majority vote of the entire membership of the Executive Committee and shall be reported to the Senate as a specific agenda item at its next meeting.

3.23 Meetings

3.231 The Executive Committee shall meet at least one week preceding each regular meeting of the Senate. The Committee shall meet at other times as necessary at the call of the Chair of the Senate or at the request of the President of the university.

3.232 The Executive Committee may meet with the President of the university, at the initiative of the Committee or the President, to consider problems or issues of the university.

3.24 Senate Agendas

3.241 At the first fall meeting of the Senate, the Executive Committee shall present an annual agenda for the Senate. This agenda shall address major concerns and outline problems for Senate attention during the academic year.

3.242 The Executive Committee shall provide the Secretary with the regular agenda to be distributed to the Senate and instruct the Secretary to request the presence of such personnel as may be needed to facilitate the business of the Senate.

3.25 Challenge and Censure

7

3.251 A senator may challenge an action taken by the Executive Committee on behalf of the Senate. The matter shall be immediately submitted to a vote. A simple majority vote of the Senate shall uphold the action of the Executive Committee.

3.252 The Executive Committee shall be censured for its actions by a two-thirds majority vote of the Senate present and voting.

3.3 Committee on Academic Policy and Planning

3.31 Membership (14) 3.311 Ex officio: the Provost or designee, the Associate Vice President for Academic

Affairs - Student Achievement, and the Dean of Graduate Affairs.

3.312 Appointed: nine faculty members, one from each college, the Library, and SDSU Imperial Valley, nominated by the Committee on Committees and Elections and appointed by the Senate, at least two of whom shall be elected senators; two students appointed in accordance with procedures established by the Associated Students.

3.32 Functions: The Committee shall consider and make recommendations to the Senate and, within policy guidelines established by the Senate, to appropriate administrative officers concerning the following: (a) issues of academic philosophy, standards, and conduct; appropriateness of present and proposed programs, degrees, majors, options, and concentrations; (b) faculty-student relations; (c) the governance of the university; and (d) other matters of academic policy. All such recommendations made to administrative officers without prior Senate approval shall be submitted to the next meeting of the Senate for its consideration.

3.4 Committee on Academic Resources and Planning

3.41 Membership (15)

3.411 Ex officio: Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Resource Management, Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or designee, and Vice President for Student Affairs or designee.

3.412 Appointed: nine faculty members, one from each college, the Library, and SDSU Imperial Valley, nominated by the Committee on Committees and Elections and appointed by the Senate, at least two of whom shall be elected senators; one staff member selected by the Staff Affairs Committee in consultation with the staff senators and confirmed by the Senate, and two students appointed in accordance with procedures established by the Associated Students.

3.42 Functions

3.421 The Committee shall make recommendations to the Senate and, within the policy guidelines established by the Senate, to appropriate administrative officers concerning the allocation of university resources;

3.422 The Committee shall act as the deliberative body of the Senate on all issues pertaining to, but not limited to, university budgets, allocation of facilities and positions, and allocation of special funds;

3.443 The Committee shall review and recommend budget allocations, shall review patterns of previous expenditures and propose changes as they may affect instructional programs, and shall make general policy recommendations regarding present and future resource decisions.

3.444 The Chair of the Committee shall concurrently send to the Senate Chair all of its written communications sent to or received from administrative officers.

8

3.445 All recommendations made to administrative officers without prior Senate approval shall be submitted to the next meeting of the Senate following the recommendation for the consideration of the Senate. The Committee shall inform faculty and students about resource issues by providing information reports to the Senate.

3.5 Committee on Faculty Affairs

3.51 Membership (7): The Committee shall consist of seven members, six nominated by the Committee on Committees and Elections and appointed by the Senate for three-year terms, and one nonvoting ex officio member being the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement or designee. At least two of the members shall be members of the Senate, and all shall be fulltime members of the faculty as defined in Sec.1 of the Bylaws.

3.52 Functions: In conformance with the Unit 3 faculty Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), the Committee shall consider matters that involve particularly the individual or collective relationship of faculty to the university. Among its considerations shall be policies concerning the selection and evaluation of academic tenure, promotions, sabbaticals, academic privilege, separation from the university, and advice to the President on staff issues and the selection of administrative personnel. It shall formulate recommendations on current practice, shall propose revisions or new procedures, and shall report to the Senate.

3.6 Committee on Committees and Elections

3.61 Membership (12): nine senators, one from each college, SDSU Imperial Valley, and the Library; and three additional faculty, one each from the College of Arts and Letters, the College of Professional Studies and Fine Arts, and the College of Sciences. Committee members shall be selected by their respective college senators and affirmed by vote of the Senate. The term of office shall be for one year and begins at the last regular spring meeting of the Senate; it may be extended. The first meeting of each term shall occur immediately following the last spring meeting of the Senate and it shall be chaired by the outgoing chair. The business of the first meeting shall be to elect a successor to the outgoing chair.

3.62 Functions: The Committee on Committees and Elections shall submit for confirmation by the Senate its nominees for members and chairs of Senate and Senate-appointed university committees as openings arise. It shall make nominations as needed for ad hoc and pro tempore committees established by the Senate, shall fill vacancies that may occur in committees, and may inquire into the activities of committees to determine their continued usefulness. The Committee shall observe the following in nominating or appointing members for Senate or Senate-appointed university committees:

3.261 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall operate as a committee of the whole.

3.622 Committees shall consist of at least three members.

3.623 Each elected senator shall serve on at least one Senate or Senate-appointed committee.

3.624 Administrative officers of the university may be named as members of Senate or university committees or councils.

3.625 An ex officio member shall not be named chair of any committee, unless otherwise provided.

3.626 No faculty member shall be nominated or appointed to membership on more than one Senate committee except for members of the Senate Executive Committee who may be appointed or elected to one other committee.

9

3.627 The entire personnel of a committee shall not be changed from one year to the next; terms shall be staggered.

3.628 The chair of a committee shall normally be chosen from the committee membership of the preceding year. Whenever possible, the chair shall be an elected senator.

3.629 The chair of a committee may request the Committee on Committees and Elections to replace a committee member for cause. The committee member shall be sent a copy of the request.

3.63 Duties

3.631 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall devise procedures for and shall supervise and administer all elections of members of the Senate.

3.632 The Committee shall devise procedures for and shall supervise and administer all elections within the Senate, including elected officers and elected members of committees, except for the Committee on Committees and Elections.

3.633 The Committee shall certify vacancies in the Senate and in Senate and Senate- appointed university committees.

3.634 The Committee shall supervise and administer the elections of Academic senators and of members to boards and selection committees, and it shall supervise and administer the elections or appointments of others to various positions as directed by the Senate or by the Executive Committee.

3.635 Members of the Committee shall, when requested, act as tellers when votes are cast by ballot.

3.636 The Committee shall decide in cases of doubt the eligibility for election or membership in the electorate.

3.637 The Committee shall conduct all referenda to amend the Constitution.

3.7 Committee on Constitution and Bylaws

3.71 Membership (7): The Committee shall consist of the Secretary of the Senate, four faculty members and one non-MPP staff member nominated by the Committee on Committees and Elections and appointed by the Senate, and one student appointed by the Associated Students.

3.72 Functions

3.721 The Committee shall review periodically the Constitution and Bylaws of the Senate and university policies, and it shall recommend to the Senate such changes as desirable. It shall report to the Senate its recommendations with respect to proposed amendments to the Constitution or Bylaws that have been submitted in writing, signed by the originator(s), and referred to the Committee by the Senate or by the Senate Executive Committee.

3.722 Questions concerning interpretations of the text of a Senate-approved document shall be referred to the Committee.

3.723 Interpretations by the Committee shall be reported in writing to the Senate and shall be considered binding unless reversed or altered by action of the Senate.

3.724 The Committee shall consider each year, as may be necessary, revision of the list of Senate and Senate-appointed university committees and of the membership and functions of each committee. It shall present its recommendations to the Senate in the first Senate meeting held after April 1.

3.8 Undergraduate Curriculum Committee

10

3.81

3.82

Membership (14): Provost or designee, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, one representative from each college, the Library & Information Access, and e SDSU Imperial Valley selected by the Committee on Committees and Elections, and two students named in accordance with procedures approved by the Associated Students.

Functions

3.821 The Committee shall review all undergraduate curricula proposals to include additions, deletions, and changes in curricula, with special consideration to items of an interdepartmental or university-wide interest. The Committee shall report all changes to the Senate.

3.822 Undergraduate curriculum proposals reviewed by the deans, and by the Undergraduate Council when appropriate, shall be forwarded by the Office of the Provost to the Committee.

3.823 Except for approval of the use of courses in the graduate program, approval by the Committee shall be the final step required for including an undergraduate curriculum proposal in the General Catalog. Proposals for new programs and deletion of programs shall be forwarded to the Senate as action items. At the request of four members of the Committee, a proposal shall be placed on the Senate agenda for final action.

3.824 A person, department, dean, or college curriculum committee may request the Committee to review a decision on a curriculum proposal. The Committee may agree to review the matter and inform all interested parties of the decision to review and of the date set for the review, or the Committee may decide not to review and promptly inform the appellant of its decision.

3.9 Committee on Diversity, Equity, and Outreach

3.91 Membership (21): nine faculty, one of whom shall chair, including one from each college, the Library, and SDSU Imperial Valley, at least one of whom shall be a Senator; two students, including a representative from the Associated Students; one staff representative; the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee; the Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance; the Chief Diversity Officer; the Chair of the Senate or designee; the Provost or designee; the Vice President for Student Affairs or designee; the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or designee; the Director of the Center for Human Resources or designee; and the Director of Student Ability Success Center or designee2.

3.911 The appointed faculty members shall serve three-year, staggered terms.

3.912 Membership on the committee shall include representation from diverse campus groups.

3.913 The chair of the Committee, in consultation with the President, may request the service and advice of educational and community leaders.

3.92 The Committee shall report to the Senate and advise the President.

3.93 Functions

3.931 The Committee shall review university-wide programs for the recruitment and retention of faculty, staff, and students.

2 Approved October 2016

11

4.0 Elections

3.932 Subject to the approval of the President, the Committee shall advise the university administration regarding prohibited discrimination, equal opportunity, outreach, and related matters.

3.933 Additional duties of the Committee shall be: (a) to advise the President regarding the university’s conformity or potential lack thereof with California State University policies and with legislation on nondiscrimination and equal opportunity in admissions and employment, (b) to recommend policies and procedures to recruit students for matriculation and to retain students for graduation, (c) to work with Enrollment Services, diverse student organizations, and interested community persons and groups to coordinate activities to enhance the recruitment of diverse students, (d) to review and assist in coordination of programs for advising and mentoring diverse students, (e) to assist departments in reviewing and modifying their curricula in order to incorporate multicultural materials, (f) to promote faculty and staff involvement in addressing the educational needs of diverse students, (g) to disseminate information concerning funding for equity programs within the university, (h) to advise the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and the Chief Diversity Officer regarding policies, procedures, and outcomes of the university’s diversity programs.

4.1 General Procedures

4.11 All nominations and elections for which the Committee on Committees and Elections is responsible shall be by secret ballot.

4.12 The chair of the Committee on Committees and Elections shall maintain a record of each election. The results of each election by numerical count of votes received by each candidate shall be posted in the Senate office by the chair of the Committee on Committees and Elections as soon as the count has been completed and verified. The chair of the Committee on Committees and Elections shall retain for 30 days all ballots, or electronic records of ballots, cast during an election. If the results of the election are formally protested during that time, the ballots shall be retained until the protest is resolved. The results of each election by numerical count of the votes shall be kept on file in the Senate office for three years.

4.13 The period of time for casting ballots shall be five working days with the deadline at noon on the last day. The poll closing time shall be clearly stated on the ballot. Only ballots received via the online polling site by the poll closing time shall be counted3.

4.2 Elections to the Senate

4.21 The regular annual elections to the Senate shall occur during the spring. There shall be no elections to the Senate during the summer. Elections to fill uncompleted terms shall be conducted as directed in Sections 6.1, 6.22, and 6.32.

4.22 For purposes of determining the number of college senators, faculty positions per major academic unit shall be the total tenured and tenure-track positions filled by the college.

4.23 The number of senators to be elected by a major academic unit as authorized in Sec. 4.112 of the Constitution shall be determined once each year immediately before the regular annual elections.

4.24 A faculty member shall not serve as a representative to the CSU Academic Senate while serving in the Senate as a representative of a major academic unit.

4.25 The election of senators shall be conducted in three steps as indicated below unless the election is terminated earlier as provided. Throughout this section, fractional numbers of candidates shall be considered as the next larger integer.

3Approved April 2018

12

4.251 The availability of Senate seats shall be publicized to the university community. Electronic means of publicizing shall be acceptable, as long as all members of the various electorates are reached in this fashion. The election call shall request nominations to be submitted to the Senate office. Electronic submission shall be accepted. Self-nominations are acceptable. Those nominated shall have their names placed on the ballot for the next step of the election, unless the nominee requests that his or her name be withdrawn or the Committee on Committees and Elections determines that the nominee does not meet the criteria to be elected.

4.252 The second step shall provide the electorate with a ballot that lists all candidates nominated in accord with sec. 4.251. The candidates’ names shall be listed in random sequence as determined by lot. To allow faculty and staff to vote for candidates not duly nominated, the ballot shall also include a number of spaces for write-in nominees equal to the total number of vacant seats. On this and successive ballots, write-in nominees, without regard to their accumulated votes, shall be considered candidates of standing equal to those nominated in accord with sec. 4.251. The electorate may vote for as many candidates as there are vacant seats, but it shall vote for no more candidates than vacant seats. Ballots containing more votes than the number of vacant seats shall be voided. Candidates shall be elected to fill vacant seats in a descending order of votes cast until all vacant seats are filled.

4.253 Successive ballots shall be cast to eliminate ties for remaining vacant seats. Each ballot shall include only those candidates who have tied for the last vacant seat on an immediately preceding ballot.

4.254 Whenever feasible, staggered terms shall be arranged so that only one-third of the senators of each major academic unit are elected to a three-year term in the spring. When the election involves terms of different lengths, the candidates who receive the greatest number of votes on the ballot resulting in their being elected shall receive the longest term available. Ties shall be broken by lot. Service for a short term shall be considered a partial term; therefore, the person elected remains eligible to serve two additional consecutive full terms.

4.255 Vacant seats resulting from the application of Sections 4.251–254 above shall be conducted as directed in Sections 6.1, 6.22, 6.32.

4.26 The Senate seat of an elected member shall become vacant when he or she (a) resigns from the Senate, (b) becomes an ex officio member of the Senate, (c) is absent but represented by a substitute for more than five consecutive regular meetings, (d) is absent and unrepresented for three consecutive regular meetings, (e) is absent with or without representation for five of eight consecutive regular meetings excluding those occurring while the member is on official leave, (f) fails to meet the eligibility requirements for membership in the Senate; or (g) goes on leave, regardless of reason, for more than one semester.

4.3 The Secretary of the Senate shall report leaves and extended absences of senators to the Elections Subcommittee, which shall certify the existence of a vacancy and proceed to fill it as prescribed in Sec. 4.25.

4.4 Elections within the Senate

4.41 The annual election of the Chair, the Vice Chair, and the Secretary of the Senate and of the elected members of the Senate Executive Committee shall be conducted during the spring following the regular annual election of members of the Senate. Eligible electors shall consist of the members of the Senate for the ensuing Senate year.

13

4.411 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall conduct the elections in the following order: (a) Chair, (b) Vice Chair, (c) Secretary, (d) three Executive Committee members.

4.412 Officers and committee members elected in accordance with sec. 4.41 shall serve for one Senate year.

4.413 A nominating caucus held prior to the election shall submit at least one nominee for each position to be elected. Attendance at the caucus shall be open to all outgoing and incoming Senators.

4.414 Elections shall be conducted at the last regular spring meeting. In addition to those nominated by the caucus, nominations may be made from the floor prior to each election. A majority of votes cast shall be required for election on the first ballot. If a majority is not obtained for each position, a runoff election shall be held among the n + 1 candidates receiving the most votes where n is the remaining number of positions to be filled.

4.415 The numerical results of all ballots shall be available to senators through the chair of the Committee on Committees and Elections.

4.5 Elections to the Academic Senate of The California State University

4.51 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall devise procedures for and shall supervise and administer all elections of representatives from San Diego State University to the Academic Senate of The California State University (CSU Academic Senate).

4.52 Only full-time faculty members, as defined in Section 1.2 of these Bylaws, are eligible for election to the Academic Senate.

4.53 The electorate shall consist of all full-time faculty members.

4.54 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall resolve any dubious or disputed eligibility for election to the Academic Senate or membership in the electorate.

4.56 The election shall be conducted in a manner similar to the provisions of sec. 4.25.

4.57 Each academic senator, in consultation with the Chair of the Senate, shall designate someone to serve as a substitute in the Academic Senate whenever a substitute is permitted under the Constitution of that body. The Chair of the Senate or designee shall serve as the substitute, should there be no other appointment.

4.58 Should an academic senator position become vacant, the Committee on Committees and Elections may opt to fill the remainder of that position’s term via an election held concurrently with the next regular election of an academic senator position for a full term.

4.6 Nomination of Faculty Trustee

4.61 A tenured faculty member with no administrative position other than department chair or equivalent may stand to be submitted as a candidate for the position of Faculty Trustee. Nomination shall require the signed concurrence of at least 10 percent of the full-time faculty or 50 such faculty members, whichever number is smaller.

4.62 At a regularly scheduled meeting, the Senate may nominate candidates to serve as a Faculty Trustee. The nominees shall have previously agreed to serve and to submit all required materials. Nominations from the Senate floor shall require a three-fourths affirmative vote of the senators present at the meeting.

4.7 Nomination of Faculty to Advisory Committee to the Trustees Committee for the Selection of the President (ACTCSP)

14

4.71 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall provide notice to the faculty of the formation of the search Committee and shall invite nominations to the ACTCSP of tenured or tenure-track faculty.

4.72 Nominations shall be made by interested faculty submitting a request, endorsed by 10 faculty members, at least five of whom are tenured or tenure-track, for placement on the ACTCSP selection ballot. Eligible nominees are full-time faculty as defined by these Bylaws, in Sec. 1.2. The period for submitting these requests shall be not less than two or more than five weeks.

4.73 At the next regular Senate meeting following the close of the initial nominating period, additional nominations (with the consent of the nominee) shall be added to the ballot by a simple majority vote of the senators present.

4.74 To conduct the election, the Committee on Committees and Elections shall prepare a ballot with the names of all nominees, in an order determined by lot. The electorate shall include all faculty, as defined by Bylaws Sec. 1.1. The two faculty members with the highest vote counts shall have been elected, provided that no more than one shall serve from any college.

4.75 The sitting Senate Chair shall serve as an ex-officio member of the ACTCSP.

4.8 Nomination of non-MPP Staff to the Advisory Committee to the Trustees Committee for the Selection of the President

4.81 The Committee on Committees and Elections shall provide notice to the staff of the formation of the search committee and shall invite nominations to the ACTCSP of non- MPP staff.

4.82 Nominations shall be made by petition endorsed by 10 staff for placement on the selection ballot. The period for submitting these requests shall be not less than two nor more than five weeks.

4.83 To conduct the election, the Committee on Committees and Elections shall prepare a ballot with the names of all nominees in an order determined by lot. The electorate shall include all non-MPP staff, including probationary staff. The staff member with the highest vote count shall be elected.

5.0 Substitutes

5.1 Each senator when elected shall provide the Secretary with the names of two substitutes from his or her constituency who are eligible for election to the Senate, either one of whom may attend Senate meetings and vote in the absence of the appointing senator.

5.2 A senator may appoint an eligible substitute from his or her constituency other than the two originally named, but before that substitute may attend Senate meetings and vote, the appointing senator shall in writing notify the Secretary of the Senate.

6.0 Vacancies

6.1 Professors and Coaches. Occurring vacancies shall be filled until the next regular Senate elections by the nominees receiving the next highest number of votes in the latest election. In the event of a tie number of votes, the Committee on Committees and Elections shall select the alternate filling the vacancy by lot. If there is no second nominee, the chair of the Committee on Committees and Elections, in consultation with the unit or current senators from the unit, shall nominate one candidate representing the unit of the vacated position. The candidate will serve until the next general Senate elections.

6.2 Lecturers.

6.21 To fill a vacancy, each major academic unit, if lacking an elected lecturer senator, shall select a single nominee by such procedures as the unit determines to be appropriate. The names of the nominees shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Senate before the spring

15

semester Senate elections. The candidates receiving the largest number of votes shall fill the vacancies, and the next in number of votes shall be the alternates. The term of office shall be for three years. Lecturer senators shall serve no more than two consecutive terms. Service for a partial term shall not be included in this calculation.

6.22 Other vacancies shall be filled until the next regular Senate elections in a manner consistent with Section 6.14.

6.3 MPP and non-MPP Staff.

6.31 When vacancies occur due to expiring terms, the Senate shall conduct a university-wide election. The ballot shall include the names of all non-MPP staff eligible for election who have received at least one valid nomination and who are willing to serve. Candidates receiving the largest number of votes shall fill the vacancies, and those next in numbers of votes shall be the alternates. The term of office shall be three years. Staff senators shall serve no more than two consecutive terms. Service for a partial term shall not be included in this calculation.

6.32 Other vacancies shall be filled until the next regular Senate elections in a manner consistent with Section 6.15.

7.0 Meetings

7.1 Meetings of the Senate

7.11 The Senate shall serve and meet as necessary during the summer.

7.12 The dates and time of the regular meetings of the Senate shall be set by the Senate far enough in advance to facilitate members’ scheduling of classes.

7.13 Special meetings of the Senate shall be called by the Chair either at the Chair’s discretion or upon receiving a written petition of 10 percent of the Senate membership or of 10 percent of the electorate.

7.131 Written notice of each special meeting and its agenda shall be distributed to the members of the Senate by the Secretary at least three days before the meeting unless the Chair or Vice Chair, with the concurrence of a majority of the Executive Committee, decides that the urgency of the occasion will not permit the usual three day notice. In a meeting called under this provision, notice shall be given as far in advance as possible, and action shall require an absolute majority of the membership of the Senate.

7.132 The meetings shall be open to all, but only members of the Senate shall participate in the debate. Others may provide information or explain a point of view on matters before the Senate by invitation of the Chair, or the Senate.

7.14 A faculty session of the Senate shall comprise only Professor Senators, as defined by the Constitution, Sec. 4.11. Its function shall be to express the collective voice of the faculty. It may make determinations regarding any issue. Any member of the university community may attend a faculty session; however, only Professor Senators may speak and vote.

7.141 A faculty session shall be convened upon a majority vote of the sitting Senate or by a majority vote of the Senate Executive Committee.

7.142 A faculty session shall be terminated by a two-thirds majority vote of the convened session or by an advance stipulation.

7.143 When the faculty session has concluded its business or when the session has been terminated by advance stipulation, its actions shall be reported to the full

4 Editorial correction (January 2017) 5 Editorial correction (January 2017)

16

Senate. The Secretary of the Senate shall include all actions of the faculty session in the minutes of the Senate.

7.2 Meetings of the Faculty

7.21 For a meeting of the faculty, those eligible to participate shall be defined as persons who hold a permanent, multiple year, or temporary appointments and are members of Unit 3 as defined in the current Collective Bargaining Agreement. For the purposes of this section, temporary appointees of Unit 3 shall become members of the general faculty on their dates of appointment.

7.22 The quorum for faculty meetings shall be a simple majority, that is, 50 percent plus one of the faculty.

7.23 Meetings of the faculty may be called under these conditions: (a) upon the call of the President of the university, at which time the President shall preside; (b) upon the call of the Senate, at which time the Senate Chair shall preside; and (c) upon the call of the Senate Chair, for review of an action of the Senate.

7.24 The Senate Chair or Vice Chair shall obtain the consent of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee prior to establishing the agenda for a meeting of the faculty that is called by the Senate or by the Senate Chair.

7.3 The conduct, frequency, and agendas of Senate committees shall be determined by those committees.

7.4 Senate business shall have priority over class scheduling. Senators’ class schedules shall permit their attendance at Senate meetings from 2:00 to 5:30 PM on Tuesdays and Thursdays.

8.0 Order of Business (Agenda)

8.1 The regular order of business of the Senate shall be the agenda prepared by the Executive Committee.

8.2 Any member of the Senate may present to the Secretary of the Senate items for the agenda. The Secretary shall deliver all such items to the Executive Committee, which shall place them on the agenda for the next regular Senate meeting or refer them to a specific committee. Disposition of such items shall be indicated in the minutes of the Executive Committee.

8.3 No action shall be taken on a substantive proposal other than amendments thereto at a meeting of the Senate unless that proposal and supporting information have been circulated in writing to members of the Senate at least four working days before that meeting. This rule may be suspended by a two-thirds majority.

8.4 An agenda item may be brought to the floor for action by a simple majority vote.

9.0 University Policy File

9.1 The Senate shall establish and maintain a University Policy File, containing the policies and regulations adopted by the Senate and approved by the President, and various references to executive orders and legislative codes.

9.2 The Secretary of the Senate shall review such additions and changes as are adopted by the Senate and approved by the President for the Policy File and shall reword or reorganize, without substantive change, such portions as are necessary to conform to the standard format of the Policy File. The Secretary of the Senate, with advice from the Committee on Constitution and Bylaws, shall ensure the accuracy of the Policy File.

9.3 Printed copies of the Policy File shall be distributed upon request to the Secretary of the Senate. A full copy of the Policy File shall be maintained on the Senate Website.

9.4 The language of the Policy File shall clearly and concisely describe or narrate prescriptive or prohibitive policies and procedures. It may include the purposes for policies or procedures but

17

shall avoid histories, contexts, and motivations. Shall” or “shall not” shall indicate prescription or prohibition; “may” shall indicate option or ability; “should” shall indicate advice or suggestion.

10.0 Parliamentary Procedure

10.1 All questions of parliamentary procedure not covered by these Bylaws shall be decided according to the latest edition of Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised.

10.2 Unless objections are raised immediately following a Senate vote, the terms “unanimous” or “without dissent” may be used in the minutes when all votes are affirmative and in spite of abstentions.

11.0 Presidential Approval of Senate Actions

11.1 Official minutes of Senate meetings shall be available and delivered to the President within two weeks after Senate meetings. Within 30 days of the conclusion of a Senate meeting, the President may approve or reject the recommendation or may postpone a decision. A Senate action approved by the President shall become official university policy at the time the President approves the action and shall be implemented as soon as is practical, which may precede its appearance in the university policy file.

11.2 The Chair of the Senate shall ensure that the President is informed promptly by suitable means of Senate actions that would require implementation in fewer than 30 days after Senate action, in order that such legislation not be unduly delayed.

12.0 Interpretation of Senate Actions

Interpretations made by the Committee on Constitution and Bylaws shall be reported in writing to the Senate and shall be considered binding unless reversed or altered by action of the Senate. Such interpretations shall be considered binding on the university only after they have been approved by the President.

13.0 Availability of Documents

13.1 Senate documents shall be available in archive form. These archives may be stored electronically, rather than in paper form.

13.2 The agendas of Senate meetings shall be available to any member of the university community upon request. The agendas of the Senate Executive Committee shall likewise be available, but the attachments to the meetings of the Committee shall be available only to members of the Committee.

13.3 An electronic archive file of Senate and Senate-appointed university committee reports and a file of Senate minutes shall be available on the Senate website for at least two years following the meeting.

14.0 Amendments

Amendments to these Bylaws may be adopted at a regular business meeting of the Senate by a two-thirds vote of those present, provided the amendments have been presented at the previous meeting.

18

RESOLUTIONS

November 3, 1987 Supporting Gann Expenditure Limitations November 3, 1987 Components in the General Education Requirement November 3, 1987 Honorary Doctoral Degree Guidelines April 12, 1988 General Education Transfer Curriculum April 12, 1988 Allocation of Lottery Revenue Funds for Distinguished Visiting Scholars, Lecturers, and

Artists May 17, 1988 Professional Interaction at North County Campus May 17, 1988 Research Space and Equipment, North County Campus September 6, 1988 Restoration of Library Funds October 4, 1988 Supporting Proposition 78, Higher Education Facilities Bond Act of 1988 October 4, 1988 Opposing Proposition 102, AIDS Reporting Requirements October 4, 1988 Permanent Faculty for North County October 4, 1988 Supporting the Recommendations of the Study of Child Care Services May 9, 1989 Opposing the Advertisement for Sale of Research Papers September 19, 1989 Opposing the Retroactive Parking Fee Levy November 28, 1989 Opposing Term Paper Purchasing November 28, 1989 Attracting Ethnically Diverse Applicants and Establishing a Recruitment Task Force November 28, 1989 AAOAC Representation and Responsibilities November 28, 1989 Recruitment and Retention of Ethnic Diversity, and Annual University Award to

Recognize Academic Unit for Leadership in Promoting Equity April 17, 1990 CSU Administration and Governance May 15, 1990 CSU Systemwide Administration in Transition May 15, 1990 Clean Campus January 29, 1991 Honoring Lynn Peters May 14, 1991 Library Addition April 9, 1991 Temporary Faculty September 10, 1991 Against Discrimination in ROTC November 19, 1991 Campus Security May 12, 1992 Against Discriminatory Attacks May 12, 1992 Against Athletics Reductions June 29, 1992 Vote of No Confidence in the Leadership of President Day June 29, 1992 Requesting Rescission of the Restructuring Document July 20, 1992 Supporting the Student Vigil August 27, 1992 Requesting New Leadership at SDSU August 27, 1992 Requesting Rescinding the Layoffs August 27, 1992 For a Sensible SDSU Transition August 27, 1992 Supporting the Student Vigil October 15, 1992 Fair Share Alternative Motion December 15, 1992 Endorsing the Martin Luther King Day Parade February 9, 1993 Addition to the Campus Budget Committee March 9, 1993 SDSU Administration and Teaching March 9, 1993 New RTP Time Line May 11, 1993 IRA Funding October 5, 1993 Opposing Proposition 174, Parental Choice in Education Initiative October 5, 1993 Supporting Proposition 172, Local Public Safety Protection and Improvement Act of

1993 December 7, 1993 Rescinding the Report of the Committee on University Restructuring December 7, 1993 Commending the Offices of Environmental Health and Safety and Public Safety (Disaster

Preparedness) December 7, 1993 Urging the Administration to Allocate a Portion of Capital Funds for Seismic Upgrades December 7, 1993 Locked Ballot Box March 22, 1994 Dissolution of the Industrial Technology Department April 19, 1994 Supporting the Equitable Treatment of Domestic Partners May 17, 1994 Dissolution of the Industrial Technology Department

19

September 14, 1994 Voter Registration November 1, 1994 Opposing Proposition 187 May 16, 1995 Honoring Nancy Carmichael May 16, 1995 Commending Dorothy Romano February 6, 1996 Endorsing Proposition 203 May 14, 1996 Tenure Issues at the University of Minnesota May 14, 1996 Commending Chair Ray Boddy October 15, 1996 California Rights Initiative (Proposition 209) October 15, 1996 Reaffirming the Senate Position Concerning Procedures for Improving the CSU

Presidential Search Process April 1, 1997 Faculty Compensation May 6, 1997 Supporting Library Subscription Journals September 9, 1997 Chancellor’s Search November 11, 1997 CETI Postponement December 16, 1997 Injunction Regarding CETI March 10, 1998 Faculty and Staff Salaries May 12, 1998 Interim Distance (or Distributed) Learning Policy May 14, 1998 Role of Department Chairs in the CSU September 15, 1998 Supporting Starting a Master Plan September 15, 1998 Supporting Faculty Needs during Collective Bargaining September 15, 1998 Master Plan Resolution September 15, 1998 Supporting CFA Bargaining October 13, 1998 Freeway Sign March 10, 1999 Rebuke of Chancellor Reed April 13, 1999 Supporting a Parking Fee Increase May 11, 1999 Honoring David DuFault May 11, 1999 Cornerstones and Campus Autonomy October 12, 1999 Review of Auxiliaries November 9, 1999 Supporting President Weber on Impaction December 7, 1999 Against Chancellor Reed’s Reversal of SDSU Enrollment Management Policy February 8, 2000 Supporting the SJSU “Out of Crisis” Paper on CSU Governance March 7, 2000 Support of Associated Students Resolution on Program Commencement Ceremonies November 7, 2000 Representation of Aztec Culture on the SDSU Campus November 7, 2000 Educational Presentations about Aztec Culture November 7, 2000 Year-Round Operations and Extended Studies November 7, 2000 Urging Out-of-Contract Evaluation of Merit Pay Policies February 6, 2001 Request for Campus Coordination of Student Retention May 1, 2001 Honoring Senate Chair Patricia Huckle May 1, 2001 Supporting an Independent EdD May 1, 2001 No Confidence in Chancellor Reed October 8, 2002 Honoring Groundskeeping Staff November 5, 2002 General Education November 5, 2002 Free but Responsible Expression February 4, 2003 Opposition to a Decrease in CSU Funding Tied to an Increase in Student-Faculty Ratio March 4, 2003 Task Force on Shared Governance March 4, 2003 American Sign Language as Foreign Language Requirement March 4, 2003 Evaluation of Very Large Lecture Classroom Implementation April 27, 2004 Honoring Former Chair Raford D. Boddy October 5, 2004 Honoring Senator Gordon Shackelford December 7, 2005 Supporting Independent Doctorates March 8, 2005 Support of Environmental Impact Report and Campus Master Plan Revision May 3, 2005 Honoring Parliamentarian Richard Berry May 3, 2005 Honoring Senator Thomas Warschauer October 11, 2005 Opposing Proposition 76: State Spending and School Funding Limits December 13, 2005 Implementation of ACR 73 and closing the CPEC Faculty Salary Gap February 7, 2006 Request Aztec Shops Discontinue Tobacco Sales

20

April 11, 2006 Regarding Internationalization on Campus May 6, 2006 Honoring Former Chair Gene Lamke October 10, 2006 Supporting Proposition ID-Facilities Board November 7, 2006 Supporting Freedom of International Academic Exchange February 6, 2007 Importance of Achieving a New Contract Between CSU and CFA March 6, 2007 Supporting Library Research Needs April 10, 2007 Sustainability at SDSU September 4, 2007 Supporting 2007 SDSU Master Plan September 4, 2007 Honoring Janis F. Andersen April 8, 2008 Response to CSU Budge Reductions April 8, 2008 Against Homophobia and Transphobia at SDSU May 6, 2008 Honoring Henry Janssen May 6, 2008 Honoring Michael Perkins November 3, 2009 Supporting AB 656 December 1, 2009 Concerning Campus Layoff December 1, 2009 Demands for the Statewide CSU Chancellor and Board of Trustees May 4, 2010 Honoring Fred Hornbeck May 4, 2010 Honoring Bonnie Zimmerman October 5, 2010 Supporting SDSU’s Institutional Membership in The Scholars at Risk Network February 1, 2011 Supporting San Diego State University’s Plaza Linda Verde Project April 5, 2011 Honoring President Stephen L. Weber May 3, 2011 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring William Eadie September 6, 2011 Resolution on CSU President Searches February 7, 2012 Resolution Urging the University Senate to Support the Creation of an Online Wait List

System February 7, 2012 Resolution in Support of Signing the American College and University Presidents’

Climate Commitment May 8, 2012 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring William Snavely October 2, 2012 Support of Proposition 30 on the November 2012 Ballot: Temporary Taxes to Fund

Education. Guaranteed Local Public Safety Funding December 4, 2012 Removing the Clause Recommending the Discontinuation of State University Grants for

Graduate Students Pending ASCSU Resolution AS-3100-12/FGA May 7, 2013 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring Vice President of Student Affairs James R. Kitchen May 7, 2013 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring Vice President of Business and Financial Affairs

Sally Roush May 7, 2013 Resolution on Signing the American College and University Presidents’ Climate

Commitment October 1, 2013 Resolution on the Appointment of a Faculty Trustee to the California State University

Board of Trustees March 4, 2014 Resolution Endorsing "Statement on the Principles of Scholarly Research and Public

Records” May 6, 2014 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring William Eadie May 6, 2014 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring Provost Nancy Marlin May 5, 2015 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring Edith Joyce Benkov October 6, 2015 Resolution to Support Calls for Open and Transparent Search Processes for Presidential

Searches in 2015-16 April 5, 2016 Resolution (Sense of the Senate) regarding preferences for probationary faculty: 3-year

initial and successor contracts; departmental period evaluations in years 1, 2, 4, and 5; and multilevel performance reviews in years 3 and 6

May 3, 2016 Resolution in Support of Open Educational Resources (OER) as a Means to Reduce Textbook Costs

November 1, 2016 Resolution in Support of (State of California) Proposition 55 March 7, 2017 Resolution in Support of Undocumented Students May 2, 2017 Resolution (Sense of the Senate) regarding the budget allocation processMay 31, 2017 Resolution of Appreciation Honoring President Hirshman

21

October 3, 2017

October 3, 2017

November 7, 2017

February 6, 2018

April 3, 2018

May 1, 2018

Sense of the Senate Resolution Calling for the Immediate Reinstatement of Dr. Joanna Brooks as AVP of Faculty Advancement Resolution: Development and Implementation of Executive Orders 1100(Revised) and 1110 Resolution to Eliminate the Mascot and Form a Task Force to Investigate the Aztec Identity Resolution to Require SDSU and its Academic and Administrative Units To Have Diversity Plans (amended as part of the Senate’s approval) Resolution Honoring the Memory of Morteza (Monte) Mehrabadi, Dean of the College of Engineering (2014-2018), Passed March 13, 2018 Resolution Honoring SDSU President Sally Roush

22

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Academics

Absence from Class, Student

1.0 Absence from First Class Meeting: If a student who is enrolled in a course does not attend the first class meeting of the semester or session and is not present at the start of the second meeting, the instructor may officially delete (drop) the student from the course roster, of which deletion the student shall immediately be notified.

2.0 Absence for Official University Events and Activities: Official university events and activities such as inter collegiate athletics, fine arts performances, forensics, and other academic competitions supported by the university require participation by students as official members of groups. Responsibilities shall be as follows:

2.1 Sponsoring Departments or Programs: A sponsor of an official university event or activity shall provide each student participant with a memorandum regarding specific absences from classes. The memorandum shall be given to the student’s instructors within the first two weeks of classes. If scheduling changes occur, the sponsor shall provide the student with a revised memorandum to be given to instructors.

2.2 Student Participants: Within the first two weeks of classes, a student who expects to be part of an official university event or activity shall notify the instructors of affected courses. At that time, the student shall request accommodation for any missed examinations or other assignments. If scheduling changes occur, the student shall immediately notify the instructors.

2.3 Instructors: When possible, the instructor shall reasonably accommodate the student’s required absence from class. An instructor who believes that the anticipated absences would preclude successful completion of the course or would seriously affect the student’s grade shall inform the student by the end of the second week of classes.

3.0 Absence for Religious Observances

3.1 By the end of the second week of classes, students should notify the instructors of affected courses of planned absences for religious observances.

3.2 Instructors shall reasonably accommodate students who notify them in advance of planned absences for religious observances.

Advising, Undergraduate Academic

1.0 Mission and Purpose: As a responsibility shared by adviser and student, academic advising shall help students to identify and assess academic alternatives and the directions in which they lead.

2.0 Coordination

2.1 Enrollment Services shall coordinate academic advising for the following purposes:

a. Dissemination of information (e.g., General Education requirements, academicdeadlines),

b. Preparation and updating of written statements (e.g., Catalog and Class Schedule)describing those academic requirements, regulations, and policies applicable to allstudents,

c. Identification of academic policy matters and their referral to the Undergraduate Councilfor consideration, and to prepare action for The Senate,

d. Systematic consultation with Student Affairs regarding implementation oft,

e. Assessment of campus advising activities for the purpose of program development,change, and improvement,

f. Support of technological innovation to support advising services,

23

g. Recognition of outstanding academic advisers, and

h. Responsibility for the Academic Advising Center.

2.2 Academic advising shall take place in three major venues:

a. The Academic Advising Center, providing advising in General Education, graduationrequirements, and university policy to all students and assisting undeclared students intheir search for a major;

b. College and department or school academic advising for students in the relevant majorfields involving assistant deans, department or school advisers, and informal contactswith faculty members in the major department or school;

c. Student Affairs’ support services where advising information is included in personalcounseling; this shall involve both services for the general students and those for studentswith special needs.

3.0 The Academic Advising Center shall provide comprehensive academic advising for undeclared students and graduation requirement advising for all students. The Center shall also bridge specialized and general advising through advising workshops, community college outreach programs, referrals, and information.

3.1 The Center shall promote student success by

a. Advising undeclared students in clarifying their educational goals,

b. Assisting students in the requirements for undergraduate degrees and in selectingappropriate coursework,

c. Assisting students in understanding university policies, procedures, and deadlines,

d. Providing referrals to department or school faculty advisers and student support services,

e. Cooperating with local community colleges to facilitate continuity for transfer students,

f. Serving as an all-university resource for advising information, workshops, andnewsletters,

g. Encouraging student growth and development by reinforcing self-reflection, self- appraisal, and self-direction, and

h. Evaluating its services for the purpose of program improvement.

3.2 Faculty members shall be involved in the actual advising of students in the Advising Center and recommending policies through the Undergraduate Council. The Advising Center shall involve faculty members on rotation and as available through assigned time. The Advising Center staff shall maintain close relations with undergraduate advisers in college offices and departments or schools.

4.0

5.0

An Assistant Dean for Student Affairs shall be assigned to each college, and to Academic Engagement and Student Achievement and Graduate Affairs. Among the responsibilities of the assistant deans shall be academic advising, including (a) coordination of academic and student services; (b) programs for retention, student leadership support, and university orientation; and (c) judgments on petitions for reinstatement, late change of program, and academic program adjustment, many of which include deliberation with students.

Undergraduate Advisers: Each academic department or school shall identify an Undergraduate Adviser to meet with its majors and minors. The department or school adviser (a) shall provide clear, current, and accurate course and program information, including department or school policies and procedures and specific graduation requirements for the major and minor, (b) shall assist with course selection, and (c) shall suggest career options and opportunities for further study. The adviser shall also make judgments on petitions for adjustment of academic requirements in the major or minor and shall maintain liaison with the evaluators assigned to the major. A department or school may appoint more than one adviser; credential or certificate programs may bring additional advising responsibilities. Other faculty members throughout the university may assist in advising through individual student conferences on educationally related concerns.

24

6.0 Student Affairs offices may provide various aspects of academic advising. Although Evaluations in the Office of Enrollment Services shall work most closely and consistently with academic advising, many support services for special populations and general consultation may include academic advising. Counselors therefore may provide services related to employment, careers, personal, and related nonacademic concerns. These offices shall cooperate with the Division of Academic Engagement and Student Achievement and department or school advisers throughout the university to ensure that information is current and accurate.

Assessment

1.0 Faculty shall be responsible to their students, colleagues, and the community for providing competent and ever improving instruction and programmatic quality. The purpose of assessing Degree Learning Outcomes shall be to identify opportunities to improve teaching, learning, and academic advising at the individual, course, programmatic, and institutional level.

2.0 In order to assess the extent to which students are achieving their Degree Learning Outcomes, San Diego State University shall be committed to systematic evaluation of instructional programs. Such evaluation shall extend both to broad interdisciplinary programs such as General Education and to degree-related programs within specific disciplines and departments or schools. The university shall encourage department and school faculties to engage in assessment research related to teaching and learning, and to disseminate such efforts through scholarly peer-reviewed venues.

3.0 Evidence of student achievement with respect to assessment shall not be used to evaluate individual faculty members or to publicly compare departments, schools, or institutions. Where assessment evidence is presented within lecturer evaluations or faculty retention, tenure, and promotion process, the evaluative focus shall be on the approach that the instructor has taken to demonstrate where students are with respect to desired outcomes and the evidence-based pedagogical and curricular actions undertaken to improve student achievement.

4.0 Assessment of student learning shall

a. Be used directly by disciplinary faculty (a) to articulate educational outcomes, (b) to developassessment methodologies to evaluate student achievement with regard to these outcomes, and (c)to undertake curricular planning, revision, and improvement;

b. Be characterized by an approach that embraces multiple methods in order to provide validinformation for improving academic programs;

c. Be driven by the faculty, who shall have the primary responsibility for deciding how to assess, thatis, how to design, select, and administer assessment methods, to interpret the results, anddetermine how the data shall be used to improve programs;

d. Be part of strategic planning efforts that include consideration of sufficient resources to carry outthe plan;

e. Facilitate discussion of and agreement upon common principles across disciplines in programssuch as General Education and identify or develop assessment mechanisms to evaluate studentperformance;

f. Articulate programmatic and instructional goals and expectations and make these public tostudents and the general public;

g. Open new areas of discussion with community colleges for coordinated assessment and curricularplanning to improve student access and retention;

h. Be reported within the established university-wide relational database (i.e., WEAVE Online);

i. Be an integral component of the Academic Program Review process for departments, schools, andprograms.

5.0 In addition to its primary roles of improving program effectiveness and promoting student achievement, data collected for academic assessment purposes may also be published or otherwise publicly disseminated as the scholarship of teaching and learning. If the data obtained in an assessment process are intended for

25

eventual public dissemination, for example—in the form of journal publications or conference presentations—then the data protocol shall have received prior approval through San Diego State University’s Human Research Protection Program. Interested faculty should consult with their college representative on the Student Learning Outcomes and Program Assessment Committee and the Human Research Protection Program staff for more information.

6.0 Student Support Services: Student outcomes assessment of co curricular activities, which are integral to student learning, shall be necessary for a complete picture of students’ campus experience. These activities may involve the library, academic advising, counseling and career planning, housing, financial aid services, extracurricular activities, health services, and campus climate.

Calendar

Each Fall (or earlier, if possible), the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement (in consultation with appropriate campus officers) shall prepare the Academic Calendar for the following year, referencing a) guidelines established by the State of California and b) an approved set of rules, principles, and algorithms to create it; the Calendar shall then be presented to the Senate as an Information item. However, the Calendar shall be presented for review to the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning for any year in which there are special circumstances that call for deviation from the approved rules, principles and algorithms; the Committee's report shall then be forwarded to the Senate for approval and recommendation to the President.

Cheating and Plagiarism6

1.0 Institutions of higher education are founded to impart knowledge, seek truth, and encourage one’s development for the good of society. University students shall thus be intellectually and morally obliged to pursue their course of studies with honesty and integrity. Therefore, in preparing and submitting materials for academic courses and in taking examinations, a student shall not yield to cheating or plagiarism, which violate both academic and student disciplinary standards.

2.0 Definitions

2.1 Cheating shall be defined as the act of obtaining or attempting to obtain credit for academic work by the use of dishonest, deceptive, or fraudulent means. Examples of cheating include, but are not limited to (a) copying, in part or in whole, from another’s test or other examination; (b) discussing answers or ideas relating to the answers on a test or other examination without the permission of the instructor; (c) obtaining copies of a test, an examination, or other course material without the permission of the instructor; (d) using notes, cheat sheets, or other devices considered inappropriate under the prescribed testing condition; (e) collaborating with another or others in work to be presented without the permission of the instructor; (f) falsifying records, laboratory work, or other course data; (g) submitting work previously presented in another course, if contrary to the rules of the course; (h) altering or interfering with the grading procedures; (i) plagiarizing, as defined; and (j) knowingly and intentionally assisting another student in any of the above.

2.2 Plagiarism shall be defined as the act of incorporating ideas, words, or specific substance of another, whether purchased, borrowed, or otherwise obtained, and submitting same to the university as one’s own work to fulfill academic requirements without giving credit to the appropriate source. Plagiarism shall include but not be limited to (a) submitting work, either in part or in whole, completed by another; (b) omitting footnotes for ideas, statements, facts, or conclusions that belong to another; (c) omitting quotation marks when quoting directly from another, whether it be a paragraph, sentence, or part thereof; (d) close and lengthy paraphrasing of the writings of another; (e) submitting another person’s artistic works, such as musical compositions, photographs, paintings, drawings, or sculptures; and (f) submitting as one’s own work papers purchased from research companies.

3.0 Academic and Disciplinary Sanctions: Cheating and plagiarism in connection with the academic program at the university may warrant two separate and distinct courses of disciplinary action that may be applied concurrently in response to a violation of this policy: (a) academic sanctions, such as grade modifications;

6 Approved April 2017 (Note: meet-and-confer with the bargaining has not yet concluded)

26

and (b) disciplinary sanctions, such as probation, suspension, or expulsion. Academic sanctions are concerned with the student’s grades and are the responsibility of the instructor involved. Disciplinary sanctions are concerned with the student’s records and status on campus and shall be the responsibility of the university President or designated representative. The Coordinator of Judiciary Procedures shall be the President’s representative in matters of student discipline

4.0 Due Process in Review of Alleged Violations

4.1 Disciplinary Sanctions: Only the university President or designated representative shall be authorized to exercise disciplinary authority over students and in so doing shall be mandated to accord students all the elements of “due process.” The steps set forth in the Executive Order 1098-Revised (2015) related to student conduct procedures shall be followed in the delineation of these matters.

4.2 Academic Sanctions

4.21 The instructor involved shall be expected to determine the type of academic sanction for cheating or plagiarism. Usually, “grade modification” shall be used; however, grade modification shall not be considered punishment and shall be used only if the instructor is satisfied that cheating or plagiarism did occur. The grade modification shall be left to the discretion of the instructor. Grade modification may include (a) a zero or F on the paper, project, or examination, (b) a reduction in one letter grade (e.g., C to D in the course), or (c) an F in the course. In addition to grade modification, certain departments or schoolsmay have policies that state that cheating can show unsuitability for the program orprofession. Students should be made aware of the penalties for cheating and of theirappeal rights

4.22 Furthermore, before applying grade modification, the instructor should advise the student of the alleged violation and should have reasonable evidence to sustain that allegation. Reasonable evidence, such as documentary evidence or personal observation or both, shall be necessary for the allegation to be upheld.

4.3 When a student is accused of cheating or plagiarism, the instructor should arrange an informal office conference with the student and at that time advise the student of the allegation as well as the evidence supporting it. The purpose of the office conference shall be to bring together the persons involved to discuss the situation informally and to decide upon an appropriate solution. If more than one student is involved in the incident, the instructor may call the students together to confer as a group if the students so desire. All notes and discussions between the student and instructor shall be confidential, except as may be relevant in subsequent campus disciplinary proceedings or subsequent legal action.

5.0 Disciplinary Record: In order to coordinate information so as to permit appropriate disciplinary action for first-time and repeat offenders, instructors shall contact the Center for Student Rights and Responsibilities (http://csrr.sdsu.edu/) to submit the required reports. Instructors should describe violations of this policy according to the requirements stated in Executive Order 1098-Revised (2015) related to student conduct procedures.

6.0 For additional discussion of professional responsibilities of faculty with respect to plagiarism, see University Policies: Faculty, Professional Responsibilities.

Competency and Proficiency in Written English and Mathematics

1.0 Competency in standard written English and in basic mathematics is essential to successful university study. Before enrolling in baccalaureate-level writing, mathematics, and other specified courses, students pursuing a baccalaureate degree shall satisfy the following requirements:

a. CSU English Placement Test (EPT)

b. CSU Entry Level Mathematics Examination (ELM)

1.1 All new freshmen shall fulfill within one year of enrollment the two competency requirements, namely: CSU English Placement Test, CSU Entry Level Mathematics Examination.

27

1.11 Students shall fulfill the California State University (CSU) English Placement Test requirement by one of the following:

a. Completion of the CSU English Placement Test (EPT) at San Diego StateUniversity or at another CSU campus

b. Completion before matriculation at San Diego State University of an acceptablecollege transfer course in English composition of three semester units or fourquarter units with a grade of C or better

c. Satisfactory score on the Verbal section of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)or Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT I)

d. Satisfactory score on the English Usage section of the American College Test(ACT)

e. Satisfactory score on the CSU English Equivalency Examination

f. Satisfactory score on either the Language and Composition or the Compositionand Literature Examination of The College Board Advanced Placement Program

g. Satisfactory score on The College Board Achievement Test in EnglishComposition with Essay.

1.12 Students shall fulfill the CSU Entry-Level Mathematics Examination (ELM) requirement by one of the following:

a. Satisfactory score on the CSU Entry-Level Mathematics Examination at SDSUor at another CSU campus

b. Completion of an approved General Education mathematics transfer course ofthree semester units or four quarter units that satisfies the General EducationBreadth quantitative reasoning requirement with a grade of C or better

c. Satisfactory score on the Mathematics section of the Scholastic Aptitude Test(SAT) or Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT I)

d. Satisfactory score on the Mathematics section of the American College Test(ACT)

e. Satisfactory score on The College Board Advanced Placement Test inMathematics, Level AB or BC

f. Satisfactory score on The College Board Mathematics Achievement Test, Level1, or College Board Mathematics Subject Test, Level 1

g. Satisfactory score on The College Board Mathematics Achievement Test, Level2, or College Board Mathematics Subject Test, Level 2C.

2.0 Proficiency in Writing

2.1 San Diego State University students shall demonstrate proficiency in writing skills as a requirement for graduation. Such skills shall incorporate basic rules of good writing, subject to the argument, format, logical development, demonstration of evidence, and style appropriate to various disciplines. Furthermore, departments and schools should insist upon effective expression in their courses and should stress the need for improving substandard writing.

2.2 Certification of Upper Division Writing Proficiency: All students shall take the Writing Proficiency Assessment in the semester in which they achieve 60 units or, for students who transfer to SDSU with 60 or more units, in their first semester at SDSU, to determine their ability to write clearly and logically.

a. Students demonstrating upper division writing proficiency on the Writing ProficiencyAssessment shall meet the Certification of Upper Division Writing Proficiency, unlesstheir majors, schools, or colleges require satisfactory completion of an upper division

28

writing course. (If such a course is required, demonstrating competency on the [Writing Proficiency Assessment shall serve as the prerequisite.) Completion of the course with a minimum grade of C or Cr shall be certification of proficiency for the student.

b. Students demonstrating basic writing competency on the Writing Proficiency Assessmentshall enroll in an upper division writing course. Completion of an approved writingcourse with a minimum grade of C or Cr shall mean the student has met the Certificationof Upper Division Writing Proficiency.

c. Students unable to demonstrate basic writing competence on the Writing ProficiencyAssessment shall complete an approved basic writing course with a minimum grade of Cor Cr before enrolling in an upper division writing course. Completion of an approvedupper division course with a minimum grade of C or Cr shall mean the student has metthe Certification of Upper Division Writing Proficiency.

Course Prerequisites

1.0 Prerequisites for each course shall be stated in the Catalog course description. Students shall complete a course prerequisite or its equivalent before registering for the course. Students who have not completed the prerequisite shall notify the instructor by the end of the second week of class in order that the instructor may determine whether the student has completed the equivalent of the prerequisite. This policy shall be stated in the Class Schedule.

2.0 Each department or school shall review its courses and submit proposals to reaffirm, modify, or delete existing prerequisites or to add new prerequisites according to the following guidelines:

2.1 Departments and schools shall clarify upon what basis the consent of the instructor is to be given if such consent is a course prerequisite.

2.2 Departments and schools shall be aware that upper division and senior standing are determined solely on total number of units completed. Such standing shall not a guarantee that prior course work has been completed in the discipline.

2.3 Departments and schools shall devise systems for monitoring the enforcement of their own prerequisites, such as requiring students to sign a statement indicating where and when prerequisites were completed and what grade was received.

2.4 Departments and schools may use “strongly recommended” or “recommended” instead of “prerequisite.”

Courses, Credit/No Credit Undergraduate

Only those courses designated in the General Catalog as being offered only for credit/no credit shall be approved for implementation.

Courses, Cross-Listed

Cross listed courses are defined as courses that are offered two or more academic units, have identical course elements (title, description, units, mode of instruction; prerequisites and number, unless one of the academic units has already used that number for another course then the next closest number should be used) except the course prefix which reflects the academic department or program; are interchangeable for degree requirements; cannot be repeated for degree credit under separate prefixes; may be scheduled with the same instructor, room, and meeting pattern; may be scheduled with all, some, or one of the course prefixes.

Process for approving a cross-listed course

If the course is an approved course in the catalog and additional department(s) wants to cross-list the course, use a "Course Modification" form and get signatures from all participating department chairs and college deans. Forward the signed Course Modification form to the Curriculum Committee as an information item and to the Office of Enrollment Services.

If the course has never been taught, approval for a new cross-listed course shall follow the campus curriculum guidelines associated with a new course proposal.

29

3.0 Criteria

3.1 A cross-listed course shall have the same title, number, unless one of the academic units has already used that number for another course, prerequisites, description, unit value, and grading method in its description as listed in every unit.

3.2 Catalog and course schedule listings shall indicate that the course is cross-listed. Materials presented to students, such as syllabi and course descriptions, shall also indicate that the course is cross-listed.

3.3 The academic units shall agree that students may take the course under any of its listings to fulfill an academic unit’s requirements.

Courses, Experimental and Interdisciplinary Limited-Duration

(Numbered 296, 496, 580, and 596, and General Studies 250, 350, 550)

1.0 The 496 number shall designate defined, selected topics not specifically treated in regular Catalog courses. It may thus be used either as an experimental precursor to a new course proposal or as a vehicle to explore current interests through a standard course format, including syllabus, texts of bibliography, explicit procedure or methodology, and an appropriate student population. Unlike the 499 Special Studies course, the topics course should be subjected to a reasonable department or school review for need, relevance, and substance in order to pass a series of reviews before being included in the Class Schedule.

2.0 Residence Courses: Proposals for experimental and interdisciplinary limited-duration courses shall follow the same procedure as regular undergraduate curricular proposals but with the following exceptions:

2.1 Proposals shall not be constrained by General Catalog and committee deadlines for regular course proposals; they shall be dealt with on demand and shall be completely processed during one semester for implementation the next semester.

2.2 Proposals may go concurrently to the college curricular screening body, the dean of the college, and the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee. The process shall conclude with the Undergraduate Topics Subcommittee, which shall report to the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee, which in turn shall report to the Senate.

3.0 Extension Courses: Proposals for experimental and interdisciplinary limited-duration courses offered for academic credit by the College of Extended Studies shall be reviewed by the Undergraduate Topics Subcommittee, which shall report to the Curriculum Committee, which shall report to the Senate.

Courses: Hours and Preparation

1.0 An undergraduate course shall meet for the required number of hours and shall offer an opportunity to prepare, to study, and to cogitate for the required hours, as stated in the General Catalog.

2.0 A unit credit hour shall represent 50 minutes of lecture or recitation combined with two hours of preparation per week throughout one semester of 15 weeks. Two credit hours of activity (e.g., in Exercise and Nutritional Sciences) or three credit hours of laboratory (e.g., in Physics) shall be considered equivalent to one credit hour of lecture.

3.0 A course offered in a term of less than 15 weeks shall contain the same contact hours, preparation time, content, and requirements as the same course offered over a 15-week semester.

4.0 The approval of the department, school, or program and of the college dean shall be required to schedule all short-term or weekend courses.

5.0 One-unit courses scheduled on consecutive days shall not be scheduled for less than four consecutive calendar days.

Courses Not Offered in Two Years, Undergraduate

1.0 Each year the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee (or other administrative officer who shall coordinate the curricular process) shall identify the courses not offered during the past two years and shall inform each department or school that failure to offer the courses within

30

the next academic year shall subject the courses to deletion from the Catalog. A course not offered during that third year shall be deleted.

2.0 Reinstatement of Deleted Courses: For up to three years after the deletion of an undergraduate course by the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee the course (same number, title, credit, units, prerequisites, Catalog description) may be reinstated.

2.1 The academic department, school, or program shall forward to the dean of the college a completed Course Reinstatement form.

2.2 If the dean approves the request, the form shall be forwarded to the Office of the Provost for inclusion in the next General Catalog; however, a reinstated course may be listed in the Class Schedule and taught previous to the publication of that catalog.

2.3 The department, school, or program shall teach the reinstated course within two semesters of the submission of the Course Reinstatement form. Failure to do so shall result in a second deletion of the course from the curriculum; courses thus deleted shall be restored to the curriculum only through the process to approve new courses.

Courses Rejected by the Curriculum Committee

Courses rejected by the Curriculum Committee shall not be offered under special topics numbers or otherwise included in the schedule of classes unless specifically authorized by the Provost, who shall report such action to the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee.

Courses, Special Study

1.0 A course numbered 299, 499, or 599 signifies a well-defined, one-of-a-kind, special study usually on a topic or in an area not covered by a regular, titled Catalog course. It may be offered only with the consent of the instructor and is intended only for a student who has demonstrated ability to work independently and who is clearly qualified to work at an advanced level in the discipline. The instructor shall meet with the student regularly and by schedule to plan, monitor, and direct progress. Standard grading procedures shall apply as in all other university courses. The maximum credit for 299, 499, and 599 courses applicable toward a bachelor’s degree shall be nine units.

2.0 A 499 number shall not be used (a) to offer lower division course work, (b) to extend internships, (c) to award academic credit in place of pay, (d) for work experience, or (e) for class-sized groups.

Courses, Undergraduate Collaborative

1.0 Collaborative courses shall be developed collaboratively under two or more rubrics by two or more academic units responsible for course development (typically departments, schools, or interdisciplinary programs). Collaborative courses shall be listed among the courses of each collaborative unit.

2.0 Approval for collaborative courses at the 100- through 500-level shall rest with the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee. Approval for a collaborative course shall be considered only after the course itself, whether new or revised, has been approved for content in the normal process as presented on a New Course Proposal form. Approval as a collaborative course requires that the collaborative process be described under which the course was developed and that all units participating in the collaboration agree to the conditions of the collaboration. In addition, the units shall agree that, if the course is not team taught, the instructor shall be knowledgeable in all of the content areas.

3.0 Conditions of Collaboration

3.1 Each collaborative unit shall agree to any change in course title, number, prerequisites, description, unit value, content, or grading method. If a collaborative unit disagrees to a proposed change, no change shall be made. If a unit withdraws from a collaboration, the course shall be deleted, and each unit shall formally reapply by the new course proposal process to teach that material, even if the unit taught that material before the collaboration.

3.2 If a collaborative course is acceptable for General Education, the following General Education policies apply:

31

a. A student shall not receive more than 12 units of GE credit from an academic unit, includingcollaborative courses offered therein.

b. A student shall not receive more than seven units of GE credit in GE sections II, III, and IV from anacademic unit, including collaborative courses offered therein. Courses in a student’s major unit or collaborative courses listed therein shall not be used in section IV (Explorations).

4.0 Criteria

4.1 A collaborative course shall have the same title, number, prerequisites, description, unit value, and grading method in its description as listed in every collaborative unit.

4.2 Experimental topics courses, General Studies 250 and 350, and variable title and variable unit courses shall not be collaborative courses.

4.3 Catalog and course schedule listings shall indicate that the course is collaborative. Materials presented to students, such as syllabi and course descriptions, shall also indicate that the course is collaborative.

4.4 The collaborate units shall jointly maintain responsibility for course content.

4.5 The collaborative units shall agree to the special conditions above. If the course is offered for General Education credit, the collaborative units shall agree to the special conditions on collaborative General Education courses above.

4.6 The collaborative units shall agree that students may take the course under any of its listings to fulfill an academic unit’s requirements.

Credit by Examination

1.0 Credit by examination shall be restricted to students who are regularly enrolled (matriculated), not on probation, and enrolled in at least one regular course. Credit/no credit shall be applied only to regular undergraduate courses and shall be limited to 30 units. Credit by examination obtained through credit/no credit shall be limited by the usual restrictions on credit/no credit grading to 15 total units. Credit by examination shall not be treated as part of the student’s study load, but the student shall pay for additional units if costs exceed fees already paid.

2.0 To obtain credit by examination:

2.1 The student shall register during the change-of-program period in an actual course for which credit by examination is being requested. Credit by examination units shall not be counted toward full- time enrollment. The student shall be registered in at least one other course.

2.2 Before taking an examination, the student shall obtain on the appropriate special form, available through the Office of the Registrar or the department or school office, the permission of the chair or director of the department or school offering the examination and of the dean of the appropriate college to enroll in the course and to take it for credit by examination as the grading option.

2.3 After department or school approval has been obtained, the Office of the Registrar shall verify the student’s enrollment and probation status and shall add the course to the student’s record. The grading option of credit by examination shall be so indicated on the system at that time and shall be reflected in reports such as enrollment confirmations, class lists, and grade sheets.

2.4 The student shall take the examination and be evaluated by the department or school. The grade may be submitted by the department or school to the Office of the Registrar either immediately or on the regular grade sheet for the course at the end of the semester or session.

3.0 Department or school policies shall be subject to the following:

3.1 A department or school may exclude any of its courses from credit by examination, or it may prevent a student from obtaining credit by examination in a course that is a prerequisite to a course the student has taken or is currently taking.

32

3.2 In a course a department or school may require credit/no credit grading only for credit by examination.

3.3 If a student takes an examination, a grade, if only “no credit,” shall be entered on the student’s transcript.

3.4 A department or school may develop its own procedures regarding a student who signs up for credit by examination and then either elects not to take the examination or fails the examination; however, the department or school shall inform the student of its policy.

Credits Earned by High School Students

1.0 Upon recommendation by their counselor, principal, or the coordinator of a gifted students program, students who have completed their junior year of high school and are of exceptional academic ability and achievement may apply for admission to the SDSU Summer Session program. Credits earned during the summer shall be placed on a permanent record by the Office of the Registrar and may be applied toward a degree at San Diego State University. Registration in a particular course shall be subject to the approval of the instructor.

2.0 International Baccalaureate Program: Students who have completed the requirements for the International Baccalaureate Diploma may be admitted to San Diego State University. Course credit for specified courses or advanced placement for specified test scores may be awarded at the discretion of appropriate departments or schools.

Credit for Academically Related Work Experience

1.0 Academic credit may be granted for academically related work experience supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in accordance with university policies and standards.

2.0 Academically related work experience shall be defined as practical experience, paid or unpaid, that the sponsoring faculty member considers likely to contribute directly to a student’s academic and professional growth. Outside the structure of courses specifically designed to facilitate such experience, academic credit related to work experience shall be awarded only for satisfactory completion of clearly articulated academic requirements agreed upon in advance by the student and the sponsoring professor and duly approved and recorded in compliance with department or school policy.

Curriculum Changes, Undergraduate and Graduate

1.0 Initiation: Proposals for changes in the curriculum may originate from faculty, departments or schools, deans, college curriculum committees, or the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee.

1.1 The Office of the Academic Services shall provide assistance in the preparation of proposals.

1.2 A schedule of deadlines for submission of curricular proposals from the colleges to the Office of the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee shall be established and published annually in the Curriculum Guide.

2.0 College Review: Each college shall develop and file in the Office of the Provost procedures for review of curricular proposals. Review should be concerned with the academic merit of the proposal and its relationship to the academic program of other departments or schools and the college as a whole.

3.0 Approval by the dean of the College: Every curricular proposal shall be submitted to the dean of the college concerned for approval or disapproval. The dean should announce a decision within 10 academic workdays. The dean’s approval shall be based on the determination that the proposal is consistent with plans for the long-run development of the college, that all budget needs of the proposal (teaching positions, space, equipment, supplies, staff, etc.) have been considered carefully, and that the dean is prepared to give the needs of the program high priority in the college’s budget.

4.0 Office of the Provost: Curricular proposals approved by deans shall be sent to the Office of the Provost in triplicate. Here proposals shall be reviewed for proper format, content, and elements that might conflict with existing policy, regulations, administrative code, or with other agencies within the university. Proposals may be returned to the college for further revision. When the final form is acceptable to the

33

college, the department or school, and the Office of the Provost, the curriculum proposal shall be forwarded by the Office of the Provost for review as follows:

4.1 Requests for new degree programs not in the Academic Master Plan shall be sent to the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning to be considered for inclusion in the Academic Master Plan and to the Committee on Academic Resources and Planning to be evaluated for resource implications.

4.2 The proposals shall be sent concurrently to the following: Dean, College of Arts and Letters; Dean, College of Professional Studies and Fine Arts; Dean, College of Sciences; Dean, College of Business Administration; Dean, College of Education; Dean, College of Engineering; Dean, College of Health and Human Services; Dean, SDSU Imperial Valley; Dean, College of Extended Studies; Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement; and the Dean of Graduate Affairs.

4.21 Deans of colleges shall review solely for impact on the program of their colleges and for budget implications. The deans shall have a period of time set by the Office of the Provost to object to a proposal. If no written objection is received, the proposal shall be considered approved. If a dean objects to a proposal, the Provost may seek the advice of others and after hearing the advice shall decide whether the proposal shall be approved, disapproved, or returned to the recommending source for revisions.

4.22 The Dean of Graduate Affairs shall review solely for impact on the graduate program. The Dean may approve the proposal or, when the proposal may raise important policy questions, the Dean may request reasonable delay to permit review by the Graduate Council. The Dean shall inform the Office of the Provost of action taken on each proposal.

4.23 The Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement shall review solely for impact on the undergraduate program. The Dean may approve the proposal or, when the proposal may raise important policy questions, the Dean may request reasonable delay to permit review by the Undergraduate Council. The Dean shall inform the Office of the Provost of action taken on each proposal.

4.24 The Dean of the College of Education shall review solely for impact on the Teacher Education program. The Dean may approve the proposal or, when the proposal may raise important policy questions, the Dean may request reasonable delay to permit review by the Teacher Education Advisory Council. The Dean shall inform the Office of the Provost of action taken on each proposal.

4.3 Proposals for new minors, emphases, options, concentrations, and degrees shall be sent concurrently to the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning and the Committee on Academic Resources and Planning for consideration for impact on the Master Plan.

34

5.0 Flow Chart for Processing Proposals: This shall include new and existing basic credential programs.

5.1 New Undergraduate Degree Programs and Deletion of Existing Degree or School Dissolution

35

5.2 New Courses and Changes in Existing Programs and Courses

36

5.3 New Graduate Degree Programs

37

5.4 New Graduate Course and Emphases, and Changes in Courses, Emphases, and Requirements

Dean's List

1.0

2.0

Computation for the Dean's List shall be based on a minimum of 12 units of credit, each carrying a letter grade. Students shall be placed on the Dean's List if they receive a grade point average of 3.50 or above for the given semester. The computation of the grade point averages for the semester shall be made within six weeks after the end of the semester to permit students to convert incomplete (I) grades to letter grades in time to be included in the computations.

"Dean" shall refer to the dean of each line college. The Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement shall recognize undeclared majors and special majors; the Dean of the College of Education shall recognize Liberal Studies majors.

3.0 A student's transcript shall indicate each inclusion on the Dean's List.

Degree Program Discontinuation

1.0 Procedures: Proposals for the discontinuation of degree programs may be initiated by departments or schools, faculty members, college or university committees, or administrative officers of the University. Proposals shall specify mechanisms to protect the interests of students enrolled in such programs and, if possible, to allow the students to complete their degrees in a reasonable time. Proposals shall include a declaration of intent to effect (a) a degree program discontinuation or (b) the discontinuation of degree program with department or school dissolution. Proposals shall address employment options, informed by the applicable Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), for the affected tenured and probationary faculty and for permanent staff.

38

1.2 Proposals shall be reviewed by designated department or school and college curriculum committees, and the dean of the college.

1.3 Proposals approved by the college dean shall be forwarded to the office of the Provost for university-wide distribution.

1.4 Undergraduate Proposals

1.41 Undergraduate proposals shall be reviewed for approval by the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, which shall seek broad consultations with groups or persons likely to be affected by the degree program discontinuation, including enrolled students in the affected degree program.

1.42 Proposals shall be additionally reviewed by the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee, with recommendations forwarded to the Senate.

1.43 Approved proposals shall be forwarded to the Senate as action items.

1.44 Approved proposals shall be forwarded to the President for final action.

1.5 Graduate Proposals

1.51 Graduate proposals shall be reviewed for approval by the Graduate Council, which shall seek broad consultation with groups or persons likely to be affected by the degree program discontinuation, including enrolled students in the degree programs affected.

1.52 Proposals shall be further reviewed by the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, with recommendations forwarded to the Senate.

1.53 Approved proposals shall be forwarded to the Senate as action items.

1.54 Approved proposals shall be forwarded to the President for final action.

2.0 Dissolution of a Department or School: If a proposal for degree program discontinuation implies the dissolution of a department or school, this procedure shall be followed:

2.1 Proposals for the discontinuation of degree programs may be initiated by departments or schools, faculty members, college and university committees, or administrative officers of the university. Proposals shall specify means to protect the interests of students enrolled in the programs and, if possible, to allow those students to complete their degrees in a reasonable time. Proposals for degree program discontinuation shall include a declaration of intent to effect (a) a degree program discontinuation or (b) the discontinuation of degree program with department dissolution. Proposals shall address employment options, informed by the applicable Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), for the affected tenured and probationary faculty and for permanent staff.

2.2 Proposals shall be reviewed by designated department or school and college curriculum committees.

2.3 Proposals shall be reviewed by the dean or deans of the colleges. If the dean or deans determine that the proposal has no merit, this recommendation together with the original proposal shall be forwarded to the Provost. If the dean or deans determine that the proposal does have merit, the dean or deans shall form a special ad hoc committee to give the matter full and serious consideration. The ad hoc committee shall have at least five members, at least two of whom shall be department chairs or school directors with one chair or director drawn from an uninvolved college.

2.4 The ad hoc committee shall report its recommendations to the dean and the executive committee (or equivalent) of the colleges involved, and the dean shall subsequently transmit final recommendations to the Provost who shall in turn convey the recommendations with comments to the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning.

2.5 The Committee on Academic Policy and Planning shall seek broad consultation with groups or persons likely to be affected by the degree program discontinuation, including enrolled students in the affected degree program. The Committee shall forward its recommendations regarding

39

deletions or transfer of programs to the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee for review. The Committee on Academic Policy and Planning shall present its recommendation regarding dissolution of a department or school to the Senate as an action item concurrent with the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee report on the deletion or transfer of programs.

2.6 The Undergraduate Curriculum Committee shall present its recommendations regarding the deletion or transfer of programs to the Senate as an action item.

2.7 Approved proposals shall be forwarded to the President for final action.

Degree Revocation7

1.0 The University’s award of academic credit and Degrees constitutes its formal certification of student achievement. However, a Degree may be awarded to a Student in error, or as a result of fraud, misrepresentation, or other intentional or unintentional actions. In order to preserve the integrity and academic standards of Degrees granted, San Diego State University (hereafter the University) may exercise the right to revoke a previously conferred Degree as set forth in the following procedure. The authority to revoke a Degree resides with the President. The President hereby delegates that authority to the Provost.

2.0 Definitions

2.1 Advisor: An Advisor is someone who may accompany the Student at the Degree revocation hearing. The Advisor’s role is limited to consulting and providing support, and may not speak for, or on behalf of, the Student. The Advisor may not be an attorney.

2.2 Clear and convincing evidence: Evidence of such convincing force that it demonstrates, in contrast to the opposing evidence, a high probability of the truth of the fact(s) for which it is offered as proof. Such evidence requires a higher standard of proof than proof “by a preponderance of the evidence” but a lower standard than required for proof “beyond a reasonable doubt.”

2.3 Degree: Degree includes any form of academic Degree, credential, certificate, or professional designation or other award (e.g., Honors designation) conferred by the University, or any of its colleges, departments or units, including the College of Extended Studies.

2.4 Registrar: Registrar refers to the management personnel in Office of the Registrar at the University.

2.5. Notice of Intent to Revoke Degree: Notice of Intent to Revoke Degree is the written notice issued to a Student possessing a Degree the University intends to revoke under the terms of this policy.

2.6 Student: The term Student may refer to any current or former student, including those enrolled through the College of Extended Studies.

2.7 Hearing Officer: The Hearing Officer referred to herein shall be a person selected by the Provost in consultation with the Associate Vice President, Administration (AVP Administration). The Hearing Officer shall be a University faculty member or administrator who has relevant experience, or who shall have received appropriate training, regarding this policy and procedure as well as the standards associated with the granting of the Degree at issue in the proceedings. Student conduct administrators and their subordinates, persons with a conflict of interest in the matter, and percipient witnesses giving rise to the matter are ineligible to serve as Hearing Officers. If a conflict of interest or other cause prevents the selection of a Hearing Officer employed by the University, a Hearing Officer who is a faculty member or administrator at another CSU campus shall be asked to serve as a Hearing Officer.

2.8 Timelines: The University may, but is not required to, extend timelines set forth herein. Extensions shall be determined by the Provost or designee. The Provost or designee shall promptly and in writing notify the Student and any University administrators involved of any revised timeline.

3.0 Basis for Revocation

7 Approved April 2017

40

3.1 A Degree may be revoked by the University if: 1) upon examination of a Student’s record, it is determined that the requirements for the Degree awarded as established by the California Code of Regulations, Title 5, were not met; or 2) information comes to light that, if known at the time the Degree was awarded, would have resulted in a determination that the Degree should not be conferred. The bases for a Degree revocation include, but are not limited to, the following:

3.2 Academic misconduct by Students, faculty, staff, or administrators, including fabrication, falsification, plagiarism, or fraud.

3.3 Unauthorized altering of information on a Student record (including in an official University student information system).

3.4 Error(s) by administrators, faculty, staff, or Students that resulted in the awarding of the Degree that would not have been awarded otherwise.

3.5 Other violations of the University’s Student Conduct Code that are of such a nature that had the misconduct been discovered prior to the issuance of the Degree, it would have resulted in the suspension or expulsion of the Student from the University.

4.0 Investigation

4.1 When information comes to light that places into question the validity of a previously conferred Degree, it shall be referred to the Provost through the Dean of the college from which the Degree in question was granted.

4.2 Upon receipt of such information, the Provost or designee shall conduct an initial review of the information and determine whether such information is credible and whether, if established as true, the evidence would justify the revocation of a Degree.

4.3 If the Provost determines that the information is credible and, if established, would justify the revocation of a Degree, the Provost shall select an investigation committee of faculty and/or administrators. Members of the investigation committee shall be selected according to expertise as it pertains to the details of the case. The investigation shall be completed within sixty (60) calendar days, and the investigation committee shall present a report of findings with regards to the information examined and a recommendation as to whether the investigation establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the Degree should be revoked.

4.4 The Provost shall review the report and, if appropriate, may ask the General Counsel and/or other University personnel to investigate any other information relevant to whether the Degree should be revoked. If the Provost determines that there is sufficient information to make a determination as to whether to issue a “Notice of Intent to Revoke Degree” (“Notice”), the Provost or designee shall issue the Notice to the Student possessing the Degree in question. If the Provost determines that there is insufficient evidence to justify a revocation, no further action shall be taken and the Degree shall stand.

5.0 Process When Notice of Intent to Revoke Degree is Issued

5.1 The Notice shall advise the Student that the University has clear and convincing evidence that justifies the revocation of the Student’s Degree pursuant to this policy. The Notice shall identify the Degree and year it was awarded and describe the evidence upon which the Notice is based in sufficient detail to allow the Student to respond to the Notice. A copy of this policy shall also accompany the Notice. The Notice shall state that if the Student decides to contest the revocation, the Student shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the Notice, make a written request to the Provost for a hearing. The Notice shall also state that if the Student requests a hearing, the Student shall prepare a written response to the Notice (“Response”) stating whether the Student disputes the information set forth in the Notice and/or the University’s conclusion that the Degree should be revoked, as well as the specific evidence and reasons upon which the Student bases such dispute or conclusion.

5.2 The Notice shall be sent by certified mail, personal or overnight delivery, to the last known mailing or contact address for the Student. If possible, the Notice shall also be sent concurrently via email. The Student’s written request for a hearing and Response shall be sent to the Provost

41

via certified mail within the thirty (30) day period set forth in Paragraph 5.1. Absent good cause to be determined by the University, the failure to timely request a hearing and submit a Response shall result in the University revoking the Degree as set forth in Paragraph 5.4.

5.3 The thirty (30) calendar day period within which the Student may request a hearing shall commence as of the date of receipt by the Student as reflected on the written confirmation received by the University that the Student received the Notice. This confirmation can be a document signed by the person who delivered the Notice indicating that the Student was given the Notice; a receipt signed by the Student acknowledging receipt of the Notice by certified mail; a signed acknowledgement by the Student acknowledging receipt of the overnight mail containing the Notice; or other proof of actual receipt by the Student, such as email delivery confirmation.

5.4 If the University receives confirmation pursuant to Paragraph 5.3 and the Student does not request a hearing, the University may revoke the Degree without further proceedings. If the University does not obtain appropriate confirmation, it may nevertheless proceed with revocation in accordance with Paragraph 5.11 of this policy.

5.5 If the Student requests a hearing, the Provost or designee shall use reasonable efforts to schedule such hearing no sooner than thirty (30) and no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Student notifies the University of the request for a hearing. The Student shall be provided with a written notice of the scheduled hearing date and location no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the hearing.

5.6 The Student shall be entitled to review the evidence that supports the University’s Notice and may request a copy of such evidence at a cost not to exceed that provided under the California Information Practices Act (Civil Code section 1798 et. seq.). The Student and the Provost, or a designee, shall exchange a list of witnesses to be called at the hearing no later than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the hearing. At the Student’s written request, the University shall send a “notice to appear” to any University employee-witness at her or his University-assigned email address. If, after this deadline, the Student and/or the University wish to supplement their witness list, they shall request permission from the Hearing Officer to do so.

5.7 The Student may be accompanied at the hearing by an Advisor, who may neither speak for, nor on behalf of, the Student. The Advisor may not be an attorney.

5.8 The hearing shall take place before a Hearing Officer selected by the Provost in consultation with General Counsel. The Provost or designee shall represent the University.

5.9 Subject to Paragraph 5.6 of this policy , the Student and the University shall be allowed to introduce evidence and call witnesses to testify at the hearing. The formal rules of evidence applied in courtroom proceedings do not apply in the hearing. All information that responsible persons are accustomed to rely upon in the conduct of serious affairs is considered, although unduly repetitive information may be excluded. The Hearing Officer controls the proceedings.

5.10 If, after requesting a hearing, the Student fails to appear at the hearing without good cause, the hearing shall proceed and the Hearing Officer shall render a decision based on the evidence submitted by the University and the Student’s written response. The Hearing Officer shall weigh the evidence presented and shall draw no inferences from the Student’s absence from the hearing.

5.11 If, despite its own due diligence, the University receives no confirmation that the Student received the Notice, or is unable to locate the Student to provide the Notice, the University may nonetheless seek revocation of the Degree. The University shall schedule a hearing within sixty (60) calendar days of the date of the Notice that shall proceed in the absence of the Student. The Hearing Officer shall consider the evidence presented by the University at the hearing and shall determine whether there is sufficient evidence to revoke the Student’s Degree pursuant to this policy. The Hearing Officer shall draw no inferences from the Student’s absence from the hearing.

5.12 The Hearing Officer shall consider and weigh the evidence and shall prepare written findings concerning whether there is clear and convincing evidence to revoke the Degree. If the Hearing Officer finds that the evidence establishes that the Degree should be revoked, the Hearing Officer shall also consider whether the Student should be permitted to complete the requirements for the

42

revoked Degree after some sanction (if appropriate) is applied. Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, a ban from enrollment for some period of time or a loss of catalog year rights. The Hearing Officer shall submit such written findings and any appropriate recommendations to the Provost no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the hearing.

5.13 The Hearing Officer may consider and recommend alternative remedies to revocation.

5.14 The Provost shall prepare a decision letter that accepts the Hearing Officer’s recommendation, adopts a different result, or refers the matter back to the Hearing Officer for further findings on enumerated issues. The decision letter shall be issued within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Hearing Officer’s recommendation. Any decision letter that refers the matter back to the Hearing Officer shall include timelines for the Hearing Officer’s supplemental findings/recommendations as well as the subsequent supplemental decision letter.

5.15 If a Degree is revoked in accordance with Paragraph 5.11 (University unable to locate Student), a Student who later learns of the revocation and wishes to contest it may request a rehearing of the matter in writing. The Student shall provide clear and convincing evidence to the Provost that the Student did not receive any advance notice (either in writing or verbally) of the University’s intent to revoke the Student’s Degree through no fault of the Student. The decision to grant or deny a rehearing shall be made by the Provost and shall be final. The decision shall be made within sixty (60) calendar days of receipt of the request and provided to the Student in writing. If a rehearing isgranted by the Provost, a new Hearing Officer shall be assigned to hear the matter.

5.16 The Provost or designee may direct the Registrar to place an administrative hold on the issuance of any official transcript for a student to whom a Notice of Intent to Revoke Degree has been sent. The student will be able to request and access unofficial transcripts under the same conditions as any other student.

5.17 Nothing in this policy shall be construed to prevent the Provost from agreeing to an informal resolution of the matter with a Student in lieu of, or after, a hearing.

6.0 Post-Revocation Steps

6.1 If a Degree is revoked pursuant to Paragraph 5.4 (Student does not request a hearing), 5.11 (University unable to locate Student), or 5.12 (after hearing), then the following actions shall take place:

6.1.1 The Registrar shall ensure that all relevant records of the University relating to the Student are promptly amended to reflect the Degree revocation;

6.1.2 The Registrar shall note the effective date of the revocation on the Student’s transcript and use reasonable efforts to transmit a copy of the official (revised) transcript to the Student; and

6.1.3 The Provost or designee shall use reasonable efforts to notify the Student that the Student is no longer entitled to represent to any person that he or she is the recipient of the revoked Degree and that the Student should take appropriate steps to notify all former and current employers, relevant educational institutions, professional registration bodies or associations, or others as applicable that the Degree has been revoked. If, despite its own due diligence, the University is unable to provide this notice to the Student due to an inability to contact or locate the Student, the University shall place a hold on the Student’s records until such time as it is able to provide such notice. If at the time of the revocation the Student is enrolled at the University, the Provost or designee shall promptly notify the VP Student Affairs of the revocation so that the VP Student Affairs can consider whether to take any steps pursuant to Executive Order 1073 (2012) and any other applicable policies.

Examinations and Projects

1.0 Final Examinations and Projects

43

1.1 Because of many valid methods of instruction, not all courses may require the standard, comprehensive final examination. When, however, an instructor does conclude a course with a major, comprehensive final examination, that examination shall be given at the place and time scheduled during the final examination week. Other tests such as an hour exam or quiz may be given during the final week of classes. No examinations shall be given on “study and consultation” days.

1.2 Although university policy does not demand the administration of a final, comprehensive examination on the day, time, and place specified in the Class Schedule, the days designated for Final Examinations shall be counted among the academic workdays constituting the legally defined semester or session. Every instructor, therefore, shall conduct some class business with students on the day and at the time officially scheduled for the final examination for each course. The instructor may use the scheduled final examination period to review examinations or projects with the class.

1.3 Should an instructor determine that final course assignments can be called neither “major, comprehensive final examinations” nor “hour exams” nor even “projects,” the instructor shall exercise professional expertise and responsibility, common sense, and good will to translate the letter and spirit of this policy.

2.0 Examinations for Disabled Students: Instructors shall give students with certified disabilities time and opportunity to complete examinations without undue disadvantage.

3.0 Saturday Examinations

3.1 By the end of the third week of classes, students shall notify instructors of conflict with Saturday examinations for religious observance.

3.2 Instructors shall reasonably accommodate students who notify them of conflict with Saturday examinations for religious observance.

4.0 Group Examinations

4.1 No department or school shall be assured of more than a single examination period in which to hold common examinations for multiple section courses.

4.2 Group examination periods shall be allotted in available spaces according to number of students.

4.3 Requests for special time periods shall be granted only if received in the Office of the Provost in time for announcement in the Class Schedule.

4.4 Group midterm examinations requiring the use of hours outside the regular class schedule shall be permitted for multiple section courses that require a common midterm examination. Specific regulations are as follows:

4.41 The dates and times of group midterm examinations shall be announced in the Class Schedule.

4.42 Regularly scheduled class meetings should be reduced to compensate for the time used to test in-group midterm examinations.

4.43 Midterm examinations outside of regularly scheduled class meeting times shall be prohibited for single-section courses (i.e., courses taught in one section during a term).

4.44 Sections not participating in a group examination for a multiple section course may hold any midterm examinations during regularly scheduled class periods.

4.45 Group midterm examinations shall be scheduled after 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays. All midterm examinations for a given course shall be scheduled for the same day of the week.

4.46 Rooms for group midterm examinations shall be assigned according to available spaces at the times requested and according to the number of students served. Priority in room assignments shall be given to regularly scheduled classes.

44

Extended Studies

1.0 Degree Programs through Special Sessions

1.1 Degree programs providing residence credit may be offered through the College of Extended Studies. Students enrolling in these programs shall meet all San Diego State University and California State University entrance requirements. Existing degree programs may be offered through the College of Extended Studies if not enough General Funds are available to meet student demand or to serve the needs of those not served by the university.

1.2 These degrees shall be offered with the approval of an academic department or school and college and of the Provost in consultation with either the Dean of Graduate Studies or the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement. With the approval of the academic units, the university administration, the Chancellor’s office, and the Postsecondary Education Commission, a degree not already being offered by San Diego State University may be developed and run for self-support through the College of Extended Studies.

2.0 Concurrent Enrollment of Extended Studies Students

2.1 Non-matriculated students may take regular university courses through concurrent enrollment (Open University) in the College of Extended Studies.

2.2 Departments or schools and colleges shall have complete autonomy in designating the undergraduate courses in the regular program in which concurrent enrollment students are permitted to register.

2.3 Concurrent enrollment in a course shall require the approval of the course instructor.

2.4 Concurrent enrollment shall not take place before registration.

2.5 Concurrent enrollment shall be permitted in classes that have reached maximum size with regular enrollments only at the request of the instructor of the class.

2.6 Concurrent enrollment shall not be the basis for the addition of a new section or the continuation of an under-enrolled section. When enough students enroll to form a separate concurrent enrollment class and if a qualified instructor and adequate facilities are available, a concurrent enrollment section may be established.

2.7 Concurrent enrollment students shall meet the same course prerequisites as regular students.

2.8 Records shall be kept of registrations through concurrent enrollment for purposes of research and department or school allocation.

2.9 There shall be no additional compensation for instructors who accept concurrent enrollment students in regular classes.

2.10 Concurrent enrollments shall not accrue as FTES to departments or schools for budget support purposes.

2.11 The net revenue collected from concurrent enrollments in regular classes shall be deposited in the Extended Studies fund, one-half of which shall be made available for department or school support.

2.12 Concurrent enrollment shall earn resident credit and shall be subject to limitations.

2.13 Course requirements and grading procedures shall be the same for concurrently enrolled students as they are for the matriculated students.

3.0 Certificate Programs and Extended Studies Courses

3.1 The Undergraduate Curriculum Committee shall periodically review proposed and continuing credit certificate programs.

3.2 Courses numbered X-0l through X-79, X-397, and X-997 shall be Extension professional advancement units offered only through Extended Studies to meet specific academic needs of

45

community groups. Courses numbered X-01 through X-79, X-397, and X-997 shall not be acceptable for degree programs. All courses numbered X-01 through X-79, X-397, and X-997 shall be processed according to the procedures established for the review and approval of new courses through Extended Studies.

Freedom of Expression

1.0 Principles. Recognizing that the principles established in the First Amendment of the United States Constitution, Article 1, Section 2 of the Constitution of the State of California, and the California Educational Code (sec. 66301) apply to all faculty, staff, and/or students, San Diego State University (SDSU) affirms the following principles of the free expression of ideas8:

1.1 Freedom of expression is a tenet of higher education; is integral to the mission of the University and to its students, staff, and faculty; is a central and inviolate freedom to learn and teach; necessary for an educated populace; is a requisite to a free society; is incompatible with the suppression of opinions; is incompatible with prior restraint; encompasses forms of expression other than speech; and defends the expression we abhor as well as the expression we support.

2.0 Scope

2.1 SDSU supports and promotes freedom of expression and assembly by students, faculty, staff, and the general public. Reasonable regulations may be designed to avoid disruption of the mission of the university, particularly academic instruction, research and creative activity or to protect campus safety and security. See the SDSU Mission and Goals Statement for a more complete explanation of these aspects of the university’s mission.

2.2 The intent of this policy is to guide the development of specific regulations regarding the exercise of free expression rights on campus. In developing these regulations, the intent of this policy is to provide as much opportunity for freedom of expression, as is consistent with the limits of the law and section 2.1 hereof.

2.3 This policy should in no way be regarded as placing prohibitions beyond those prescribed by law or section 2.1 hereof on the right to express political, religious, philosophical, ideological, or academic viewpoints by any individual on the SDSU campuses. In addition, it is not the intent of this policy to conflict with provisions of collective bargaining agreements that may be in force at SDSU, and those agreements shall control in the event of any conflict.9

2.4 SDSU does not support cooperation with agencies that unlawfully investigate, surreptitiously monitor or harass persons due to the legitimate exercise of their constitutionally protected prerogatives of free speech and assembly.

3.0 Time, place, and manner

3.1 SDSU campuses shall be open to noncommercial speech and expressive activities, subject to appropriate time, place, and manner regulations. Regulations may be created to insure that the university’s mission of instruction, research, and creative activity is not disrupted and that campus safety and security are not compromised. In drafting these regulations the intention and effect should be to maximize opportunities, in terms of time, place, and manner, for free expression. Regulation of noncommercial free speech and free expression activities shall be content neutral. All legal speech, even offensive speech is permitted. Noncommercial speech and expressive activities by students, faculty, staff and the general public may include but are not limited to: picketing, demonstrating and other forms of peaceful assembly, petitioning, leafleting, postering, the display of signs, tabling, chalking, music, dance, audio-visual and theatrical performances.

3.2 Regulations may be created to assure that campus grounds and facilities are available in a fair and equitable manner that has the effect of encouraging opportunities for the expression of diverse points of view. Regulations may be created to avoid competition for resources required for such expression.

8 Modified per request of Mankato/January 3, 3017 9 Editorial correction (section removed) – December 17, 2016

46

3.3 Noncommercial speech and expression activities may occur on campus, either indoors or outdoors, where they will not disrupt the university’s mission of instruction, research, or creative activity or threaten safety and security. Regulations may provide for the voluntary reservation of various outdoor and indoor locations on campus, although SDSU is under no obligation to provide or otherwise make available indoor locations or facilities. Individuals and groups who have made such reservations for a given date and time should be granted priority over those who have not. In allocating space and facilities that may be reserved, recognized student, faculty and/or staff organizations may be granted priority over individual members of the university community. Members of the university community may similarly have priority for use of space and facilities over the general public. However, regulations should be designed so that reasonable access to the campus for noncommercial speech and expressive activities is available to all, including those who may not have made a reservation in advance, are not a member of a recognized campus organization, or are not members of the university community.

3.4 Additional regulations and reasonable restrictions, such as limits on amplification or decibel levels of sound, may also be established.

3.5 Commercial expression, defined as activities designed primarily to sell goods and services or to promote the sale of goods and services, may be regulated by the President in accordance with Trustee policy to a greater extent than noncommercial speech and expressive activities.

4.0 Oversight

4.1 Noncommercial Speech and Expressive Activities. The President, in consultation with the Vice Presidents, shall designate a coordinator for events where noncommercial speech and expressive activities are expected to occur. Groups planning such events should be encouraged to work with the coordinator to insure that these events do not materially disrupt instruction, research, or creative activity or endanger campus safety and security. Prior notification of noncommercial speech and expressive activities shall be voluntary except where advance notice is reasonably required to permit consideration of public safety, disruption to education or similar concerns.

4.2 Commercial expression. The President shall designate a coordinator for commercial events held on campus and at SDSU facilities. The coordinator shall be responsible for working with the venders to insure that the event is held in accordance with university regulations.

4.3 Compliance. Issues regarding compliance with this policy and complaints regarding enforcement of regulations shall be directed to the Committee on Freedom of Expression.

General Education

1.0 General Education courses shall be taught at least once every two years at a San Diego State University campus. A course not taught during this time shall be removed from the General Education program.

2.0 Courses offered for General Education credit, whether in state-funded semesters or sessions or via the College of Extended Studies, shall meet all the standards set forth in the Curriculum Guide regardless of the length of time allotted for the course.

3.0 The Committee on General Education and its subcommittees shall oversee the General Education program and its curriculum.

Grades

1.0 In order that the assignment of grades truly reflect the student’s achievement in courses, the integrity of the academic program, and the integrity of departments or schools and instructors, grades shall genuinely distinguish between high and low levels of achievement. Although no formula for a curve shall be appropriate to all courses offered at the university, instructors shall use all grades from A through F to distinguish among levels of academic accomplishment. The grade for average undergraduate achievement shall be C; the grade for average graduate achievement shall be B.

1.1 Undergraduate grades shall be: A, outstanding achievement; B, praiseworthy performance; C, satisfactory performance, the most common undergraduate grade; D, minimally passing; and F, failing.

47

1.2 Graduate grades shall be: A, superior performance; B, satisfactory performance; C, minimally passing; D, unacceptable for graduate degree credit; and F, failing.

1.3 Faculty may assign plus and minus grades.

2.0 Variations: Some courses naturally call for varied application of the policy above. Courses graded credit/no credit do not produce the distribution of grades indicated in the grade descriptions above. Courses in which the differential quality of performance is difficult or impossible to assess may be graded other than A through F when authorized by the same officers, agencies, and procedures required for changes in the curriculum. When requested by a department, school, or program, experimental departures from regular grading practices may be authorized in undergraduate courses by the Undergraduate Council. Competency-based courses shall normally be graded credit/no credit. Upper division work, including specialized work, shall not be a normal exception to the general grading policy. Although students are prepared to do higher level work than in lower division courses, higher levels of achievement shall be demanded therein for higher grades.

3.0 Administration of Policy

3.1 To facilitate common understanding of grading policy, each department, school, and program shall have a grading policy based on University policy and elaborating all general and special applications of the policy acceptable to the relevant college academic policy and planning committee and on file in the college dean’s office.

3.2 Every member of the faculty shall assign grades in his or her classes in conformity with the policies set forth above. To facilitate common understanding between the instructor and students, the specific coordination of course requirements and University grading policy shall be presented to the students at the beginning of a course.

3.3 Responsibility for maintaining department, school, or program integrity in grading practices shall rest with the department or program chair or school director. Every semester or session the chair or director shall receive data on grades awarded in courses offered in the department, school, or program. The chair or director shall compute and distribute the department, school, or program grading data according to internal procedures. The department, school, or program shall maintain grading integrity chiefly through discussions of grading practices and peer pressure. An instructor who provides a professionally defensible explanation for marked or persistent departure from predictable grading patterns shall be in conformity with policy.

3.4 Late Grade Submission: Every instructor shall report grades to the Office of the Registrar by the published due date. Not turning in grades on time shall constitute failure to perform the responsibilities of the position (cf. California Education Code, sec. 89535(f). Violations of this policy shall result in progressive discipline, including written warnings, reprimands, and, in the case of repeated incidents, disciplinary action as stated in the Collective Bargaining Agreement. A list of all violators shall be a matter of public record. If grades have not been submitted fifteen days past the published due date, the department chair or school director may submit grades in the instructor’s stead.

4.0 Options, Computation, and Registration of Grades

4.1 Registration of Grades: At the end of each semester or session in which a student is enrolled, a report of courses taken, showing units used in reporting shall be as follows: Grade of A (outstanding achievement, available only for the highest accomplishment), 4 points; B (praiseworthy performance), 3 points; C (average, awarded for satisfactory performance, the most common undergraduate grade), 2 points; D (minimally passing, less than the typical undergraduate achievement), 1 point; F (failing), 0 points; I (incomplete), counted as units attempted after one year, 0 points; SP (satisfactory progress), not counted in the grade point average; W (withdrawal), not counted in the grade point average; Audit, no credit earned and not counted in the grade point average; No Audit, no credit earned and the course title shall not appear on the transcript; Cr (credit), signifying units earned but not counted in the grade point average; NC (no credit), no credit earned and not counted in the grade point average; U (unofficial withdrawal), counted as F for grade point average and progress point computation.

48

4.2 Undergraduate Student Options on Grading

4.21 Credit/No Credit: An undergraduate student may elect to be graded credit/no credit (Cr/NC) in particular courses subject to the following conditions: (a) election of this option shall not be used as a criterion for denying admission to a course; and (b) students electing Cr/NC grading shall be held accountable to the same academic requirements and standards as students taking a course for a letter grade.

4.211 Courses graded Cr/NC, whether taken at this or at another institution, shall not be used to satisfy requirements in the major or upper division courses in the minor except for those courses identified in the course listing as graded Cr/NC.

4.212 No more than 15 units graded Cr/NC shall be offered in satisfaction of the total units required in a bachelor’s degree program, except that all units accepted as transfer credit from another institution at the time of the student’s admission may be used. If 15 or more units graded Cr/NC are transferred, the student shall offer no additional courses graded Cr/NC to satisfy total units required for a bachelor’s degree. Exceptions to this rule may be made if a student is required to take a San Diego State University course for credit/no credit.

4.213 If for a reason such as change of major or minor or transfer from another institution courses graded Cr/NC are offered to satisfy requirements in the major or upper division course requirements in the minor, the student may be required by the department or school to pass competency examinations at an acceptable level or to take prescribed alternate courses before continuing in the major.

4.214 Selection of the grading basis (A through F or Cr/NC) shall be made at the time of registration for the course. Change of grading basis may be made (through Web Portal) on or before he last day of the schedule adjustment period.

4.215 A grade of Credit shall be awarded for work equivalent to A, B, or C. No Credit shall be awarded to work equivalent to C–, D, or F.

4.216 The Cr/NC option shall not be used for courses in the Communication and Analytical Reasoning section of the General Education program.

4.217 The election of the Cr/NC option shall be solely at the discretion of the student.

4.22 Audit credit shall be awarded if the minimum criterion of attendance has been met. The Office of the Registrar shall implement the No Audit policy through the following administrative procedures: (a) instructions shall be distributed to instructors about the appropriate ways to make “No Audit” notations on the grade sheets; (b) upon receiving a No Audit grade report, the Office of the Registrar shall institute an administrative drop of the course; and (c) the following shall appear in the Catalog section on Audit: “Failure to meet required class attendance may result in an administrative drop of the course.”

4.3 Grades for Classified Graduate Students: Graduate courses graded credit/no credit shall be limited to courses 796, 797, 798, 799, and certain 600- and 700-numbered courses in the College of Education. No 500-numbered courses graded credit/no credit shall be acceptable on a master’s degree program. No undergraduate courses graded credit/no credit shall be assigned to the deficiencies or foreign language option(s) of a master’s degree program. At least 70 percent of the units used to fulfill the minimum requirements on a master’s degree program shall be graded A, B, C, D, or F.

4.4 Grade Point Average: To compute the grade point average, one shall divide the total number of grade points earned by the number of units attempted. Units earned with a Cr (credit) shall not be included in the computation nor shall an I (incomplete) until one year has elapsed. The minimum GPA for a bachelor’s degree shall be 2.0 (C); that is, the student shall have earned at least twice as many grade points as units attempted.

4.5 Incomplete Grade

49

4.51 An incomplete shall signify that a portion of required course work has not been completed and evaluated in the prescribed time period due to unforeseen, but fully justified, reasons and that there is still a possibility of earning credit. It shall be the student’s responsibility to bring pertinent information to the instructor and to reach agreement on the means by which the remaining course requirements shall be satisfied. A final grade shall be assigned when the work agreed upon has been completed and evaluated. An incomplete shall be made up within one calendar year immediately following the end of the term in which it was assigned. This limitation shall prevail whether or not the student maintains continuous enrollment. Failure to complete the assigned work within one calendar year shall result in an incomplete being counted as equivalent to an F (or a NC) for grade point average and progress point computation.

4.52 A candidate for graduation with the baccalaureate degree whose record carries a grade of incomplete shall be graduated provided he or she is otherwise eligible for graduation. However, the incomplete shall not be made up after the degree has been granted. In order to preclude graduation with the incomplete grade, a student shall be obliged to officially cancel the application for graduation.

4.6 Satisfactory Progress Grade: SP shall be used for courses that extend beyond one academic term. It shall indicate that work is in progress and has been evaluated and found to be satisfactory to date but that assignment of a precise grade awaits completion of additional work. Cumulative enrollment in units attempted shall not exceed the total number applicable to the student’s educational objective. Work shall be completed within a stipulated time not to exceed one year; exception shall be granted for graduate degree theses for which the time may be up to two years but may not exceed the overall time limit for completion of all master’s degree requirements. Extension of time limit shall receive prior authorization by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement (for undergraduate courses) or the Dean of Graduate Affairs (for graduate courses).

4.7 Uncompleted Theses

4.71 A student who registers for course 799A, Thesis, but does not complete the thesis by the end of the semester or session in which he or she registers for it shall receive, upon the recommendation of the thesis committee chair, an SP (satisfactory progress) grade. This grade symbol shall remain on the student’s record until the thesis is completed or up to two calendar years from the end of the semester or session of registration in the course, whichever occurs first. If at the end of two years the thesis is not completed, the grade NC (no credit) shall be recorded unless an extension of time for completion due to extenuating circumstances has been recommended in advance by the thesis committee chair and the department chair or school director and is approved by the Dean of Graduate Affairs. A second registration in course 799A, Thesis, shall be expressly prohibited.

4.72 A student who has been assigned the SP for Thesis shall be required to register for course 799B (0 units, Cr/NC) in a semester or session (within the two years as outlined above) in which the student expects to use the facilities and resources of the university; also the student shall be registered in the course when the completed thesis is granted final approval.

5.0 Challenges and Revocations

5.1 The instructor’s grading practices shall meet the highest professional standards of objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. Testing procedures shall be designed reasonably to measure the attainments of students in the subject matter covered by the course.

5.2 Student grievance procedures shall offer the student a means of redress if an instructor has abused university grading policy. They also shall offer the instructor redress if falsely charged with abuse of University grading policy.

50

5.3 Except as authorized by policies and procedures approved by the Senate, no grade for a course shall be assigned or changed except by the instructor responsible for the course.

5.4 If a student receives a lower grade than earned in a course due to a mistake by the instructor, the instructor shall direct the Office of the Registrar to raise the grade by completing the required form. If the grade is to be lowered, the change shall have the approval of the dean of the appropriate academic unit. The student shall be notified by the registrar when a change becomes an official part of the student’s record.

5.5 The instructor is expected to administer examinations or other exercises measuring the level of student attainment in a manner reasonably calculated to minimize the possibility of dishonesty by the student. When plagiarism or other dishonesty does occur, normal grade expectations are altered.

6.0 Good Academic Standing: Academic standing for undergraduate students shall be determined by the grade point average earned in university courses. At the undergraduate level, good academic standing shall mean that the student has an overall cumulative GPA and an SDSU cumulative GPA of 2.0 or better.

7.0 Undergraduate Disqualification and Reinstatement

7.1 Probation and Disqualification

7.11 An undergraduate student whose grade point average falls below a C average (2.0) for either all baccalaureate-level college work attempted or all work attempted at San Diego State University shall be placed on academic probation at the end of the semester. Provided a student earns a C average or better in San Diego State University work during the semester while on academic probation, academic probation may be continued up to a maximum of three semesters. Academic Probation shall be lifted when the student has attained a C average or better on all baccalaureate-level college work attempted and on all work attempted at San Diego State University.

7.12 A student shall be disqualified at the end of the fall or spring semesters if either of the following conditions exist: (a) A student on probation fails to earn at least a 2.0 GPA average in San Diego State University work for any semester while on probation, or (b) a student on academic probation still has less than a 2.0 GPA in all work attempted at San Diego State University at the end of the third semester on probation. Undergraduate students who are on probation shall be subject to disqualification at the end of the semester in which their academic record first falls to or below the disqualification level as defined in Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, sec. 41300, and Executive Order 1038 (2008).

7.2 Reinstatement Principles

7.21 First Consideration

7.211 Except under exceptional circumstances, a disqualified student may not be reinstated earlier than the third semester after disqualification. Disqualified students seeking reinstatement shall petition for readmission or reinstatement during the normal admission application periods established by the university. Under exceptional circumstances, the Director of Disabled Student Services or an Assistant Dean for Student Affairs may initiate a petition on behalf of a student for reinstatement before the third semester. Such petitions shall be reviewed in the same manner as other reinstatement petitions.

7.212 Criteria for the adjudication of an application include either or both of the following: (a) removal of the conditions that caused the initial poor academic performance that led to disqualification and (b) evidence of baccalaureate coursework applicable to the student’s degree program at San Diego State University. The coursework shall be at a level clearly indicating progress to degree completion.

51

8.0

9.0

7.213 The dean or designee of the college of the applicant’s proposed major shall make decisions on reinstatement.

7.214 Previously disqualified students shall be readmitted with probationary status.

7.22 Second Consideration: Normally, students who have been disqualified twice from San Diego State University shall not be considered for reinstatement.

Unofficial Withdrawal (WU): The symbol WU shall indicate that an enrolled student did not withdraw from the course but failed to complete course requirements. It shall be used when, in the opinion of the instructor, completed assignments or course activities or both were insufficient to make normal evaluation of academic performance possible. For purposes of grade point average and progress point computation, this symbol shall be equivalent to an F. The U shall be awarded to a student who has not completed any graded work in the class.

Official Withdrawal (W): After the 10th day of instruction, a student may drop a course for a verified serious and compelling reason. The undergraduate student shall obtain the signature of the instructor and the approval of the college dean or designee. The graduate student shall obtain the signature of the instructor and the approval of the college dean or designee, or the Dean of Graduate Affairs or designee where required. For late withdrawals processed from the 11th through the 20th day of classes, all notation of the course shall be deleted from the student’s record; for late withdrawals processed after the 20th day of classes, the symbol W shall replace an assigned grade.

9.1 Late Change of Program

9.11 Withdrawing from a class after the 10th day of instruction and before the last three weeks of instruction shall be permitted only for verified serious and compelling reasons. Permission to withdraw from a class during this period shall be granted only with the signature of the instructor, who shall indicate the student’s grade in the class, and with the approval of the college dean or designee; and for graduate students, with the signature of the instructor, who shall indicate the student’s grade in the class, and with the approval of the college dean or designee or of the Dean of Graduate Affairs or designee where required.

9.12 Students shall not be permitted to withdraw from a class during the final three weeks of instruction unless accident or serious illness creates conditions beyond the student’s control and the assignment of an incomplete is not practical. All such requests shall be accompanied by appropriate verification. Ordinarily, these withdrawals shall involve withdrawal from the university and shall require the signature of each instructor, who shall indicate the student’s grade in the class, and the approval of the dean or designee of the college of the student’s major. For graduate students, total withdrawal shall require the signature of each instructor, who shall indicate the student’s grade in the class, and the approval of the Dean of Graduate Affairs or designee.

9.2 Retroactive Withdrawal

9.21 After the last day of the semester or session, a student who wishes to change assigned grades to W grades shall request to withdraw from the full semester’s or session’s work; no requests for individual classes shall be accepted. Such requests may be granted only in verified cases such as accident or serious illness where the cause for substandard performance was beyond the student’s control. Only those retroactive changes from an assigned grade to a W which are approved by the instructor who assigned the original grade shall be made except that (a) the dean or designee of the college of the student’s major shall authorize the change of U to W, and (b) department chairs or school directors shall act on behalf of instructors no longer affiliated with the university.

9.22 For graduate students, each retroactive change from an assigned grade to a W shall be approved by the instructor who assigned the original grade except that (a) the Dean of Graduate Affairs or designee may authorize the change of U to W and (b) department chairs or school directors shall act on behalf of instructors no longer affiliated with the

52

university or absent from the university for a length of time that would unduly delay processing the withdrawal request.

10.0 Repeated Courses and Grade Forgiveness for Undergraduate Students

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

Graduation

A student who receives a grade of C– or lower (fewer than 2.0 grade points per unit) may request that the course repeat policy for grade forgiveness be applied to that course. Students may request up to a limit of 16 units for course forgiveness, with the constraint that no more than one course may be an upper division course. The course repeat policy shall be applied to courses taken at San Diego State University, except where enrollment is restricted or the student no longer qualifies for admission to a course.

A course may be repeated once for grade forgiveness. Although the original grade(s) shall remain on the transcript, only the latest grade shall be used in calculating grade point averages. Courses taken in summer term and courses taken through Open University shall be counted for grade forgiveness.

If a student repeats a course in which a grade of C or better was received, only the original grade and units earned shall be used for calculation of grade point average and units needed for the degree. In addition, the only courses that may be repeated with a credit/no credit option are those in which the student previously received a grade of no credit; if a course taken for a grade is repeated credit/no credit, the original grade shall continue to be used in computing grade point average.

The repeat policy for grade forgiveness for a specific course shall be applied automatically unless the student notifies the Office of the Registrar before the end of the change of program period. The grade earned in that course that semester or session shall be used to calculate grade point averages. In cases where a student exceeds the allowed number of grade forgivenesses, he or she shall have the right to define which courses receive grade forgiveness.11

A course shall not be repeated for grade forgiveness by a student found by the Office of Student Rights and Responsibilities to be guilty of academic dishonesty in that course.

Enrollment in a repeated course shall not be allowed if the student has already cumulatively repeated 34 units of coursework.

1.0 Approval of Candidates for Graduation

1.1 Each semester, lists of candidates for graduation shall be made available to faculty. Lists shall be distributed as follows: (a) Senate office, one copy of all lists; (b) Office of the Provost, one copy of all lists; and (c) academic departments and schools, one copy of lists of candidates in the majors. Faculty shall be notified of the distribution. The Senate copy of lists shall be made available at the Senate meeting at which the full-time faculty members of the Senate vote approval of the candidates for graduation in accordance with sec. 2.0 of the Preamble.

1.2 Faculty objecting to the appearance of any candidate’s name on any of the graduation lists may register such objection through the department chair or school director or the Senate office. The objections shall be forwarded to the Provost, who shall investigate the objections and report to the Senate. The Provost shall make necessary adjustments in the graduation list.

2.0 Summer Graduation: The faculties of the summer session shall be expressly delegated the authority by the faculty of the university to act for the faculty of the university in the matter of recommending all candidates for graduation at the end of the summer session.

3.0 Required Scholarship for Graduation

3.1 Time Limit on Completion of Requirements for the Major: As authorized by Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, sec. 40401, departments or schools may require that specific

11 Approved October 2016

53

baccalaureate degree requirements be met within as few as seven years of the date of the degree. The requirements shall consist of advanced courses and examinations in areas of knowledge changing so rapidly that information may be obsolete after seven years. Proposals to identify degree requirements subject to the seven-year restriction shall be approved by the department or school, college, and university. The requirements shall be identified in the General Catalog, and departments or schools shall keep evaluators informed how students may certify recency of subject matter. When a student is required to repeat a course taken more than seven years before, only the last grade shall be used in computation of the grade point average.

3.2 Scholarship required by Title 5 reads:

“40402. Required Scholarship. Each undergraduate student shall complete with a grade point average of 2.0 (grade C) or better:

(a) All units applicable toward a degree, including those accepted by transfer from anotherinstitution;

(b) All units in the major; and

(c) All units attempted at the college granting the degree except that only those courses inwhich a letter grade (A, B, C, D, F) is assigned shall be used in computing grade pointaverage.”

Proposals to interpret the work “applicable” in 40402(a) as excluding from the calculation of the GPA all courses for which a failing grade have been recorded shall be improper and unacceptable.”

4.0 Graduation with Honors

4.1 Graduation with honors shall be granted to those undergraduate students in each graduating class who achieve high grade point averages. Excellence shall be recognized at three levels: cum laude (3.50–3.64), magna cum laude (3.65–3.79), and summa cum laude (3.80–4.00).

4.2 For determination of eligibility, two grade point averages are computed; both shall satisfy the minimum grade point average for the appropriate honors designation: (a) the GPA calculated on all units taken at this institution (a minimum of 24 graded units), and (b) the overall (cumulative) grade point average (including both San Diego State University and transfer units).

4.3 Grades for the final semester’s or session’s work shall be included in calculation of eligibility for graduation with honors. Students shall be tentatively designated as eligible for graduation with honors if the GPA meets required standards at the beginning of the fall semester for mid-year graduates, and at the end of the fall semester for May and summer session graduates. Notation of cum laude, magna cum laude, or summa cum laude on transcripts and diplomas shall be based on achievement when all courses for graduation are completed. Grades for removal of incompletes and all other grade changes shall be received in the Office of the Registrar no later than the end of the fifth week of the semester in which the student plans to graduate, and the student shall file an application for graduation before the published deadline.

4.4 Upon recommendation of the major department or school, a student doing superior work in his or her major field may be graduated with distinction in that field.

4.5 Honors lists shall be distributed to the Senate Executive Committee, rather than to the entire faculty.

5.0 Outstanding Graduates/Outstanding Graduates

5.1 At Commencement each college and the Division of Academic Engagement and Student Achievement shall select an Outstanding Graduate who shall receive a bachelor’s diploma on behalf of the graduating class.

5.2 To be eligible for Outstanding Graduate, a student shall complete the college course in not over 10 semesters (excluding summer sessions) and shall have not fewer than 54 units in residence at San Diego State University. Three quarters shall equal two semesters.

54

Honorary Degrees

1.0 Nominations of persons to receive honorary degrees shall be encouraged from any member of the San Diego State University community, including Trustees, the Chancellor, presidents, faculty, students, staff, alumni, Campus Advisory Board members, and other friends of the university. Nominations originating in any of the campus communities shall be submitted to the President of the University.

2.0 The Advisory Committee on Honorary Degrees shall review all nominations and submit recommendations to the President.

Honors Societies, Student

1.0 Academic Honor Societies: An academic honor society shall be a campus organization that values and reinforces the high academic standards of the university and selects its members, at least in part, based on superior academic performance.

2.0 Honor societies shall receive academic sanction by the university through the appointment of a faculty adviser subject to approval by the Provost.

3.0 Honor societies shall be required to obtain on-campus status through the Office of Vice President for Student Affairs. Campus wide multidisciplinary honor societies shall be required to obtain approval from the Provost.

4.0 Honor societies with on-campus status shall be represented by the Honors Council.

Hybrid, Online and Intercampus Classes: Definitions and Scheduling

1.0 Hybrid, online, and intercampus classes involve a formal educational process in which student and instructor are not necessarily in the same physical location, but interact in a synchronous or asynchronous manner through technology. Classes in which 20% to 50% of the scheduled sessions are conducted through this process are defined as hybrid. Classes in which greater than 50% of the scheduled sessions are conducted through this process are defined as online. Classes in which the instructor is located on one SDSU campus and interacts with students on another SDSU campus shall be defined as intercampus; such intercampus classes shall be arranged through consultations between the instructor and the appropriate personnel on each campus. For all three class modes, any required synchronous interactions (e.g., weekly sessions, aperiodic examinations, capstone presentations) shall be clearly established in the official schedule of classes with respect to specific dates, days, times, and locations as appropriate.

2.0 The following guidelines shall apply to new hybrid and online classes.

2.1 The initial offering of a given course by a given instructor in hybrid and online modality shall be established through consultations between the instructor of record, the department chair, the college curriculum committee, and the associate dean of the college. An example “Initial Offering of Hybrid or Online Class” form to facilitate such consultations may be found in the Curriculum Guide. Each college shall establish and disseminate specific policies, expectations, and timelines for the submission and approval of such hybrid/online courses and instructors. Proposed hybrid/online course-instructors pairings that have not been previously approved through the college’s established process may be removed from the schedule of classes by the Dean’s office.

2.2 Hybrid online classes shall be so identified in the official schedule of classes, which shall notify students of any required participation in synchronous class activities beyond those session times indicated in the schedule of classes.

2.3 The schedule of classes shall notify students of any software and hardware required for participation in class meetings taking place when the student and instructor will not be in the same physical location.

2.4 Ownership of materials, faculty compensation, copyright issues and the use of revenue derived from the creation and production of hybrid and online classes, including software, or other media products shall be in accordance with the policy on Intellectual Property.

2.5 Regardless of the modality in which they are offered, classes should be consistent in terms of purpose, scope, quality, assessment and expected learning outcomes with other classes bearing the

55

same department code, number, and course title. Courses shall meet all the standards set forth in the Curriculum Guide regardless of their modality.

2.6 Students enrolled in hybrid and online classes shall not be denied access to advisement, grievances, or other key academic rights and services, nor shall they be excused from the academic responsibilities expected of all students.

Impaction and Enrollment Management

1.0 As part of The California State University, San Diego State University shall be committed to providing qualified students with the greatest possible access to excellent higher education and lifelong learning. Accordingly, the university shall continue to search for innovative ways to provide access with available funding.

2.0 Selection criteria shall allow the university to enhance, not compromise, the diversity reflected by our enrollment. Diversity shall remain an important concern of the University.

3.0 Enrollment management strategies shall evolve with the consultation of various constituencies, so that the use of selection criteria or other techniques shall not distort the current array and balance of programs.

4.0 Changes in the proportions among lower division, upper division, and graduate division students as well as among majors and professional programs shall be a fundamental policy question. Changes in the relative growth of these populations shall be deliberative, consultative policy decisions.

5.0 Enrollment management shall take into account and increase where appropriate the impact on the ratio of tenured and tenure-track faculty to lecturers insofar as it affects faculty responsibilities in teaching, advising, professional growth, shared governance, and curriculum development. Decisions regarding changes in this ratio for the university, colleges, schools, departments, and programs shall occur through consultation.

6.0 The University shall recognize its commitment to the greater San Diego region, including Imperial County, and in the admissions process shall consider its responsibilities to the region.

6.1 The University shall admit all CSU-eligible, upper division place-bound students who reside within its regional service area. Place-bound admission may be determined by (a) a low-income designation using a measure such as eligibility for application fee waiver or (b) an essay addressing place-bound status.

6.2 The University shall admit all first-time freshmen who are CSU-eligible with no remedial needs and who reside within its regional service area. This policy shall provide greater access to local students and shall support the Trustees’ policy to reduce the need for remedial coursework.

6.3 The University shall admit all first-time freshmen within its regional service area who are CSU- eligible and who graduate from high schools where educational opportunities are limited by economic circumstances.

7.0 The Committee on Academic Policy and Planning shall annually review the previous year’s outcomes as well as any enrollment management changes proposed by the administration, and it shall annually report to the Senate. This review shall include consultation with, among others, (a) the Associated Students, (b) the college councils of chairs, and (c) administrative divisions, including staff, particularly in units that act as liaisons with the San Diego community and the public schools.

8.0 The University shall solicit the concerns of external constituencies and shall advise them of anticipated changes in the University’s selection criteria for admission.

SDSU Imperial Valley: Curriculum and Academic Policy

1.0 An SDSU Imperial Valley Admissions Board shall have authority to apply principles acceptable to the San Diego State Enrollment Services Board in admitting special applicants, especially in regard to Title 5, sec. 50801 (Adult Special Students).

2.0 All curricular activities and academic programs of IV Imperial Valley shall maintain and reflect the traditions and standards of San Diego State University. All graduates from SDSU Imperial Valley shall be awarded San Diego State University degrees.

56

3.0 Curricular Procedures: Curricular proposals for new courses, new minors, new emphases, topics courses, and changes in courses, programs, and degrees offered at SDSU Imperial Valley shall be initiated either by the IVC or by academic departments or schools of the San Diego campus; however, in either case such initiations shall be approved both by SDSU Imperial Valley and by the relevant San Diego campus department or school and college before University review and approval.

3.1 Furthermore, San Diego campus departments or schools and their colleges shall by committees and periodic reviews share with the SDSI Imperial Valley the responsibility for the quality of IVC programs and courses.

3.2 With consultative approval of the relevant academic departments or schools and the Chairs of the Curriculum Committee and Graduate Council of the San Diego campus, SDSU Imperial Valley may make minor substitutions in approved programs to fit local needs and faculty availability.

3.3 Requests to implement an undergraduate degree already offered at the San Diego campus shall be routed as follows: SDSU Imperial Valley faculty, SDSU Imperial Valley Dean, San Diego campus department or school, San Diego campus college, academic deans, Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, Committee on Academic Resources and Planning, Undergraduate Curriculum Committee, Senate, the President.

Intellectual Property

1.0 The intellectual property policies of the university shall consist of two components: (a) the SDSU Patents policy and (b) the SDSU Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets policy. Intellectual property shall include works of authorship, inventions, and discoveries that may be subject to protection by copyrights, trademarks, patents, and trade secrets. (See also Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets; and Patents.)

2.0 These intellectual property policies shall foster and encourage the development of creative works and further to protect the rights of all parties involved, namely: San Diego State University, the San Diego State University Research Foundation, San Diego State University faculty, staff, and students, and external sponsors and contractors. Furthermore, these policies shall serve to educate the university community in the proper use of intellectual property and the application of intellectual property law.

3.0 Members of the university community shall become familiar with the provisions of these policies before engaging in activities covered by these policies. It may be necessary to disclose the creation of intellectual property and to sign a written agreement regarding this work. Inquiries concerning these policies shall be addressed to the Vice President of Research.

Major

1.0 Declaration of Pre-major and Major

1.1 Newly admitted freshmen shall be admitted to a pre-major or as undeclared. Newly admitted transfer students shall be admitted to a major or pre-major.

1.2 A lower division student may request a change from one pre-major to another pre-major at any time; similarly, a lower division student may change from undeclared to a pre-major at any time.

1.3 Every upper division student shall have a declared major or pre-major.

1.4 A student may major in two departments or schools. All requirements for both majors shall be satisfied; units for courses that could satisfy requirements in both majors shall be counted only once.

1.5 A student may earn two majors in one department or school only where specific combinations of majors are authorized in the Catalog. All requirements for both majors shall be satisfied; units or courses that could satisfy requirements in both majors shall be counted only once. Students pursuing two majors in one department or school shall be required to file with the Evaluations Office a master plan approved by the major department or school.

2.0 Changes in Undergraduate Major

2.1 An upper division student may request a change from one major to another major at any time.

57

2.2 Upper division students wishing to change majors into any subject area that has limited admission quotas may do so only with written permission from the department, school, or program. Such transfers shall be counted toward the quota established for each academic subject area concerned.

2.3 The catalog in effect at the time of a change in major shall govern the requirements for that major, unless the student elects to meet the requirements in effect at the time of graduation.

Matriculation by Faculty Members

1.0 Members of the faculty of San Diego State University may be candidates for degrees on this campus.

2.0 Faculty may not seek degrees or register for courses within their own departments, programs, or schools and retain faculty status in that unit.

Minor

1.0 The minor shall provide the opportunity to develop a degree of competence in a field beyond the area of major course of study. Like the major, the minor shall offer an integrated and coherent pattern of coursework organized around the principal areas of interest or subfields of academic disciplines and interdisciplinary areas. It shall combine lower and upper division coursework in proportions appropriate to the various disciplines.

2.0 Units

2.1 The minor shall consist of 15–24 units, the specific number to be determined by the academic departments, schools, and programs and approved through the normal university curricular process. Minors that require considerable lower division preparation for upper division work shall tend to include more units than others.

2.2 Normally, 12 units of coursework in the minor shall be upper division. A minimum of six upper division units shall be completed at San Diego State University. In minors where the number of prerequisite lower division units precludes taking 12 upper division units without exceeding a total of 22 to 24 units, the required upper division course work may be reduced to six units with the approval of the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee.

3.0 Subject Areas

3.1 Departments, schools, and programs offering minors shall indicate the specific subject areas to which individual courses relate rather than permit a merely random selection of courses from a department, school, or program.

3.2 The subject areas in which programs in the minor are offered should be such that the limited number of units required in a minor is sufficient to enable a student to achieve a reasonable degree of competence in the area. The degree of competence achieved shall be considerably less than that required by a major but should nevertheless constitute a worthwhile educational objective.

4.0 Courses taken in satisfaction of a minor may be used to meet requirements in General Education. In addition, courses taken to satisfy the preparation for the major requirements may be used as a part of a minor. However, no course shall be used to satisfy the requirements for both a major and a minor.

5.0 The minimum grade point average for awarding a minor at the time of graduation shall be 2.0 or better in all units applicable toward that minor, including those accepted by transfer from another institution.

Mission and Goals

1.0 Mission: The mission of San Diego State University shall be to provide well balanced, high quality education for undergraduate and graduate students and to contribute to knowledge and the solution of problems through excellence and distinction in teaching, research, and service. The university shall impart an appreciation and broad understanding of human experience throughout the world and the ages. This education shall extend to

a. Diverse cultural legacies,

b. Accomplishments in many areas, such as the arts and technology,

58

c. The advancement of human thought, including philosophy and science,

d. The development of economic, political, and social institutions, and

e. The physical and biological evolution of humans and their environment.

The university shall accomplish this through its many and diverse departments and interdisciplinary programs in the creative and performing arts, the humanities, the natural and mathematical sciences, and the social and behavioral sciences. Through the President’s Shared Vision, students, parents, faculty, staff, administrators, and the community have identified the following five challenges:

1.1 To extend and enhance the university’s deep and abiding commitment to academic excellence expressed through superior teaching, research, creative activity, and public service;

1.2 To nurture a learning centered university that supports the growth and development of the whole person;

1.3 To create a community proud of its diversity and committed to furthering social justice on and off campus;

1.4 To promote the growth, development, and wise use of our human and fiscal resources; and

1.5 To create a global university.

2.0 Academic Goals: Responding to these and other challenges, the university shall pursue the following academic goals to sustain and strengthen our position as a leading university:

2.1 To encourage the intellectual and creative development of a diverse group of students by helping them learn about themselves and others, their own and other cultural and social heritages, and their environment;

2.2 To foster development of critical thinking, writing, reading, oral communication, and quantitative and qualitative analysis as well as a commitment to lifelong learning and international perspectives needed to contribute to communities and fields of endeavor;

2.3 To provide the basis for informed citizenship in a democracy;

2.4 To offer advanced undergraduate and graduate students professional training and preparation for further study in a broad range of disciplines, with special emphasis on the preparation of teachers;

2.5 To support faculty in developing specialized contributions to knowledge, including innovative curriculum and pedagogy responsive to intellectual and professional needs of undergraduate, master’s, and doctoral students;

2.6 To support faculty in their professionally related community activities and informed exchanges with diverse professional and lay communities that strengthen the university’s courses and scholarship;

2.7 To encourage scholarship, including the creative and performing arts, by students, faculty, and administrators from all areas of the university; and

2.8 To continue our commitment to research, including the expansion of externally funded projects and doctoral programs where appropriate.

3.0 The Faculty: Given these challenges and academic goals, we hope to create

3.1 A Faculty of Teacher Scholars: Every faculty member shall demonstrate excellence as a teacher scholar. The faculty shall adopt and evaluate innovative teaching methods and shall incorporate active scholarship into teaching. The university’s research orientation, distinctive within The California State University, shall afford graduate and undergraduate students the opportunity to become involved in research as well as interact with active research faculty.

3.2 A Faculty That Meets the Needs of Departments, School, and Programs to Provide Quality Degree Programs: Proud of our accomplishments in many areas, we shall continue to build upon the excellence of our academic offerings.

59

3.3 A Faculty That Is Diverse: Because academic discourse is informed and enriched by diverse ideas, the university shall diversify its faculty to meet the academic need for various perspectives and experiences, to address our student demographics, and to prepare students for the world in which they will live and work.

3.4 A Faculty That Provides International Perspectives: In our increasingly global society, we shall recruit faculty who can bring international perspectives to their work, who are committed to internationalization in their teaching and scholarship and in advising students, and some of whom are bilingual or multicultural.

3.5 A Faculty with Community Based Interests. To strengthen the university’s courses and scholarship and to bring university expertise the community, the faculty shall address the needs of the region through teaching, research, and service, which may include community-based activities such as applied research, training grants, and service learning.

3.6 A Faculty That Provides Interdisciplinary Perspectives. Because societal issues are multidimensional and transcend traditional academic disciplines, the faculty shall be expert in its disciplines and shall collaborate across disciplines to encourage students to work in groups and to provide an integrated educational perspective.

4.0 Diversity: Diversity shall be an essential consideration in all university policies and decisions, and shall be guided by the following statements that shall be published in staff and faculty handbooks, in the University Policy File, in the University General Catalog, the Bulletin of Graduate Affairs, the IVC Bulletin, and linked from the Mission and Goals section on the main University web home page.

4.1 San Diego State University is a community diverse in race, ethnicity, language, culture, social class, national origin, religious and political belief, age, ability, gender, gender identity, and expression, and sexual orientation. As a university committed to learning in all its forms, San Diego State University recognizes the need to attract and retain a critical mass of diverse persons who will advance its goals and ideals. This fundamental commitment to diversity 1) enriches the institution and provides an atmosphere in which all human potential is valued, 2) promotes learning through interactions among people of different backgrounds and many perspectives, and 3) better enables the university to prepare all members of its community to promote socialresponsibility, equity, freedom, and productive citizenship in a global society.

4.2 Diversity means not only the opportunity for all groups to be represented among faculty, student, staff, and administration but also the support for these persons as they seek the highest achievements. Attitudes, actions, programs, and policies that foster diversity engender the vigorous exchange of ideas, enhance respect and consideration for individuals and groups, strengthen the understanding of our mutual dependence, and form the core of the university. Diversity promotes enriched learning and produces positive educational outcomes for all.

4.3 Vigorous efforts to increase the diversity of the faculty, staff, administration, and students shall continue as a high priority, and as access increases, the university will create changes in its environment that enhance the opportunities for the success of all members of the campus community.

4.4 The university shall cultivate a campus climate that promotes human dignity, civility, and mutual appreciation for the uniqueness of each member of our community. Because the university’s educational goals are founded on the values of intellectual honesty, appreciation for diversity, and mutual respect, it is critical that our academic and co-curricular programs, scholarships, courses, workshops, lectures, and other aspects of campus life reflect diverse perspectives. Freedom from discrimination, harassment, and violence against persons or property is a basic right and is requisite for learning. Freedom of speech shall be protected. By the same token, the campus community shall denounce and confront acts of intolerance, abusive behaviors, and the beliefs and past events that have separated us as a people.

60

Records

1.0 In compliance with federal and state law, San Diego State University has adopted a Student Records policy designed to protect the confidentiality of student records. The policy shall be maintained in the Office of the Provost and shall be the governing document in this matter.

1.1 Only such records as are demonstrably and substantially relevant to the educational or related purposes of the university, its divisions, departments or schools, or agents shall be generated or maintained.

1.2 No student shall be required to furnish, but may do so voluntarily, information as to the student’s race, color, religion, sex, handicap, marital status, age, national origin, or political affiliation or preferences, except as specifically required by state statute, federal law, or valid federal or state rules or orders.

2.0 Student Rights

2.1 The federal Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (20 U.S.C. 12329) and regulations adopted there under (45 C.F.R. 99), and the California Education Code, secs. 22509–22509.18, require the university to provide students access to their official education records and an opportunity to challenge such records when their accuracy or appropriateness is in question. Further, the laws generally prohibit the disclosure of personally identifiable information from a student’s education records without the prior consent of the student.

2.2 Privacy

2.21 Students shall have the right to protection from improper disclosure of personally identifiable information from their education records.

2.22 Without the prior written consent of the student, disclosure of personally identifiable information from the student’s education record is prohibited, except for the following: (a) release of such information to a specified list of officials with a legitimate educationalinterest in the record; (b) release of such information in response to a court order, healthor safety emergency, or approved research project; or (c) release of public DirectoryInformation not previously restricted by the student.

2.3 Access

2.31 Students shall have the right to inspect and review with an appropriate university official or employee of the academic or administrative unit that maintains the records, the education records or pertinent portion thereof.

2.32 The right to inspect and review education records shall include (a) the right to an explanation or interpretation of the record, where appropriate, by a qualified university official or employee and (b) the right to obtain copies of the record, unless otherwise provided by this policy, where failure to provide copies would effectively curtail the right of access.

2.33 Access to inspect and review such records shall be granted no later than 15 working days following receipt of the request for access.

2.4 Disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information

2.41 Personally identifiable information from the education records of students, except Directory Information not previously restricted by the student, is considered confidential and may not be disclosed to any party for any purpose without the prior written consent of the student.

2.42 Exceptions to this general policy, as provided by state and federal law, shall be as follows:

a. Officials and employees of The California State University who have beendetermined by the Director of Enrollment Services to have a legitimateeducational interest in the educational record;

61

b. Officials and employees of another education institution in which the studentseeks or intends to enroll;

c. A court of law, pursuant to the receipt of a court order, process, or subpoena thatspecifically seeks access to the education records of a named student, and thenonly by consent of the Director of Enrollment Services;

d. A health or safety emergency, and then only by consent of the Director ofEnrollment Services;

e. A research project within the university, and then only by consent of theDirector of Enrollment Services;

f. In connection with financial aid for which a student has applied or which astudent has received;

g. Organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, the university, educationagencies, or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, oradministering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, improvinginstruction, and for accreditation purposes; or

h. The Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary or AssistantSecretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S.Commissioner of Education, the Director of the National Institute of Education,and state educational authorities.

2.5 Challenge

2.51 Students may challenge the content of their education records and request that a specific record be amended on the grounds that the record is (a) inaccurate, (b) misleading, (c) an unsubstantiated personal conclusion of the observer, (d) a conclusion or inference outside of the observer’s area of competence, (e) not based upon the personal observation of a named person within the time and place of the observation noted, or (f) otherwise in violation of their privacy or other rights.

2.52 Rights afforded to students in Section 2.51 shall not be interpreted as permission to contest the assignment of grades.

3.0 Records and Retention

3.1 Class Roster

3.11 The class roster contains the names of all students enrolled in each class.

3.12 The class roster shall be retained on the server for a minimum of seven years.

3.2 Grade and Attendance Records

3.21 Grade records shall contain notations related to a student’s progress in a class but may also reflect class attendance and office visits.

3.22 Records shall be retained by the instructor or the department or school for seven years after the conclusion of the class.

3.23 Instructors, upon leaving the employment of the university, shall surrender their records to the department chair or school director.

3.24 Graduate teaching assistants and temporary faculty shall turn in all class records to the department chair or school director at the end of each semester or session.

3.25 Instructors, upon leaving the employment of the university or upon taking leave from the University, shall surrender their incomplete grade contracts to the department chair or school director.

62

3.3 Examinations and Course Papers: Examination papers, reports, and other course papers may be retained by the instructor only if the instructor communicates to the student at the time of assigning such materials the instructor’s intention to retain them.

3.31 Instructors who retain examinations or graded work, hard copy or electronic, shall provide reasonable access to them.

3.32 Instructors shall dispose of examinations, reports, and other graded work no later than the day after the last day of the semester (excluding summer session) after the semester during which the student was enrolled provided that no grievance has been filed with the Student Grievance Committee.

3.33 Examinations, reports, and course papers shall be returned to the students in accord with each student’s right to confidentiality, which, however, shall not apply to dissertations or comprehensive examinations at the master’s or doctoral level.

Registration

1.0 Early Registration

1.1 Definitions and Principles

1.11 “Early registration” shall be defined as the opportunity to enter the registration process earlier than the normally scheduled registration time in order to adjust a class schedule to sanctioned time constraints.

1.12 Every effort shall be made to protect the value of each student’s regular registration time.

1.13 Early registration may be used to accommodate students of those groups whose services to the university or special circumstances require early registration. “Special circumstances” shall not include self-imposed time constraints.

1.14 Early registration shall not be used as a reward or perquisite for any student or group of students.

1.2 Procedures for adding or removing groups

1.21 Proposals to add or delete of a group shall be evaluated by the Provost in consultation with the Vice President for Student Affairs.

1.22 The Provost shall forward each proposal with recommendations and justifications to the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, which shall present as information to the Senate recommendations along with the current list of privileged groups.

2.0 Registration Sequence

2.1 The University recognizes that new students are best prepared for successful matriculation if they are familiarized through orientation with the array of academic and student services available to support their studies.

2.2 All new students are invited to attend an orientation to the University. Once a new student has attended his/her scheduled orientation, he/she shall receive priority to register for classes.

2.3 All orientations for new transfer students shall be scheduled after current seniors, current juniors, and new freshman students have been provided an opportunity to register.

2.4 Registration for a group below shall not begin before registration for an earlier group has received an opportunity. The registration sequence shall be as follows:

2.4.1 Fall semester12

a. Members of Early Registration groups

b. Spring admits

12 Approved April 2017

63

c. Graduate students

d. Seniors (90 units and above)

e. Juniors (60-89 units)

f. Sophomores (30-59 units)

g. Other freshmen (in third and subsequent semesters before sophomore status)

h. New freshmen students who attend an orientation

i. New freshmen students who do not attend orientation

j. New transfer students who attend an orientation

k. New transfer students who do not attend an orientation

2.4.1 Spring semester

a. Members of Early Registration groups

b. New freshmen students who attend an orientation

c. Second-semester freshmen (i.e. immediately following the first semester ofattendance)

d. Graduate students

e. Seniors (90 units and above)

f. Juniors (60-89 units)

g. New freshmen students who do not attend orientation

h. New transfer students who attend an orientation

i. New transfer students who do not attend an orientation

j. Sophomores (30-59 units)

k. Other freshmen (in third and subsequent semesters before sophomore status)

2.5 Loss of Registration Opportunity13

2.51 A newly admitted student who (1) does not attend and (2) withdraws from school after registration but before the end of the refund period shall lose priority order and shall apply for admission to the university as a returning student.

2.52 A continuing student shall be permitted up to four semesters of approved leave during matriculation at San Diego State University by taking the following action:

Before the end of the schedule adjustment (drop/add) period for each semester of intended leave, the student shall submit a Leave of Absence Request through the SDSU WebPortal. A continuing student who fails to submit a Leave of Absence Request by this deadline may be subject to consequences that range from losing registration priority order to being required to apply for admission to the university as a returning student.

Review of Departments, Schools, or Programs

1.0 An academic review (a) shall assist a department, school, or program in improving its instructional, research, and professional programs, (b) shall review how the faculty have used their resources, (c) shall evaluate the quality of degree programs, (d) shall chart the direction of growth, (e) shall elucidate need for further support, and (f) shall examine the academic health of the unit. The review shall assist in department,

13 Approved March 2017

64

school, or program planning and in requests for new degrees and programs. The contents and format of the academic review shall be aligned with those for academic plans.

2.0 Review Panel

2.1 Normally each department, school, or program shall be reviewed periodically by an appropriate panel. The faculty of the unit shall be consulted by their dean in selecting the panel members. The panel shall comprise faculty from other appropriate universities and institutions and from related departments or schools at San Diego State University. Panel members shall be acceptable to the unit.

2.2 The review may be coordinated and integrated with an accreditation; if, however, an accreditation visit has occurred within about a year, the academic review panel may choose to accept or augment the accreditation report. The academic review shall involve the cooperative efforts of the department, the college dean, the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, Vice President for Research/Dean of Graduate Affairs. The Provost shall assign the responsibility to coordinate an academic review to the Dean of Graduate Affairs, to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, or to another administrative officer.

3.0 Self-Study

3.1 After a panel has been constituted, the department, school, or program shall be notified and arrangements shall be made for a visit at a mutually agreeable time. The deans shall see that the administration and faculty provide a self-study following guidelines distributed by the office of the Provost. The self-study may include other relevant information as members of the panel may request. Student participation in the review shall be provided by interviews, surveys, class visitations, or other appropriate means.

3.2 At least two weeks before the panel convenes on campus, such data shall be provided to the panel, the Provost, the Vice President for Research/Dean of Graduate Affairs, the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, the dean of the college, and appropriate members of their staffs.

4.0 Agendas shall be established by appropriate administrators.

5.0 Report

5.1 The panel shall be requested to submit a report or reports to an appropriate administrator.

5.2 All reports connected with the review shall be confidential and shall not be released without permission of the department, school, or program. Excerpts or summaries of the review documents shall be released by the college dean or the Vice President for Research/Dean of Graduate Affairs or the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement only after consultation with the department, school, or program for use by curriculum committees or as required by the Chancellor’s Office or state officials.

6.0 The department, school, or program shall be given an opportunity to respond to the panel’s report, after which the administration and faculty shall meet to discuss the report.

7.0 SDSU Imperial Valley

7.1 An overall review of SDSU Imperial Valley programs, facilities, and Master Plan shall be conducted approximately every five years. The review panel shall include members of the San Diego campus Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, other appropriate members of the San Diego campus, and persons external to the University.

7.2 Within two years of the completion of the overall review, each academic degree (major, minor, and graduate) on SDSU Imperial Valley shall be reviewed by a panel of faculty members from relevant academic areas on the San Diego campus and members external to San Diego State University from institutions with similar demographic features and academic programs. This review shall assure that program content and quality are as similar as possible.

65

7.3 Academic reviews of San Diego campus degree programs shall include in the self-study systematic written descriptions of the same degree programs at SDSU Imperial Valley. In addition, faculty members and students from SDSU Imperial Valley shall be invited to the San Diego campus for participation in the reviews.

7.4 Reviews described in sec. 7.2 shall be held periodically to assure comparability between the academic degree programs of the two campuses.

Transfer Students

1.0 General Education

1.1 Transfer with Certification

1.11 San Diego State University shall honor certification by California community colleges for General Education requirements to a maximum of 39 state-mandated General Education units as outlined in Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations.

1.12 Transfer students who have been certified for 39 units shall be required to complete an additional nine units of approved General Education courses at San Diego State University to comply with the Title 5 provision that at least nine units shall be earned at the campus granting the degree.

1.2 Transfer without Certification: Transfer students not receiving a 39-unit certification may receive General Education credit for baccalaureate courses taken at other institutions in two ways:

1.21 The transfer course shall appear on approved General Education course lists submitted to the CSU Chancellor and shall have been taken while included on the approved course list. This list shall include courses within Communication and Analytical Reasoning, Foundations, and Explorations in the San Diego State University General Education program.

1.22 The transfer course shall clearly satisfy the criteria for General Education courses as defined by Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, Executive Order 1100-Revised (2017), and the appropriate section of the San Diego State University Curriculum Guide. Such determination shall be made by the Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement (Educational Effectiveness) in consultation with the Committeeon General Education.

2.0 California Articulation Number System: Departments or schools may choose to participate with one or more courses in the California Articulation Number (CAN) system. Transfer courses bearing published CAN numbers the same as those published in the San Diego State University General Catalog shall be acceptable for all purposes in lieu of the SDSU courses, provided that the transfer courses be taken (a) after publication of the CAN number in the San Diego State University General Catalog and (b) before publication of the San Diego State University General Catalog deleting CAN numbers for courses that SDSU departments or schools have withdrawn from the CAN system.

3.0 Choice of Catalog: Students may select the General Education requirements in effect during the academic catalog year in which they entered San Diego State University, another campus in the system, or a California community college, even if they declare or change their major in a later year. All other requirements (including GE) shall continue to be governed by the catalog in effect in the academic year in which students declare or change their major, or in the academic year in which they graduate. This option shall apply only to students who maintain continuous enrollment either (a) solely at San Diego State University or (b) at San Diego State University and a California Community College or another CSU campus.

Unit Limits

At the time of initial registration no student shall be permitted to enroll in more than 17 units. Beginning the first day of the first week of classes in any term, a student may add courses in excess of 17 units. Students should expect to spend in class and study a total of three hours per week for each unit of college work attempted.

66

Universal Access to Information Technology Resources and Services

1.0 San Diego State University is committed to providing an educational environment that assures comparable access to electronic and information technology for individuals with disabilities.

2.0 The University affirms that Academic Senate Resolution AS-2700-05/FA on Student Access to Academic Information Technology.

3.0 Implementation

3.1 Electronic and information technology services developed by or for an official unit of the university, or its auxiliary organizations, shall be designed to be compatible with and accessible through commonly used assistive technology. This includes websites developed by individual employees on University servers and used in support of university services, programs, and courses available to the campus community.

3.2 Existing websites (legacy sites) shall be brought into compliance with minimum web accessibility standards.

3.3 To the extent possible, the University shall provide course material that is accessible to all persons regardless of disability.

3.4 The University shall make every effort to assure that vendor-supplied electronic and information technology products and services comply with this accessibility policy.

3.5 The Senior Director for Information Technology/Chief Information Officer, working in conjunction with appropriate committees, shall establish and implementation plan with appropriate timelines and milestones for assuring compliance with executive orders and state and federal laws. The implementation plan shall include definitions of minimal accessibility standards and be clearly posted on the University’s website.

4.0 Enforcement

4.1 The Senior Director for Information Technology/Chief Information Officer shall be responsible for web accessibility compliance and training, including the development of a communication plan to educate the campus about the policy.

4.2 Assessment plans and progress reports shall be provided on a regular basis.

4.3 Appropriate sanctions shall be developed, up to and including the shutting down of inaccessible websites. No sanctions shall be imposed until notice has been given to the individual or unit responsible for the website, and shall proceed in accordance with due process.

67

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Administration

Academic Administrators

1.0 “Academic administrator” shall refer to personnel holding full-time administrative positions in the division of Academic Affairs and to academic department chairs and directors of schools.

2.0 Tenure for Academic Administrators: When an individual is being considered for appointment to a full- time academic administrative position, the President shall request and consider the recommendations of the relevant department(s) or school(s) from which the person has requested a tenured position. In arriving at these recommendations, the unit(s) shall consider appropriate rank and tenure status, were that person to be considered at that time for appointment as a faculty member in the unit(s).

Emeritus Administrator Status

Emeritus administrator status shall be granted by and at the pleasure of the President of the university. The privileges of emeritus administrator status shall be those of faculty emeritus status upon recommendation of the President of the University.

Review of Academic Administrators

1.0 Annual Review: The Provost shall conduct an annual review of the following academic administrators: deans of the colleges, Dean of SDSU Imperial Valley, and Dean of the Library and Information Access.

1.1 The Provost shall consult with appropriate representatives of the college, to include the department and program chairs, school directors, and Senators of the college.

1.2 A faculty member may provide information through a representative as defined in sec. 1.1.

1.3 The conclusions of the recommendations of the Provost shall be reported to the President.

2.0 Five-Year Review of Academic Administrators and Their Offices

2.1 The review shall be a cooperative effort by the administration, faculty, students, and administrative office under review (a) to appraise the administrator and the administrative office in meeting the leadership and management objectives, (b) to report to the President the results of the review, and (c) to recommend action to be taken to improve the effectiveness of the administrator and office. The President shall carefully weigh the results in the continuing evaluation of the administrator and office. The review shall be collegial and shall effect a periodic renewal of understanding among the administrator’s several constituencies about the goals and responsibilities of the office, and it shall provide the occasion to consider educational philosophies, interpretations of goals, and expectations for leadership and management within the office; at the same time, it shall require examining the conditions in which the administrator and the office must operate. The report shall focus on issues that have been resolved and are yet to be resolved by the administrator and the faculty. In summary: (a) the review panel shall be both representative of and acceptable to all parties (faculty, administration, students, and the administrative office); (b) the review process shall ensure the full participation of these parties; (c) the report shall be timely, respectful of persons, but specific in its recommendations; (d) and a report shall follow on the implementation of specific recommendations.

2.2 Initiation: The periodic review process shall occur in the fifth year of the administrator’s tenure in the office and every five years thereafter unless the review is initiated earlier by special request. The special request to advance the review may be initiated by the administrative office to be reviewed, the faculty, or the administration. Circumstances warranting such a request shall be unusual but compelling from the point of view of the constituency requesting the review. The scheduling of reviews shall be the responsibility of the Provost or the President.

2.3 Composition of Review Panels

2.31 For college deans, the SDSU Imperial Valley Dean, the Dean of the Library and Information Access, and their offices:

68

a. Internal faculty (six): For college deans the department and program chairs andschool directors shall arrange for the nomination and election of 12 nominees bythe faculty; six of the 12 nominees shall be selected by the Provost in agreementwith the dean being reviewed and the college faculty committee determined bythe college. Nominees to and members of the review panel should be perceivedby the college’s constituencies as objective, discreet, and representative of thediverse educational philosophies within the college. For the dean of SDSUImperial Valley and for the Dean of the Library and Information Access, threefaculty members shall be selected from a pool of six nominated respectively bythe full-time faculty of SDSU Imperial Valley or of the Library.

b. External faculty (one): For college deans the Senate Executive Committee shalldetermine the Senate procedures whereby a pool of 14 faculty members, with atleast one from each college and the library, can be established annually in theearly fall to be on call to serve as external members of review panels; theexternal member of the panel shall be selected from the pool by the Provost inagreement with the dean being reviewed and the college’s appropriate facultycommittee. For the Dean of SDSU Imperial Valley and the Dean of the Libraryand Information Access, two external members shall be selected for the reviewpanel from the Senate pool.

c. Students: for college deans, two (usually one undergraduate and one graduate).The college’s student organization(s) shall nominate four students (usually twoundergraduates and two graduates); two (usually one undergraduate and onegraduate) shall be selected by the Provost in agreement with the dean beingreviewed and the college’s appropriate faculty committee. For the Dean ofSDSU Imperial Valley there shall be one student member on the panel, to beselected as above from two nominees. For the Dean of the Library andInformation Access, the Associated Students shall nominate two students, one ofwhom shall be selected by the Provost in agreement with the Dean of theLibrary and Information Access and with Library members of the reviewingpanel.

d. Administrators: for college deans and the Dean of the Library and InformationAccess, one dean from the San Diego State University Academic Deans’Council and one administrator from another university with similarresponsibilities. The member of the Academic Deans’ Council shall be selectedby the Provost in agreement with the dean being reviewed and the college’sappropriate faculty committee. The external administrator shall be selected bythe Provost in agreement with the administrator being reviewed and thecollege’s appropriate faculty committee. For the Dean of SDSU ImperialValley, the panel shall include one member of the Academic Deans’ Council, tobe selected as above.

e. Internal staff member: For college deans, the Dean of SDSU Imperial Valley,and the Dean of the Library and Information Access, an election among staffshall determine four nominees from whom one shall be selected by the Provostin agreement with the dean being reviewed and the college’s appropriate facultycommittee. Nominees to and the member of the review panel the panel shouldbe perceived by the college’s constituencies as objective, discreet, andrepresentative of the diverse educational philosophies within the college.

f. Community member outside the university: for college deans and the Dean ofSDSU Imperial Valley, one community member outside the university shallbe selected by the Provost in agreement with the dean and the appropriatefaculty committee within the college as determined by that unit.

69

2.32 Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, Dean of the College of Extended Studies, and their offices

a. Faculty (six): The faculty of each college and SDSU Imperial Valley shallnominate two faculty members; six of the nominees shall be selected by theProvost in consultation with the President and in consultation with the AssociateVice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or the Dean of theCollege of Extended Studies and the Chair of the Senate. To ensure sufficienttime for election, the Provost shall give at least one month’s notice of thedeadline for submitting the names of those elected.

b. Administrators (two): one member of the San Diego State University AcademicDeans’ Council and one administrator with similar responsibilities from anotheruniversity. Both shall be selected by the Provost in agreement with theadministrator being reviewed and the Chair of the Senate.

c. Students (two): two undergraduates for review of the Associate Vice Presidentfor Academic - Student Achievement; one undergraduate and one graduateboth with recent experience in the College of Extended Studies. Fournominees shall be chosen by the Associated Students; two shall be selectedfrom the nominees by the Provost in agreement with the dean being reviewedand the Chair of the Senate.

d. Staff member: An election among staff shall determine four nominees fromwhom one shall be selected by the Provost in agreement with the Associate VicePresident for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or the Dean of theCollege of Extended Studies.

2.33 Vice President for Research/Dean of the Graduate Division

a. Faculty (six): The faculty of each college and SDSU Imperial Valley shallnominate two faculty members; six of the nominees shall be selected by theProvost in consultation with the President and in consultation with the VicePresident for Research/Dean of the Graduate Division and the Chair of theSenate. Procedures for the nominations shall be determined by the faculty ofeach college. To ensure sufficient time for election, the Provost shall give asmuch notice as possible, but no less than one month’s notice, of the deadline forsubmitting the names of those elected.

b. Administrators (two): one member of the San Diego State University AcademicDeans’ Council and one administrator with similar responsibilities from anotheruniversity. They shall be selected by the Provost in consultation with thePresident, the Vice President for Research/Dean of the Graduate Division, andthe Chair of the Senate.

c. Students (two): one master’s student and one doctoral student. Four nomineesshall be chosen by the Associated Students; two of the nominees shall beselected by the Provost in consultation with the Vice President forResearch/Dean of the Graduate Division and the Chair of the Senate.

d. Staff member: An election among staff shall determine four nominees fromwhom one shall be selected by the President of the university in agreement withthe Provost and the Chair of the Senate.

2.34 Provost and the Academic Affairs Office

a. Faculty (eight): The faculty of the Colleges of Arts and Letters, ProfessionalStudies and Fine Arts, and Sciences shall nominate and elect three nomineesfrom each of these units; the faculty of the Colleges of Business Administration,Education, and Health and Human Services shall elect two nominees from each

70

of these units; and the faculty of the College of Engineering, the Library, and SDSU Imperial Valley shall nominate and elect one nominee from each of these units. Eight of the nominees shall be chosen by the President of the university in agreement with the Provost and the Chair of the Senate. The faculty members shall be broadly representative. To ensure sufficient time for election, the Provost shall give at least one month’s notice of the deadline for submitting the names of those elected.

b. Administrators (two): one member of the San Diego State University AcademicDeans’ Council and one provost or vice president for academic affairs fromanother university. Both shall be selected by the President of the university inagreement with the Provost and Chair of the Senate.

c. Students (two): Four nominees (usually one undergraduate and one graduate)shall be chosen by the Associated Students. Two shall be selected by thePresident of the university in agreement with the Provost and the Chair of theSenate.

d. Staff member: An election among staff shall determine four nominees fromwhom one shall be selected by the President of the university in agreement withthe Provost and the Chair of the Senate.

3.0 Procedures and Responsibilities

3.1 The review panel shall work primarily from the published job description of the administrator, from the self-study, and from "ideal" descriptions of the role of the administrator solicited from faculty members by the review panel, in combination with the data that define performance in office and the constraints within which the possibilities for performance are defined. Both written statements developing an argument and interviews shall be employed. Groups (e.g., departments, committees) as well as individuals shall be invited to participate.

3.2 The review panel shall ensure access to all members of the administrative unit’s faculty, student body, and staff (a) to communicate representative views and (b) to provide the administrator with the opportunity to discuss issues and concerns, and the panel ensure the confidentiality of all communications.

4.0 Reporting Process

4.1 The review panel shall submit a written report to the Provost or, as appropriate, to the President. The report shall contain a description of the review process, data collected, findings, and specific recommendations for future action by the administrator and the office, the faculty, and the university.

4.2 The complete report shall be made available to the administrator immediately after it is reviewed by the Provost or, as appropriate, to the President. The faculty of the unit shall receive a timely summary of the report prepared and issued by the review panel after approval by the Provost or the President. This summary shall contain major findings and specific recommendations for action.

4.3 The administrator and the person to whom he or she reports, in consultation with the appropriate faculty committee of the organizational unit, shall recommend a plan of action to respond to the recommendations of the panel.

5.0 Post-review: The administrator who has been reviewed shall in the annual report comment specifically on the progress toward the plan of action, which comments shall be made available to the faculty of the unit. The Provost or, as appropriate, the President shall discuss the report with the review panel. A further report may then be issued to the faculty by the Provost or the President.

6.0 Legal Restrictions: All aspects of the review shall be consistent with requirements of state and federal law and with university policy. The Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement shall provide specific instructions.

71

7.0 Review of the Review Procedure: Each review panel shall recommend changes in the procedure to the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning.

Search Committees for University Administrators

1.0 Search for University-Wide Administrative Personnel

1.1 Faculty, staff, and students shall participate in searches for (a) Provost, (b) Vice President for Student Affairs, (c) Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs, (d) Vice President for University Advancement, (e) Vice President for Research, (f) Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, (g) Dean of the College of Extended Studies, (h) Dean of the Library and Information Access.

1.11 All vacancies shall be advertised and filled in compliance with the University’s Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Policy. The Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance, the Chief Diversity Officer, and the Committee on Diversity, Equity, and Outreach may assist in the search.

1.12 An ad hoc search committee shall be formed each time it is necessary to recommend a person to fill one of the positions in sec. 1.1. Faculty members shall be tenured and shall be selected in accordance with sec. 4.0. The Associated Students and Staff Affairs Committee shall respectively formulate rules for selection of students and staff members. Additional members shall be selected by the President or designee. The composition of search committees shall be as follows:

a. Provost: six faculty members, two students, one staff member, and fiveadditional members (of whom at least three shall be faculty)

b. Vice President for Student Affairs: two faculty members, two representativeselected by and from the personnel of the Division of Student Affairs (of whomat least one shall be staff), two students, and one administrator designated by thePresident

c. Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs: two faculty members, twostaff members, and three additional members

d. Vice President for University Advancement: five faculty members, threerepresentatives from development offices across the campus, one representativefrom the San Diego State University Research Foundation, one staff member,one student, one representative from the Alumni Association, one member of thecommunity at large, and one representative from the Department of Athletics

e. Vice President for Research/Dean of Graduate Division: five faculty members,two classified graduate students, one staff member, and five additional members(of whom at least three shall be faculty)

f. Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs – Student Achievement: fivefaculty members, two undergraduate students, one staff member, and fouradditional members (of whom at least two shall be faculty)

g. Dean of the College of Extended Studies: five faculty members, two students,one staff member, and four additional members (of whom at least two shall befaculty);

h. Dean of the Library and Information Access: three tenured librarians electedunder the rules governing elections to the Senate, three faculty members, oneLibrary staff member elected by that group, one student, and one additionalmember.

1.13 The procedures and duties of the search committee are as follows:

72

1.131 The President or designee shall convene the organizational meeting of the committee and shall preside until a chair has been elected. The Chair of the Senate or designee shall attend the organizational meeting and participate without a vote. The search committee shall elect its chair from among its elected members and shall establish its own search and selection procedures, except that no member of the committee shall act unilaterally regarding committee business. The Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance, the Chief Diversity Officer, or a representative from the Committee on Diversity, Equity, and Outreach may attend committee meetings as a nonvoting member.

1.132 All committee recommendations shall be by a majority vote of the voting members of the committee. Search committee procedures shall be in compliance with the University Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment policy and with Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, sec. 42701.

1.133 The committee, before inviting any candidates to the campus, shall present to the President the list of those whom it intends to invite. If the President requests it, the committee shall add names to the list before any candidates are interviewed on campus. The President shall appoint, however, only from the final list of those recommended by the committee.

1.134 For each position to be filled, the committee shall recommend the appropriate number of candidates to the President for selection.

1.135 In searches for vice presidents, the Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall have certified that all Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment obligations and commitments have been satisfied. For the other administrators, the appropriate vice president shall have certified.

1.2 Searches for Positions Not Requiring Faculty Participation (administrative positions not specifically designated in sec. 1.1 or covered by the procedures of the bylaws of auxiliary organizations)

1.21 The President or designee shall decide when a search committee is appropriate. When it is not, a person may be appointed to the position by the administrator to whom that person will report; this shall occur after a full search in compliance with University Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment procedures.

1.22 When a search committee is appropriate, it shall be appointed by the President or designee to review all applications and to conduct personal interviews with the most qualified candidates. The committee shall include one or more members of the faculty. The Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance, the Chief Diversity Officer, or a member of the Committee on Diversity, Equity, and Outreach may attend committee meetings as a nonvoting member.

1.221 The committees shall submit a list of the appropriate number of candidates to the President or designee for review and appointment.

1.222 The appropriate vice president, dean, or director shall have certified that all Nondiscrimination and Equal Employment Opportunity obligations and commitments have been satisfied.

2.0 Searches for Deans of Colleges and Related Positions (Including Deans of the Colleges of Arts and Letters, Business Administration, Education, Engineering, Health and Human Services, Professional Studies and Fine Arts, Sciences, and of SDSU Imperial Valley).

2.1 All vacancies shall be advertised and filled in compliance with the University’s Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment policy.

2.2 An ad hoc 13-member search committee shall be formed each time to recommend a person to fill one of the above positions. The committee shall comprise (a) six tenured faculty members from the college elected by the faculty of the college under the rules governing elections to the Senate,

73

(b) one faculty member from outside the college elected by the Senate in conformance with sec.4.0, (c) three members (of whom at least two shall be faculty) selected by the President ordesignee, (d) two upper division or graduate students whose majors are in that college, selected byAssociated Students procedures, and (e) one member elected by and from the staff of that college.The Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance or designee shall serve as anonvoting ex officio member of the committee.

2.3 The procedures and duties of the search committee shall be as follows:

2.31 The President or designee shall convene the organizational meeting of the committee and preside until a chair has been elected. The Chair of the Senate or designee shall attend the organizational meeting and participate without a vote. The search committee shall elect its chair from among its elected members.

2.32 The committee shall establish its own search and selection procedures in writing, before any formal deliberations, and shall forward these procedures to the President. Any revision of the procedures requires reexamination of all submitted papers. Ongoing consultation with the President shall be established.

2.321 Minutes of all meetings shall be in writing. Copies of the minutes of each meeting shall be sent to the President and the Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance.

2.322 The committee shall demonstrate its commitment to affirmative action by including the steps to be taken in the guidelines.

2.323 Operational procedures shall include time lines. Changes in these time lines shall require a reopening of the search.

2.324 The committee, before inviting the candidates to the campus, shall present to the President the list of those it intends to invite. If the President requests it, the committee shall add names to the list before any candidates are interviewed on the campus. The President shall appoint, however, only from the final list of those recommended by the committee.

2.4 Before committee recommendations, the Provost shall have certified that all Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment obligations and commitments have been satisfied.

2.41 All committee recommendations shall be by majority vote of the voting members of the committee.

2.42 If the President disagrees with the committee’s recommendations, the President shall communicate reasons to the committee. If an agreement cannot be reached between the committee and the President, the search shall be reopened.

3.0 Appointment of Acting Vice Presidents and Deans (including administrators identified in secs. 1.1 and 2.0)

3.1 When, in accordance with Senate policies, a committee has been selected for the purpose of making recommendations concerning appointment to a position designated in secs. 1.1 and 2.0 and when the position becomes vacant before the committee has a candidate for permanent appointment, the President shall seek the advice of the committee before appointing an acting officer.

3.2 When a position designated in Sections 1.1 and 2.0 above becomes vacant before a committee has been elected in accordance with Senate procedures for the purpose of recommending an appointment to the President; the President shall consult with appropriate Senate officers and committees and may then appoint an acting vice president or dean.

3.3 No person appointed as an acting officer shall serve for longer than one year without the concurrence of the committee elected in accordance with Senate procedure to recommend to the President a permanent appointment to the position.

74

4.0 Procedures for the Selection of Faculty to Serve on Search Committees (other than those selected within colleges as specified in sec. 2.0)

4.1 The President shall announce the vacancies or anticipated vacancies to the Chair of the Senate. The Chair of the Senate shall call for the nominations process to be completed at the next regular or special Senate meeting. The faculty and the senators shall be informed of the impending nominations by campus mail or email. The search committee shall comprise the number of faculty indicated for the position with no more than one from any college, and the faculty shall be tenured and themselves eligible for election to the Senate.

4.2 Nominations shall be made by a faculty member eligible to vote in Senate elections. Nominations by petition shall be in the Senate office seven days before the regularly scheduled Senate meeting. Nominations may also be made from the floor of the Senate. Faculty shall be considered nominated upon formal recommendation by a Senator. There shall be at least one nominee for each seat to be filled by the Senate. All nominees shall have agreed to serve.

4.3 Elected members of the Senate shall elect faculty representatives to the search committee by secret ballot. If the first ballot does not yield a simple majority vote for the indicated number of candidates, additional ballots shall be conducted until that number has received a majority.

Staff Deans, Appointment of

The appointment of a staff dean shall be the prerogative of the administrator in whose office the staff dean will work, and it shall not require a special faculty committee to nominate candidates.

75

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Budget

Budget Procedures

1.0 Allocations

1.1 The Office of the Provost shall allocate the university’s instructional resources to the colleges to allow each college maximum flexibility in executing its programs and achieving its goals.

1.2 These procedures shall relate to instructional equipment, although they may be extended to cover other budget categories.

2.0 Equipment Budget Preparation

2.1 A formula equipment summary containing brief descriptive titles of the equipment sought, arranged in priority order along with their cost, shall be employed at budget preparation levels higher than the college.

2.2 Equipment lists shall be prepared by departments and schools in the fall for the next budget year and shall be submitted to the deans of the respective colleges by December 1. The requests shall be rank ordered and sent to the Office of the Provost by January 1.

3.0 Allocation of Equipment Funds

3.1 As soon as the preliminary equipment amount for the next budget year has been obtained from the Chancellor’s Office, the Provost’s office shall undertake to allocate this amount according to the needs and priorities indicated in the equipment summary lists received from the colleges. Historical relationships and new program requirements, as well as other guidelines pertinent to the problem, shall be taken into account. The final allocation to each college, however, shall be in the form of dollar amounts rather than as items with a certain dollar value.

3.2 When these allocations are completed (between February 1 and February 15), the Committee on Academic Resources and Planning shall be informed of their amount and the methods by which they were determined.

3.3 Upon receipt of the tentative allocation for equipment, the dean of each college shall allot these funds as dollar amounts to the departments and schools. Within sufficient time to meet Office of Business and Financial Affairs deadlines, each department and school shall return a list of the equipment items for purchase, having a total cost equal to the dollar amount of their allocation. Having received the list of equipment items from the colleges, the Office of Business and Financial Affairs shall then collate this material and compile the list required by the Chancellor’s Office.

3.4 Finally, in July or as soon as the information is available, the Office of Business and Financial Affairs shall inform the Provost of the amount finally approved for equipment. If it is the same as the preliminary budget amount allocated in January, the Provost shall simply inform the deans of colleges that equipment purchasing may begin. If the final budget amount differs from the preliminary figure, the allocations previously made shall be adjusted accordingly.

4.0 Augmentation Budgets: The need for revising these formula factors shall be demonstrated, for example, by an augmentation request using a program budgeting format.

5.0 Short-Term Budget Adjustments: A short-range budget adjustment shall be defined as one that does not carry over into the next academic year. It shall be an expedient adjustment to carry the university through the year. This adjustment shall follow these principles:

5.1 Personnel Decisions

5.11 No tenured or tenure-track faculty shall be laid off.

5.12 One-year appointments shall be honored before semester appointments

5.13 Preferential retention of graduate teaching assistants over part-time faculty shall be left to the discretion of each college.

76

5.2 Efforts shall be made to maintain FTES as much as possible without affecting department or school programs.

5.3 Although ability to pay shall be considered during the payback discussions, units responsible for the financial shortfall shall share a relatively larger burden for a payback. Payback allocations shall not be made on a solely proportional basis among the colleges.

5.4 Short-term budget adjustments shall not exceed those demanded by the fiscal exigency.

5.5 As far as possible, the reductions assigned to the major divisions of the university shall protect the ability of the university to maintain its academic program.

6.0 Summary: Expenditure of budgeted funds for equipment, for clerical, technical, and student assistant positions, and for instructional operating expenses shall be administered by the Office of Business and Financial Affairs. Budget procedures and allocations shall be as follows:

6.1 The allocation of the instructional resources of the university, as well as the preparation of an augmentation budget, shall be centered in the Office of the Provost as part of an academic planning function.

6.2 These resources shall be allocated to colleges and other administrative units under procedures and rules that permit maximum flexibility in the achievement of programs and objectives.

Payroll Checks

1.0 Faculty and staff may arrange through the Payroll Office to have their warrants deposited directly in a financial institution.

2.0 Non-deposited payroll checks for faculty and staff shall be distributed by courier from the Payroll Office to colleges, schools, or departments. Checks not claimed within five working days of delivery shall be collected and returned by courier to the Payroll Office. After five working days, checks shall be available only in the Payroll Office.

Relocation Expenses

1.0 The California State University shall allocate funds for moving and relocation expenses of newly hired and current employees including (a) teaching faculty, (b) university librarians, (c) deans, (d) vice presidents, and (e) presidents. Reimbursements of such expenses shall be payable from monies made available for such purposes by the Chancellor, campus president, or their designee.

1.1 A newly hired faculty employee or administrator who has been offered a position within the CSU by the Chancellor, campus President, or designee and has accepted the appointment may receive reimbursement for actual, necessary, and reasonable moving and relocation expenses. The recipient and amount of a reimbursement shall be determined by the Chancellor, campus president, or designee.

1.2 Whenever a current CSU employee is required by the Chancellor, campus president, or designee to change place of residence because of a change in assignment, promotion, or other reason related to the employee’s duties deemed to be in the best interests of the CSU, the employee shall receive reimbursement for actual, necessary, and reasonable moving and relocation expenses.

1.3 Full or partial reimbursement, within budgetary constraints, may be allowed for the actual and necessary expenses incurred for packing, insurance, transportation, storage in transit (not to exceed 60 calendar days), and unpacking and installation of the employee's household goods at the new residence, when properly documented. Should employees elect to move themselves, reimbursement for such moves may not exceed the costs that would have been incurred had a commercial firm been used.

1.4 An employee may be reimbursed for actual lodging expenses, supported by a voucher, plus meal and incidental expenses, in accordance with the CSU Internal Regulations Governing Travel Expenses and Allowances, sec. 105, Rates for Housing and Lodging (App. A). This allowance shall be paid for not more than 60 days unless the Chancellor or campus president has determined in advance that the search for a new residence will result in unusual and unavoidable hardship for

77

an employee and, therefore, has granted an exception. This allowance shall terminate immediately upon establishment of a permanent residence.

1.5 When an employee is required to change assignment and designated place of work that requires the sale of residence, the employee may be reimbursed for actual and necessary selling costs as determined by prevailing practices within the area of sale. Actual and necessary selling costs may include brokerage commission, title insurance, escrow fees, prepayment penalties, taxes, charges, or fees fixed by local authority required to consummate the sale of the residence. Miscellaneous seller’s costs customary to the area may be reimbursed if determined appropriate by the Chancellor or campus president. Actual and necessary selling costs shall be reimbursed for that portion of the dwelling the employee actually occupies if the employee owns and resides in a multifamily dwelling.

1.6 Whenever an employee is required to change an officially designated place of work and such change requires the settlement of a lease on the employee’s former residence, the employee may receive the actual and necessary cost of settlement of the unexpired lease to a maximum of one year. Reimbursement shall not be allowed if the Chancellor or campus president determines that the employee knew or reasonably should have known that relocation was imminent before entering into a lease agreement.

2.0 If an employee whose moving or relocation expenses have been reimbursed does not continue employment with the CSU for a period of at least two years (unless the discontinuance of the employment was the result of death, disability, or other similar unexpected cause beyond the control of the employee as determined by the Chancellor or campus president), the employee or appropriate representative shall repay 100 percent of the amount received for reimbursement for the moving and relocation expenses if employed less than six months; 75 percent if employed at least six months but less than 12 months; 50 percent if employed at least 12 months but less than 18 months; 25 percent if employed at least 18 months but less than 24 months.

3.0 The university shall ensure that a copy of these regulations is given to the employee upon notice to the employee of an impending move.

4.0 The university shall not

a. Differentiate between single and married people in allocating such funds,

b. Use this fund for paying moving or travel expenses for people brought to campus for interviews,

c. Use this fund to pay moving or travel expenses of temporary personnel acting as replacements,

d. Use this fund to pay moving and traveling expenses of lecturers.

78

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Codes

Alcohol Abuse and Illegal Drugs

1.0 The university shall facilitate the prevention, assessment, early intervention, and treatment of problems arising from alcohol abuse and the use of illegal drugs, and it shall enforce with appropriate disciplinary actions university policy and applicable local, state, and federal law.

2.0 Prohibitions and Restrictions

2.1 The unlawful possession, use, distribution, or manufacture of alcohol or illegal drugs on the campus or during university-sponsored activities shall be prohibited.

2.2 Except for alcohol in student rooms where a resident is of legal drinking age, residence halls shall be free of alcohol and illegal drugs. Students who are 21 years of age or older may possess in their rooms for personal consumption a limited amount of alcoholic beverages excluding hard liquor.

2.3 The university shall restrict the serving of alcohol to authorized facilities that carefully monitor and supervise the use of alcohol.

3.0 Enforcement and Sanctions

3.1 Persons who violate alcohol or drug policies shall, in addition to any legal consequences, be subject to disciplinary sanctions up to and including suspension and expulsion from the university. Organizations that violate alcohol or drug policies shall be subject to loss of campus status, funding, and other forms of support up to and including suspension or permanent expulsion from the university.

3.2 University offices such as Judicial Procedures, University Police, Center for Fraternity and Sorority Life, Office of Student Life and Development, Office of Student Rights and Responsibilities, and Housing and Residential Life, which are charged with the responsibility for enforcing alcohol and drug policies and imposing sanctions for violations shall, be adequately supported to carry out their responsibilities.

4.0 Prevention and Treatment

4.1 The university shall provide substance-free housing options for specific programs to encourage healthy lifestyles that are free of alcohol and illegal drugs and that require residents, regardless of age, to commit to meeting community standards.

4.2 The university shall develop and support effective prevention, assessment, early intervention, and treatment programs for alcohol and illegal drug use. The programs shall be available to students through Counseling and Psychological Services and Student Health Services, and to staff and faculty through programs supported by the Center for Human Resources.

4.3 The university shall periodically evaluate the impact of interventions to reduce alcohol and illegal drug abuse and to mitigate the negative personal and interpersonal consequences thereof.

4.4 The university shall inform students of campus policies and sanctions for the abuse of alcohol and illegal drugs through such channels and forums as the following: (a) orientation programs, (b) new member education programs, (c) residential life handbooks, (d) SDSU Website, (e) Greek Guidelines, (f) residence hall meetings, (g) recruitment activities.

4.5 Within the rules of applicable state and federal laws and regulations, the university shall communicate to students and organizations instances when sanctions are invoked.

Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets

1.0 Introduction: Copyrights are used to protect the rights of creators of a diverse group of products ranging from traditional literary, musical, artistic, and dramatic works to lecture notes, multimedia classroom productions, and computer software. This policy shall be flexible and adaptable.

2.0 Definitions

79

a. “assignment of rights”: a transfer of rights under copyright by the owner to the university, apublisher, or any other individual, agency or corporate entity. A transfer of copyright ownershipshall not be valid unless it is in writing.

b. “author” or “creator” (synonymous): one who produces a copyrightable work and is the initialowner of the copyright in the work, except a “work made for hire.” Authors of a “joint work”shall be co-owners of the copyright in the work. Unless otherwise assigned, the author of acontribution to a “collective work” shall be the owner of the copyright in the separate contributionas distinguished from the copyright in the collective work.

c. “auxiliary”: The official auxiliaries of San Diego State University shall be Aztec Shops, SanDiego State University Research Foundation, Campanile Foundation, and the Associated Students.

d. “auxiliary resources”: funds and material resources, regardless of the sources, that areadministered under the control, responsibility, or authority of the President of San Diego StateUniversity and the boards of directors of the designated auxiliaries.

e. “contractual agreement”: an enforceable agreement between the university and individuals orparties.

f. “copyright”: a legal right to protect certain original works of authorship that are fixed in anytangible form of expression from unauthorized reproduction, sale or other transfer, display,performance, or preparation of a derivative work. Copyright protection shall extend to but not belimited to the following works: (1) literary works such as books, textbooks, technical articles,manuscripts and class notes; (2) musical works, including any accompanying music; (3) dramaticworks, including any accompanying music; (4) pantomimes and choreographic works; (5)pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works; (6) motion pictures and other audiovisual works,including classroom videos; (7) sound recordings; and (8) computer software, CD ROM systems,and other programs fixed in a tangible medium.

g. “copyright notice”: For visually perceptible copies, the copyright notice should contain (1) thesymbol “©” or “copyright” or “copr.,” (2) the year of first publication of the work; and (3) thename of the owner of copyright in the work. The copyright notice for sound recordings shouldcontain (1) the symbol, (2) the year of first publication of the sound recording, and (3) the name ofthe owner of the copyright. The notice should be affixed to copies of the work in such a mannerand location as to give reasonable notice of the copyright claim. Copyright is securedautomatically when the work is created. For works published on and after March 1, 1989, use ofthe copyright notice shall be optional, though highly recommended. Before March 1, 1989, use ofthe notice was mandatory on all published works, and any work first published before that dateshall bear a notice or risk loss of copyright protection.

h. “derivative work”: a work based upon one or more existing works. It is created when one modifiesby annotation, editing, translating, or otherwise significantly changing the contents of a work.Only the copyright owner shall have the right to make derivative works. Anyone who creates anunauthorized derivative work, including a user who downloads a copyrighted file, may be liable ifthe unauthorized derivative work is reproduced, distributed, publicly performed, or publiclydisplayed.

i. “duration of copyright”: term of copyright registration. For a work created on or after January 1,1978, it shall be automatically protected from the moment of its creation and shall be terminated70 years after the death of the author. For a joint work the term lasts for 70 years after the lastsurviving author’s death. For “works made for hire” and both anonymous and pseudonymousworks, the duration of copyright shall be 95 years from publication or 125 years from creation,whichever is shorter.

j. “employee”: University employees shall include full-time and part-time faculty, classified staff,student employees, appointed personnel, graduate assistants and teaching associates, persons with“no salary” appointments, and shall also include visiting faculty and academic professionals whodevelop intellectual property using university or auxiliary resources and facilities unless there is anagreement providing otherwise. Persons who are not such university or auxiliary employees and

80

who come to the university as guest lecturers or to teach colloquia, seminars, or short courses shall not be considered university employees in their teaching and classroom activities unless an agreement provides otherwise.

k. “fair use”: a use of copyrighted material permitted by law even though no express authorization isgranted by the copyright owner as long as the use is for purposes such as criticism, comment,news reporting, teaching, scholarship, or research. Demonstration of such a purpose shall not byitself be sufficient to sustain a claim that the use is “fair.” Fair use shall be determined by thefollowing statutory criteria: “(1) the purpose and character of the use; (2) the nature of thecopyrighted work; (3) the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to thecopyrighted work as a whole; and (4) the effect of the use upon the potential market for the valueof the copyrighted work” (U.S. Copyright Act, 1976, sec. 107).

l. “infringement”: except for fair use and other specifically permitted exceptions, exercise withoutpermission of rights granted by law to the copyright owner; for example, when a material portionof a copyrighted work is copied or is commercially exploited without such permission.

m. “institution” or “university”: San Diego State University and its auxiliaries.

n. “institutional support”: resources associated with the creation, production, or distribution of acopyrighted work provided by either San Diego State University or its auxiliaries.

o. “intellectual property”: ideas, products, processes, and resultant communications that can beprotected by law from unauthorized exploitation. This shall encompass copyrights, patents,trademarks, trade secrets, technical data, or know-how.

p. “license”: that which provides for a contractual relationship in which a copyright owner grantspermission for use of the copyrighted material. An “exclusive license” shall provide an agreementby the licensor not to license any other person to exploit the licensed intellectual property and alsothat the licensor or his agents will not exploit the licensed property. A “sole license” shall reservethe right of the licensor to use or sell the licensed property. A “nonexclusive license” shall allowthe licensor to grant other licenses to the intellectual property.

q. “material”: all copyrightable works including but not limited to writings, lectures, musical ordramatic compositions, sound recordings, films, videotapes, and other pictorial reproductions,computer programs, listings, flow charts, manuals, codes, instructions, and software.

r. “noncopyrightable works”: works not protected by copyright as follows: (1) ideas, systems,processes, procedures, concepts, or methods; (2) titles of works, names of products or services,even if they are novel or distinctive; (3) names of businesses, organizations, or groups; (4) catchwords, slogans, short phrases, and familiar symbols for familiar designs; (5) lists of ingredients,contents, or as a general rule, forms; and (6) information that is in the public domain (commonproperty and property that contains no original authorship) such as standard charts, measuringdevices, tables, or lists taken from government public sources.

s. “owner”: the party or parties who own(s) or control(s) rights to copyrightable material.

t. “public domain”: material is said to be in the public domain if it is not protected by common lawor statutory copyright and is therefore available for copying without infringement.

u. “publication”: sale, lease, loan, giving away, or otherwise making available to the public theoriginal or tangible copies of a work

v. “San Diego State University resources”: funds and material resources, regardless of the source,administered under the control, responsibility or authority of both the President of the universityand the State of California.

w. “trademarks,” “trade names,” and “service marks”: A trademark shall be any word, name, symbol,or device, or combination of these, adopted and used by a manufacturer or merchant to identify itsgoods and to distinguish them from those manufactured or sold by others. A trade name shall bethe name of a business, corporation, company, etc., that distinguishes one business entity fromanother. If the mark is used to identify a service, it shall be classed a service mark. In general,

81

trademarks appear on products and service marks appear in advertising. The first user of a mark generally shall have the right to exclude subsequent users from adopting a similar mark on similar goods or services.

x. “trade secret”: in California and defined by statute, “information, including a formula, pattern,compilation, program, device, method, technique or process, that derives independent economicvalue from not being generally known to the public or to other persons who can obtain economicvalue from its disclosure or use; and is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under thecircumstances to maintain its secrecy.” A trade secret shall not be claimed on something that maybe readily available by reverse engineering or disassembly. A trade secret shall be kept secret andshall give its owner a competitive advantage over those who do not have access to the secret.Other forms of intellectual property shall be protected via disclosure. Whether particularinformation constitutes a legally protectable “trade secret” shall be determined through litigation,and misappropriation of a “trade secret” shall be the basis for civil and criminal action.

y. “work made for hire”: a specifically ordered or commissioned work or a work prepared by anemployee within the scope of employment. In such cases, the employer shall be considered thelegal author and owns all of the rights in the copyright unless otherwise expressly agreed inwriting.

3.0 Ownership of and Rights Related to Copyrightable Material

3.1 Those who engage in scholarship and creative activity shall have specific privileges and responsibilities associated with the products of such work. San Diego State University shall subscribe to the general principle that the results of scholarship and creative work shall be the property of those who originate them and who therefore have the right of copyright or final disposition of their work. Such property rights, however, shall be defined in relation to all of the resources contributed by persons, institutions, and agencies involved in the scholarship and development of the creative work.

3.2 Institutional support shall refer to both state and auxiliary resources. In institutional support for scholarship and creative activities, auxiliary resources shall be disbursed through the San Diego State University Research Foundation. Nothing in this policy should be construed as affecting the current legal relationship between San Diego State University and its auxiliaries as set forth in the Operating Agreement Between Trustees of The California State University and San Diego State University Research Foundation.

3.3 The university shall facilitate creative activities among its faculty and students and shall make its facilities available for such purposes. Where use of university resources has been made in the creation of copyrightable works, the university may exercise its right to participate in the management, protection, and marketing of such works. The assignment of property rights between the institution and its employees shall depend upon the nature and degree of institutional support devoted to the creation of the copyrightable work. Institutional support for an employee’s project yielding copyrightable results shall be classified under one of four categories: (a) commissioned or assigned works, (b) institutional works, (c) partial institutional support, and (d) no institutional support, as defined and specified below.

3.31 Commissioned or Assigned Works

3.311 A product shall be commissioned or assigned when there exists between the university, acting through any of its agents or auxiliaries, and the author a contractual agreement to develop that specific product.

3.312 In a commission or assignment, the contractual agreement shall specify the terms applying to the relative rights and ownership of the copyright and the distribution of royalties between the author and the university or its auxiliary.

3.313 In a commission or assignment by the university, the terms of the agreement shall be consistent with university policy.

3.32 Institutional Works (Works Made for Hire)

82

3.321 A product shall be an institutional work when it is created for the university or its auxiliaries within the scope of the creator’s employment rather than through a specific contract as in sec. 3.31. For instance, as defined by law, work assigned to employees such as writing a manual or computer program shall be a “work made for hire” whether or not there is an express written agreement specifying that work as a “work made for hire.” However, the parties may agree otherwise in a signed written agreement to that effect in accord with the processes outlined in section 7.4.

3.322 Unless specifically commissioned or assigned by the university (sec. 3.31), traditional faculty developed academic works (e.g., class notes and syllabi, recorded or broadcast instructional activity, books and articles, works of fiction and nonfiction, poems and dramatic works, musical and choreographic works, pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works, and educational software commonly known as “courseware”) are not considered works made for hire.

3.323 When such works are created independently and at the faculty member’s own initiative for traditional academic purposes, the faculty member shall retain copyright ownership of the work. This policy shall apply independently of the physical medium in which these “traditional academic works” appear, that is, on paper or in audiovisual or electronic form. However, any such works which involve the use of significant institutional resources must be disclosed to the university by the faculty member in accordance with sec. 3.33, Partial Institutional Support. When the university has invested substantial resources in the production of copyrightable material (fixed media), then the work falls under Partial Institutional Support.

3.324 The university shall retain, for educational, research, and administrative purposes only, an irrevocable, royalty-free, non-transferable, non-exclusive license to use by its employees and students of any syllabus that has been authored by an SDSU employee and used as the syllabus for an SDSU course offering. The Vice President for Research or designee may waive the university's rights to such a license on a case-by-case basis.

3.325 The university or a designated auxiliary shall be considered the legal author and shall own all rights in the copyright to institutional works.

3.33 Partial Institutional Support

3.331 A product shall be considered to have partial institutional support if the author has made use of institutional resources in the development of the product and if the resource cost to the institution is significant. In computing the total cost of the product, the author’s contribution will include all direct costs incurred by the author and a reasonable value placed on the cost of the author’s time (not all of the author’s time will necessarily be allocated to the author’s credit). Institutional support will include (a) those costs that would not have been incurred by the institution in the absence of the development of the copyrightable work and (b) those other costs associated with the significant use of institutional equipment, supplies, facilities, employee time, or other institutional resources.

3.332 The author’s use of office, library, or personal computer shall not be construed to be “significant” use of institutional resources, and projects limited to such institutional support may not be disclosed to the university. Consequently, authors who produce textbooks or other noncommissioned or unassigned works and use no other university resources, shall not be considered to have made “significant” use of institutional resources, and therefore the provisions of sec. 3.331 shall not apply. If, however, additional and significant use of university resources was made (e.g., additional and significant secretarial time,

83

photographic services, use of recording studios, or specially purchased materials) in the development of the work, the work shall be considered to have been made with significant institutional support, and therefore the provisions of sec. 3.331 shall apply.

3.333 Assigned time for special educational or research projects, or other institutional grants, fellowships, or scholarships shall be considered to be significant university resources when used in conjunction with the development of a copyrightable work. When such resources are accepted as part of a specific commission or assignment that might lead to a copyrightable work, the acceptance constitutes the type of commission or assignment referred to in sec. 3.312, and the terms of secs. 3.331–332 shall apply. When noncommissioned or otherwise unassigned copyrightable works (e.g., textbooks, creative artistic works) are developed in conjunction with the use of such resources awarded primarily for purposes of faculty professional development (including sabbatical leaves and difference-in-pay leaves), the university shall make no claim of copyright ownership or royalty distribution, and the terms of sections 3.331–332 shall otherwise apply.

3.334 If a project that is likely to lead to the development of a copyrightable work entails partial institutional support as defined above, the author shall disclose the project to the university. A contractual agreement shall then be made by the institution and the author at the written request of either party. If at all possible, this contractual agreement should be drafted and signed before the author accepts institutional support. The contract should specify all terms having to do with the assignment of copyrights and granting of licenses and the distribution of royalties. These terms shall be negotiated and determined by mutual agreement of the author and the university or the San Diego State University Research Foundation.

3.335 If no such agreement can be reached or no contract is made prior to the creation of the work, the issue shall be referred to the University Copyrights and Patents Committee (UCPC). The UCPC shall recommend how the Vice President for Research might determine the relative ownership of copyrights and the division of royalties. In the absence of a prior contract stipulating otherwise or as otherwise provided in this policy, this recommendation shall reflect the following general principles:

a. In compliance with existing university policy, the State shall becompensated for its part of the total institutional support.

b. The remaining royalties shall be distributed between the author and theSan Diego State University Research Foundation according to therelative values of the author’s contribution and the support contributedby the university and the Research Foundation. This calculation will besubject to the limitations of sec. 3.331.

c. If the difference in the relative contributions of the author and theinstitution is not significant, net income derived from licensing,distribution, sale of the work shall be divided 50 percent to the authorand 50 percent to the San Diego State University Research Foundation.The share distributed to the author shall be the personal income of theauthor.

d. Copyright ownership may vest in whole or in part with either the authoror the institution, depending on the relative values of the author’scontribution and the institution’s support.

3.336 Each contractual agreement regarding ownership or assignment of rights to a copyrightable work having partial institutional support shall include the reserved

84

right for the university to use the work for research or educational purposes free of royalties. Similarly, the author shall have a royalty-free right to use the work for personal, noncommercial purposes.

3.337 Whenever persons or organizations other than university employees intend to use university resources or facilities in connection with the creation of a copyrightable work, exclusive of libraries, an agreement shall be executed in advance setting forth the understanding regarding the use of said resources and facilities, ownership rights, and financial arrangements.

3.338 If intended or used for commercial purposes, otherwise noncommissioned or non-assigned fixed media reproductions (e.g., films, phonorecords, or magnetic and other electronic recordings) of “real time” performance events occurring in San Diego State University venues, including classroom lectures, laboratory demonstrations or related instructional activities shall be disclosed to the university, and all rights in the copyright to such works shall be determined in accordance with sec. 3.33. The university or its auxiliaries shall not make, distribute, or sell any such works without prior written agreement of the author involved.

3.34 No Institutional Support

3.341 A project shall be considered to have received no institutional support if the author has not caused the institution to incur any cost over and above the normal costs of supporting instructional activities.

3.342 Lacking institutional support, the author of a copyrightable product shall hold all rights and shall receive all royalties. (Cf. sections 7.66–67.)

3.343 Authors disclosing copyrightable works created without institutional support or independent of their employment at the university may refer their works to the University Copyrights and Patents Committee for copyright assignment or other disposition. If the University Copyrights and Patents Committee recommends such disposition upon disclosure by the author, the author shall, on the approval of the Vice President for Research, execute a Copyright Agreement and an Assignment of Rights with the San Diego State University Research Foundation. Royalties less deduction for expenses shall be shared by the author and the San Diego State University Research Foundation according to the terms specified in the Copyright Agreement as agreed to by both parties.

3.4 Works of intellectual property created at San Diego State University that are both copyrightable and patentable shall be governed by the terms of the San Diego State University Patent Policy

3.5 Intellectual property developed by students as a result of classwork is ordinarily owned by the students with following exceptions: (a) unless significant institutional resources have been used in the development of the work, in which case ownership shall be determined in accordance with sections 3.33 and 3.4; or (b) unless the student has entered an agreement with the instructor specifying alternative terms of copyright ownership; or (c) unless the work was completed under the terms of a contract with the university or its auxiliaries, in which case ownership shall be determined in accordance with sec. 3.31.

3.6 Ordinarily the author of a thesis or dissertation completed at San Diego State University shall hold the copyright to the manuscript, but that right shall not automatically extend to the data used in developing the manuscript or to subsequent publications based on that data.

4.0 Use of the Copyrighted Works of Others

4.1 The university shall protect and shall not infringe on the copyrights of others within or without the university community. Use of copyrighted works without permission of the owner may subject the user and the university to liability from an infringement action or other possible causes of action. Administration, faculty, staff, and students shall restrict their use of copyrighted materials

85

according to university policies, university guidelines, applicable statutes, and relevant court decisions.

4.2 Neither shall the rights of copyright owners be exclusive, nor shall permission be necessary for every use. Exceptions to the exclusive rights of copyright owners shall include inter alia (a) “Fair Use” of copyrighted works; (b) limited copying of computer programs; (c) certain “Library Exemptions”; (d) application of the “First-Sale Doctrine,” which shall allow the display and resale of purchased copyrighted work but shall not apply to sound recordings, computer programs, or distribution through a computer network.

4.3 The university shall encourage use of copyrighted materials either through acquiring the permission of the copyright owner or under one of the legitimate exceptions outlined in sec. 4.2. (See also “Fair Use of Copyrighted Works: A Crucial Element in Educating America,” The Trustees of The California State University [1995].)

5.0 San Diego State University Trademarks, Trade Names, and Service Marks

5.1 Trade or service marks relating to goods or services distributed by the university and its auxiliaries shall be owned by the university or the auxiliary. Examples include names, symbols, logos, seal, mascot, or other logos used with university activities and events.

5.2 It shall be inappropriate to use without permission the name of the university or any of its auxiliaries with any activity not sponsored or authorized by the university.

5.3 Requests to license university trademarks should be addressed to the Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs. Requests to license trademarks owned or affiliated with any of the university’s auxiliaries should be addressed to the General Manager’s office of the auxiliary.

6.0 Trade Secrets: Certain technologies may be licensable to industry as trade secrets. Use of trade secret protection may be approved by the university but should be used rarely. However, if public disclosure will inhibit a company’s willingness to invest the necessary funds for product development and commercialization, the university, in consultation with the employee, may license the subject intellectual property as a trade secret.

6.1 Knowledge formalized as a trade secret cannot be disclosed in any open scientific forum as long as it maintains legal trade secret status.

6.2 Intellectual property falling within this category shall be treated with regard to licensing and income sharing as are other patented technologies and copyrighted works.

7.0 Administration of Policies and Procedures

7.1 Authorized Contracting Officer: The Vice President for Research, acting for the President of the university, shall be designated the institutional officer responsible for matters involving intellectual property. The officer may designate other managers or directors of auxiliaries or units of the institution to act on his or her behalf. After consultation with the University Copyrights and Patents Committee and the college dean involved, the Vice President or designee (a) may approve agreements with respect to ownership and other rights related to intellectual property, (b) may register copyrights and obtain patents, and (c) may grant licenses in the name of the institution for all intellectual property.

7.2 Pursuant to the Operating Agreement between the Trustees of the California State University and the San Diego State University Research Foundation, the San Diego State University Research Foundation shall be designated as the university’s agent for securing and executing agreements with external entities on behalf of the university with respect to intellectual property, in matters other than the award of compensation for university (i.e., State) expenses. The San Diego State University Research Foundation shall also establish and maintain a Technology Transfer Office for the development, management, and commercialization of all intellectual property secured in the name of the university and of all licenses granted by or to the university. The President may designate persons to act as university agents and contracting officers responsible for securing and executing agreements about copyrightable works or trademarks owned by other designated auxiliaries.

86

7.3 A University Copyrights and Patents Committee shall be appointed (see Committees: Copyrights and Patents Committee).

7.4 Intellectual Property Agreements

7.41 Agreements Involving University-Commissioned or -Assigned Works (Works Made for Hire)

7.411 When employees accept a commission or assignment from the university or one of its auxiliaries to produce a copyrightable work not specifically within the defined scope of their employment, an agreement shall be reached specifying the terms that apply to ownership of the work and to the distribution of royalties between the creator(s) and the San Diego State University Research Foundation. Unless otherwise specified in the agreement, the university shall be considered the author and owner of such specially assigned or commissioned works.

7.412 Before commencing any such work on institutional matters involving the creation of intellectual property for or on behalf of the university, nonemployees, independent contractors, and outside consultants shall sign an agreement with the university setting forth the understanding of the use of university resources and facilities, ownership rights, and financial arrangements.

7.42 Agreements Involving Works Developed with University Resources: Whenever significant institutional support in the form of either financial or physical resources is used in the creative process from which the intellectual property results, the institution shall have an interest in the work, and a contractual agreement shall be made between the institution and the creators of the work. The contractual agreement shall specify the terms applying to ownership of the work, assignment of copyrights, and the distribution of royalties between the creator(s) and the San Diego State University Research Foundation. These agreements shall be prepared and executed within a reasonable time, ordinarily not to exceed 60 days from the disclosure of the work to the university. If possible, especially wherein the use of university (i.e., State) resources is likely to be substantial, the agreement shall have been made before the use of these resources.

7.43 Agreements on the Reimbursement of State Resources. Wherein considerable university (i.e., State) resources have been used in the development of intellectual property, agreements upon the reimbursement of State expenses shall be executed. The Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs shall prepare such agreements and shall represent the interests of the State in negotiating proper agreements with the San Diego State University Research Foundation and the author. These agreements shall be prepared and executed within a reasonable time ordinarily not to exceed 60 days from the disclosure of the work to the university. If possible, wherein the use of university (i.e., State) resources is likely to be substantial, the agreement on reimbursement shall have been made before the use of these resources.

7.44 Agreements with Outside Sponsors

7.441 If an outside agency provides support for an educational or research project that may result in the creation of intellectual property, the San Diego State University Research Foundation may enter into an agreement with that agency governing the ownership of property rights and the distribution of royalties. In such cases, the Research Foundation may require a written intellectual property agreement with the author on file in order to legally execute contractual agreements about the disposition of copyrightable works of the faculty.

7.442 Faculty engaged in sponsored projects that stipulate assignment of intellectual property rights to the San Diego State University Research Foundation or to the sponsor shall (a) execute a written intellectual property agreement with the San Diego State University Research Foundation at the time the grant or contract is accepted by the San Diego State University Research Foundation, (b) execute an

87

Assignment of rights either to the Research Foundation or to the sponsor as the circumstances may require, and (c) promptly disclose intellectual property to the University Copyrights and Patents Committee on an Intellectual Property Disclosure form. The San Diego State University Research Foundation shall notify the sponsor of any inventions and shall take necessary further action.

7.45 Model or Property Releases: Model or property releases should be obtained before any videotaping, broadcasting, or other recording or transmission of classroom, laboratory, or other instruction. Those whose names, persons, or likenesses will be shown in whole or in part shall have signed a written release.

7.46 Release of University Rights: Wherein the university has ownership rights to intellectual property and the San Diego State University Research Foundation determines that commercialization efforts are no longer justified, the university upon request of the author and for good cause may release copyright ownership to the author. Such releases shall generally be subject to a perpetual royalty-free license to the university to use the work for its own purposes. Requests for reassignment of rights to the author should be submitted to the Associate Vice for Research.

7.5 Appeals: An author may appeal a decision of the Vice President for Research or the Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs regarding the disposition of property rights and royalties. All appeals shall be directed to the President of the university, who after examining necessary evidence may request additional review or modification of the intellectual property agreement.

7.6 Use of the University Name

7.61 Works Owned by the university. All works of authorship owned by the university shall be published as follows: “© [year of publication or creation], San Diego State University. All rights reserved.” Goods owned or distributed by the university or services rendered by the university shall show thereon the university’s trademarks and service marks in packaging and in advertising such goods and services.

7.62 Works Owned by the Author or Creator

7.621 An employee of the university not acting within the scope of employment may make a true and accurate statement of a relationship or connection with or employment by the university in the course of stating experience or qualifications as an author of the intellectual property.

7.622 In those circumstances in which such identification might reasonably be construed as implying the support or endorsement of the work or the advancement or opposition of any political, religious, sociological, or economic movement, activity, or program by the university, the employee shall issue an appropriate disclaimer concurrent with the use of the university name, declaring in substance that the university has not endorsed the work or is not involved in the particular activity or program.

7.7 Responsibilities of University Employees and Other Included Parties

7.71 The University, its employees, faculty, students, staff, independent contractors, and any person or entity deriving any interest pursuant to this policy shall ensure adherence to this policy and any referenced agreement.

7.72 In order to determine the rights of the author and the University, the author of works conceived or developed while employed or enrolled at San Diego State University shall promptly report to the University Copyright and Patent Officer all copyrightable works in which the University may have a right or interest. A written Disclosure of Copyrightable Work and a Declaration of Institutional Support shall be submitted as soon as possible but no later than 30 days from the date of the creation of the work.

88

7.73 The author shall inform all other persons who may have rights to the copyrightable work (e.g., collaborators, research assistants, students) of the terms and obligations of this policy.

7.74 The author shall assign to the San Diego State University Research Foundation any and all rights in and to a copyrightable work in which the University has an interest as determined by the University Patents and Copyrights Committee and in accordance with the provisions of this policy.

7.75 The author shall cooperate with the San Diego State University Research Foundation in pursuing copyrights, obtaining licenses, or otherwise commercializing intellectual property assigned to the San Diego State University Research Foundation.

7.76 The author shall not enter into any “exclusivity agreements” regarding the licensing of copyrightable works that would conflict with normal university work assignments or the satisfactory performance of all duties of the unit employee.

7.77 Authors who enter independent copyright agreements with publishers should reserve rights with those publishers to reproduce their own materials for their own instructional and research purposes.

7.8 General Advice and Assistance: The Division of Research Administration of the Office of Graduate and Research Affairs shall be providing assistance to faculty, students, and other university employees in complying with this policy. The Technology Transfer Office of the San Diego State University Research Foundation shall provide assistance to faculty, students, and other university employees in recognizing, securing, and protecting intellectual property rights associated with the products of their research and other scholarly endeavors. The author of copyrightable works should contact the Technology Transfer Office or the Division of Research Administration for current information on intellectual property procedures and to ensure appropriate action in accordance with the San Diego State University Copyright, Trademark, and Trade Secret Policy.

7.9 Income Sharing of Funds Received from Copyrightable Works: Any funds received by the San Diego State University Research Foundation through royalties or licenses or through other consideration for copyrightable works shall be distributed in accordance with the Distribution of Royalty Guidelines developed by the University Copyrights and Patents Committee, recommended by the Vice President for Research on advice of the college deans and approved by the President. Such funds shall be used to support scholarly activities at San Diego State University with these exceptions:

7.91 Funds generated by a unit of the university (e.g., an academic department) in a specific ongoing function may be used to defray the actual expenses of the function. Specific letters of agreement may be entered into between the university and units involved in such functions.

7.92 Royalty income allocated to the author in accordance with a Copyright Agreement between the author and the San Diego State University Research Foundation shall be unconstrained by the stipulations of sec. 7.9.

7.93 The disposition of funds accruing to the Associated Students shall be unconstrained by the stipulations of sec. 7.9.

7.94 The disposition of funds accruing to certain other auxiliary organizations and formally organized campus groups may, on approval of the President, also be unconstrained by the stipulations of sec. 7.9.

8.0 Amendments: Any change in the Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets policy shall be recommended by the Research Council and the Vice President for Research for approval by the Senate and the President.

89

Disabilities, Persons with

(This policy shall apply to all university employees except those represented by the Academic Professionals of California (Unit 4).)

1.0 San Diego State University (a) shall provide an environment where faculty, staff and administrators respect disabled persons, (b) shall conform to federal and state legislation that provides equal access to all persons, and (c) shall promote and support full access to its telecommunication and information technology.

1.1 The university shall implement the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Rehabilitation Act, sec. 504; California Government Code, secs. 12926, 12940, 12955.3, 12926.1, and 19231; and California Civil Code, secs. 51, 51.5, and 54.

1.2 The university shall not discriminate against a qualified person due to a disability in employment application procedures, the hiring process, advancement or promotion, discharge, compensation, job training, or other employment terms, conditions, or privileges. Qualified applicants and employees with disabilities may request reasonable accommodation for their disability to participate in hiring and employment.

1.3 The university shall provide disabled persons access to and participation in the university's programs, services, and activities, and it shall inform them of this policy.

1.4 Responsibilities

1.41 The university (a) shall provide reasonable accommodations when requested regarding the known disabilities of job applicants and employees and (b) shall provide reasonable accommodations for the known physical or mental disabilities of job applicants and employees when requested by them or by someone authorized in writing by the applicant or employee, unless to do so would impose undue hardship on the university. The university shall ensure that its programs, services, and activities are accessible to the general public, including disabled persons.

1.42 Disabled job applicants shall request accommodation from the Center for Human Resources. Disabled employees shall request accommodation through their departments and shall provide timely documentation of disability in an interactive process.

2.0 An accommodation shall be (a) a change or adjustment to a job or learning environment that permits a qualified job applicant or employee with a disability to participate in the job application process, to perform the essential functions of a job, and to enjoy the employment benefits and privileges of employees without disabilities, and (b) a change or adjustment to any program or activity open to the public that permits equal participation by a disabled person.

3.0 Compliance

3.1 The Center for Human Resources, in consultation with the University’s Disability Access and Compliance Committee shall develop and maintain procedures to implement and enforce this policy regarding job applicants and employees. The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall do likewise regarding the general public. Copies of these procedures shall be available in the Center for Human Resources and the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance.

3.2 Complaints regarding application, violation, or enforcement of this policy shall be made to and coordinated by the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance.

3.3 Retaliation is illegal. Retaliation against anyone reporting or thought to have reported prohibited discrimination or violation of this policy or who is a witness to or otherwise involved in an investigation of discrimination or policy violation shall be prohibited.

Faculty, Staff, and Student Conflict of Interest

1.0 Faculty must avoid academic supervisory, teaching, or evaluative relationships with students, staff, or other faculty that pose significant conflicts of interest from the standpoint of personal or professional connections. Such connections might include married couples, domestic partners or other affectional

90

liaisons, supervisor/employee relationships, or parent/child relationships. The appearance of conflict of interest should be avoided; the department chair should be consulted if questions arise.

1.1 Spouses, domestic partners, parents, or those involved in other affectional relationships must not direct or serve on committees that evaluate their partners, children, or other close relatives. Such committees include thesis, dissertation, or preliminary, comprehensive, or qualifying examination committees, periodic staff evaluations, or annual, three-year, or tenure evaluations.

1.2 Students should not enroll in courses offered by their parents, spouses, domestic partners, or partners in affectional liaisons.

1.3 An immediate supervisor in an employment relationship (except for a research or teaching assistantship or a situation in which a student serves as a grader for another course taught by a faculty member) should not direct a student’s research nor permit the enrollment of the supervisee in her/his courses or other organized instructional activity.

1.4 Any exceptions should be approved and monitored by the chair or director of the faculty member’s unit, unless the chair is involved; in case of involvement, the chair must refer the decision to the dean. If the dean is involved, the exception decision must be referred to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement.

Faculty-Student Relations14

1.0 Governing Principles: In all matters related to classes and grades, relations between faculty and students at San Diego State University shall be governed by the following principles:

1.1 The instructor (i.e., professor, lecturer, or graduate teaching associate) shall be in charge of the class and shall be responsible for its discipline and grading. The instructor shall provide and follow a syllabus, shall maintain an atmosphere conducive to learning, and shall administer examinations and other exercises to determine the level of student attainment in a manner reasonably calculated to minimize the possibility of dishonest work. Grading practices shall meet the highest professional standards of objectivity, fairness, and accuracy, and testing procedures shall be designed to reasonably determine student attainments in the course’s subject matter.

1.2 The student shall cooperate with the instructor and fellow students in maintaining an atmosphere conducive to learning. The student shall be courteous to faculty and fellow students and shall be scrupulously careful to adhere to the highest standards of academic honesty.

2.0 Disciplinary Responsibilities: In fulfilling responsibilities, the instructor may impose reasonable penalties for infractions of university and class rules and for instances of student dishonesty. In addition, the instructor shall report all incidents of academic dishonesty to the Vice President for Student Affairs or to the appropriate judicial body.

3.0 Grade Changes: The grade given a student by an instructor shall not be changed by anyone other than the instructor except under the provisions in the Student Grievance Code. In controversies about grades, assigned grades shall be presumed to be correct.

4.0 For additional discussion of academic misconduct, see University Policies: Academics, Cheating and Plagiarism.

Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity

1.0 San Diego State University shall maintain and promote a policy of nondiscrimination on the basis of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, national origin, pregnancy, medical condition, and covered veteran status. This policy incorporates by reference the requirements of Federal Executive Orders 11246 and 11375 as amended; Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended; Title IX of the Educational Act of 1972; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, secs. 503–504; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, sec. 402; Equal Pay Act of 1963 as amended; Age Discrimination Acts of 1967 and 1978; and other applicable federal statutes as well as pertinent laws, regulations, and executive

14 Approved April 2017

91

directives of the State of California, including regulatory procedures set forth in Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations. Persons covered by these regulations shall be considered members of protected groups.

2.0 The Affirmative Action Program, in compliance with federal and Executive Orders 1088 (2013) and 1026-Revised (2016), shall be revised annually by the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and shall be disseminated to the campus community. The Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity policy shall apply at every level of decisions affecting faculty, staff, administration, and students who are employed by the university. It shall be subject to modification based upon experience and continuing interpretation of the laws of the United States and the State of California and of the policies of The California State University and San Diego State University; but it shall state the university’s commitment to the right of persons to equal employment opportunities without discrimination. The university as an employer shall ensure that employees are recruited, hired, placed, upgraded, promoted, awarded tenure, or terminated for job-related reasons and without prohibited discrimination. If any provision of the Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity policy is in conflict with the collective bargaining agreement, the collective bargaining agreement shall be controlling.

3.0 Specific Objectives

3.1 To ensure equal employment opportunity for every applicant and employee, without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, national origin, pregnancy, medical condition, or covered veteran status;

3.2 To determine the appropriate talent and labor pools for each hiring unit for monitoring of placement actions and to ensure that each unit is provided this information at the initiation of a search;

3.3 To assist every unit and department in reviewing and modifying its own practices to ensure fair personnel decisions that are objective, consistent with known requirements, and based on work-related rationale;

3.4 To ensure that the university works conscientiously to seek applications for employment from the widest possible spectrum of available and qualified persons;

3.5 To ensure that stated requirements for positions are essential to the effective performance of the duties of those positions;

3.6 To encourage and assist employees in the professional and technical activities that qualify them for promotions;

3.7 To ensure that employees have equal access to information that allows them to take advantage of opportunities for advancement;

3.8 To ensure that the work environment for faculty, staff, and students is free from both prohibited discrimination and sexual harassment.

4.0 Education and Awareness

4.1 The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and the Center for Student Rights and Responsibilities shall educate employees and students about their rights to be free from prohibited discrimination and sexual harassment and about their obligations to refrain from prohibited discrimination and sexual harassment.

4.2 When San Diego State University employees are featured in publications, the representative diversity of our employees should be pictured.

4.3 Advertisements for position vacancies shall include the statement, “San Diego State University is an equal opportunity employer and does not discriminate against persons on the basis of race, religion, national origin, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity and expression, marital status, age, disability, pregnancy, medical condition, or covered veteran status.”

4.4 The policy shall be published in staff and faculty handbooks, in the University Policy File, and in the University General Catalog, the Bulletin of Graduate Affairs, and the IVC Bulletin.

92

4.5 The policy shall be distributed to supervisors, and discussions of responsibilities for effective implementation shall be held during management, supervisory, and employee meetings.

4.6 An equal opportunity clause shall be included in purchase orders, leases, and contracts

5.0 Office of Employee Relations and Compliance

5.1 The Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance oversees legal compliance for nondiscrimination and nonharassment and coordinates the development and implementation of nondiscrimination and nonharassment policies and procedures. The Director acts as liaison to auxiliary organizations in these matters. The Director is appointed by and reports to the Associate Vice President of Administration in the Division of Business and Financial Affairs.

5.2 Two Equal Opportunity Counselors from each college, SDSU Imperial Valley, the Library, Business and Financial Affairs, and University Advancement shall be recommended to the Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance by the administrative heads of these units. Nominees for these positions shall be from among tenured faculty and permanent staff.

5.21 The Equal Opportunity Counselors (a) shall serve as liaison between the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and the members of the units, (b) shall offer informal advice and counseling to their peers regarding diversity and discrimination, and (c) shall direct concerned students and employees to the Office of Employee Relationsand Compliance or to the Center for Student Rights and Responsibilities.

5.22 The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall hold regular meetings of the Equal Opportunity Counselors to respond to their concerns and to inform them of recent developments in policy and law.

6.0 Chief Diversity Officer

6.1 The Chief Diversity Officer promotes diversity initiatives and coordinates the development and implementation of campus and community outreach programs designed to improve the climate of the campus with respect to diversity. The Chief Diversity Officer acts as liaison to academic Deans, the Divisions of Undergraduate Studies and Graduate Affairs, and Student Affairs in these matters. The Chief Diversity Officer is appointed by and reports to the President.

7.0 Diversity Liaisons

7.1 The administrative heads of each college, SDSU Imperial Valley, the Library, Business and Financial Affairs, Student Affairs, and University Advancement in consultation with the Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall recommend two Diversity Liaisons to the Chief Diversity Officer. Nominees for these positions shall be from among tenured faculty and permanent staff.

7.2 The Diversity Liaisons (a) shall serve as liaison between the Chief Diversity Officer and the members of the units, (b) shall offer informal advice and counseling to their peers regarding diversity and discrimination, (c) shall direct concerned students and employees to the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance, to the Chief Diversity Officer, or to the Center for Student Rights and Responsibility, and (d) shall report to the Chief Diversity Officer on existing and new diversity initiatives within their respective units.

7.3 The Chief Diversity Officer, in consultation with the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall hold regular meetings of the Diversity Liaisons to respond to their concerns, to discuss diversity initiatives, and to inform them of recent developments in policy and law.

Layoff, Termination, and Rejection or Non-reappointment during the Probationary Period

8.0 Implementation

8.1 Recruitment, Appointment, and Development

8.11 No offers of appointment shall be made to any candidate until appropriate steps have been taken to advertise to and reach out to the widest possible pool of talent in the discipline or field for as long and in as many ways as feasible. The processes leading to

93

appointment shall be objective, fair, and rational to ensure genuinely equal opportunity for qualified persons.

8.12 Vacancies shall be advertised locally, regionally, and nationally as appropriate. Such advertisements shall be placed strategically, for sufficient time, and on World Wide Web to attract maximum attention from the widest spectrum of applicants.

8.13 Standards and criteria for employment shall be clearly stated and relevant to job requirements and shall be accessible to employees and applicants.

8.14 Selection panels, rather than individual interviewers, should be used whenever possible. Search committees and selection panels should be as diverse as possible, including gender.

8.15 Specific steps shall be taken to provide guidance and assistance to employees in meeting the criteria for reappointment, tenure, permanent status, and promotion.

8.2 Conditions of Work

8.21 There shall be no discrimination in terms and conditions of employment including work assignments, classification, educational and training opportunities, benefits, research opportunities, use of facilities, and opportunities to serve on committees or decision- making bodies.

8.22 Harassment of any employee on account of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, national origin, pregnancy, medical condition, or covered veteran status shall not be tolerated.

8.23 Sexual harassment shall not be tolerated. Sexual harassment shall include such behavior as sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature directed toward an employee, student, or applicant as described in Executive Order 1081 (2012).

8.24 Persons to be employed at San Diego State University shall be judged on their merits. Therefore, immediate family members of employees may be hired to fill vacancies.

8.241 Employees neither shall initiate nor participate in institutional decisions involving a direct benefit (initial appointment, retention, promotion, salary, leave of absence, etc.) to immediate family members nor shall participate in discussions or votes designed to rank other employees in relationship to their immediate family members for the purpose of such decisions.

8.242 For the purpose of this policy, “immediate family member” is defined as a close relative including: parent, child, grandparent, grandchild, sibling, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, first cousin, spouse, registered domestic partner, step-parent, step-child, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in- law, daughter-in-law, and, by guardianship and/or adoption, a person residing in the immediate household. Relatives of domestic partners shall be treated as relatives of spouses.

8.25 No personnel policies or practices shall arbitrarily exclude employees or applicants for advertised positions from employment opportunities because of pregnancy, childbirth, or related conditions. A request by any permanent, female employee for a leave of absence without pay for purposes related to pregnancy, childbirth, pregnancy-related conditions, or adoption shall be granted for up to one year. Additionally, a request by any employee for sick leave or leave of absence with or without pay for these purposes shall be handled in the same manner as requests for other reasons. No female employee shall be required to take a leave of absence before the anticipated delivery date so long as the employee is capable of performing her required duties.

8.26 With regard to qualified individuals with a disability or medical condition, the university shall, upon request, provide reasonable accommodation so that they may perform the

94

Patents

essential duties of their jobs, unless doing so would impose an undue hardship on the university. Reasonable accommodation is to be determined by the university following its receipt of an individual’s request for accommodation and engagement in an interactive process with the individual to identify the nature and extent of the individual’s restrictions and the appropriate reasonable accommodation.

8.27 Any employee who believes that he or she has been treated in violation of nondiscrimination policy may seek redress through the discrimination complaint procedures available on the Website or at the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance. Use of this complaint procedure shall not prejudice access to formal university grievance procedures. The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall inform persons with discrimination complaints of other sources of redress outside the university.

8.28 Retaliation against individuals, who have or are believed to have filed a discrimination complaint, opposed a discriminatory act or participated in a discrimination investigation or proceeding, is prohibited.

8.3 Layoff, Termination, and Rejection or Non-reappointment during the Probationary Period

8.31 Layoff for lack of funds or lack of work shall proceed according to campus and CSU policy developed in accordance with relevant sections of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and of the California Education Code, and without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, national origin, pregnancy, medical condition, or covered veteran status.

8.32 Rejection or nonreappointment during the probationary period and termination of employees shall similarly proceed in accordance with relevant policy and code and applicable sections of the Collective Bargaining Agreement, and without prohibited discrimination. The reasons for such action shall be fully documented.

8.4 Documentation

8.41 The Center for Human Resources and the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall jointly maintain statistical records for applicants for employment and for employees of the university. These records shall include by job classification sex, race, and other such characteristics as required by law. Summaries of these data shall be available for appointments to temporary positions, new hiring, promotions, and terminations (including rejection or nonreappointment during the probationary period). These records shall be available for two years.

8.42 Departments or appropriate administrative units shall be able to provide records of the reasons for the following personnel actions: failure to appoint applicants, failure to reappoint or grant tenure to probationary faculty, failure to promote eligible faculty, and termination of tenured faculty. The Center for Human Resources shall maintain comparable information for staff. These records shall be retained for at least two years and shall be made available to the Director of the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance.

1.0 Introduction: San Diego State University shall be committed to the development of ideas and to the broad dissemination of these ideas for the purpose of serving the public interest. The university shall also recognize and strive to protect the legitimate private interests of members of the university community who engage in research. Nothing in this policy shall restrict the rights of faculty or staff acting privately outside their capacities as university employees.

2.0 Definitions

a. “auxiliaries”: official auxiliaries of San Diego State University, namely, Aztec Shops, San DiegoState University Research Foundation, Campanile Foundation, and the Associated Students, andother auxiliaries that may be established by the university.

95

b. “auxiliary funds”: funds, regardless of the sources, that are administered under the control,responsibility, or authority of the President of the university and the boards of directors of thedesignated auxiliaries.

c. “contractual agreement”: an enforceable agreement between the university and other persons orparties.

d. “inventor”: one or more persons, singly or as a group, who conceive or reduce to practice aninvention.

e. “invention”: (1) any new and useful process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter, orany new and useful improvement thereof or (2) any patentable plant, for which United Statespatent rights may be obtained.

f. “intramural research”: research conducted by a university employee without the aid of externalfunding by outside sponsors.

g. “institution”: San Diego State University and its auxiliaries.

h. “institutional support”: support provided by either San Diego State University or its auxiliaries fora project from which an invention results.

i. “owner”: party or parties who own or control rights to an invention, whether patented or not.

j. “patent”: a grant from the U.S. Patent Office or any foreign patent office entitling the patent ownerto prevent others from making, using, or selling an invention for a term of years.

k. “patent agreement”: formal written agreement to do all things necessary to comply with the PatentPolicy of the university and to comply with the patent requirements of any grant or contract inwhich the signer participates. The patent agreement shall obligate the inventor (1) to disclose thedetails of any and all possible patentable inventions related to the project covered by the particularagreement, (2) to assist the SDSU Research Foundation or an assignee in the preparation andprosecution of any patent applications for inventions arising from the referenced project, and (3) toassign all rights to any such inventions to San Diego State University Research Foundation bymeans of a formal assignment document specifying the terms of the assignment including theroyalty sharing amounts for all parties, including amounts for each inventor, if multiple inventorsare disclosed.

l. “SDSU resources”: funds and material resources, regardless of the source, administered under thecontrol, responsibility, or authority of both the President of the university and the State ofCalifornia.

3.0 Ownership of and Rights Related to Inventions Developed through Intramural Research

3.1 If institutional support in the form of either financial or physical resources is used in the research process from which the invention results, the institution shall have ownership rights in said invention. Moreover, the institution as a public agency shall ensure that inventions are reduced to practice so as to serve the public interest. Discharging this responsibility may involve assisting employees in pursuing patents and marketing products, as well as securing licenses for the use of inventions of value to the institution.

3.2 Institutional support shall refer to both State funds and auxiliary funds. For faculty research support, auxiliary funds shall be disbursed through the San Diego State University Research Foundation. Nothing herein should be construed as affecting the current legal relationship between San Diego State University and its auxiliaries.

3.3 The assignment of property rights between the institution and its employees shall depend upon the degree of institutional support devoted to the conception, reduction to practice, and development of an invention and products or processes that utilize such an invention. Institutional support for an employee’s project that yields an invention shall be classified under one of two categories:

3.31 Full Commission or Assignment

96

3.311 An invention shall be commissioned or assigned when there exists between the university, acting through any of its agents or auxiliaries, and the inventor, a contractual agreement to develop that specific invention.

3.312 For commission or assignment the contractual agreement shall specify the terms applying to ownership of the patent and the distribution of royalties between the inventor(s) and the university’s auxiliary.

3.313 For commission or assignment by the university, the terms shall be in accordance with controlling university policy.

3.32 Partial Institutional Support

3.321 An invention shall be considered to have partial institutional support if the institution incurs resource costs associated with the invention. If an invention receives partial institutional support, a contractual agreement defining patent rights and royalty shares shall be made by the institution and the inventor. If State resources are used in the project, the agreement shall provide that the State will be reimbursed for said resource costs from the royalties associated with resulting patents.

3.322 For institutional support, royalties from the product shall be divided according to the following formulation: First, in compliance with existing university policy, the State shall be compensated for its part of the total institutional cost. Second, remaining royalties will be distributed between the inventor(s) and the SDSU Research Foundation as specified in secs. 3.323–324.

3.323 These relative shares of remaining royalties (sec. 3.322) shall be negotiated and determined by mutual agreement of the inventor and the university or the San Diego State University Research Foundation if such an agreement can be reached prior to the acceptance of partial institutional support by the inventor.

3.324 If the parties have not reached an agreement prior to acceptance of institutional support, the issue shall be referred to the University Copyrights and Patents Committee (UCPC). The UCPC shall recommend to the Vice President for Research a determination of the ownership of patent rights and the division of royalties. This recommendation shall reflect the following general principles:

a. The royalty interests in the invention shall be divided in accord with therelative value of the inventor’s contribution and the State or non-Stateinstitutional support channeled through the university or the San DiegoState University Research Foundation.

b. In computing these values, the inventor’s contribution shall includedirect costs incurred by the inventor (including patent application costs)and a reasonable value placed on the inventor’s time (unlesscompensated by the institution).

c. Institutional support shall include only (1) those costs which would nothave been incurred by the institution in the absence of the developmentof the invention (including patent application costs) and (2) those othercosts associated with the significant use of institutional equipment,supplies, facilities, employee time, or other institutional resources.

d. If the difference in the relative contributions of the inventor and theinstitution is not significant, net income derived fromcommercialization of the invention shall be divided 50 percent to theinventor and 50 percent to the San Diego State University ResearchFoundation. The share distributed to the inventor shall be the personalincome of the inventor.

97

e. Unless otherwise covered by a prior agreement with the inventor (sec.3.323) or with an outside sponsor (sec. 4.0), or unless the UCPCdetermines that the contribution of the institution is not significant,ownership of rights to inventions, trademarks, and other tangibleresearch property conceived, reduced to practice, or developed withpartial institutional support shall be assigned to the San Diego StateUniversity Research Foundation even though the Research Foundationshall share some of the net royalties with the inventor, as specifiedabove.

3.325 If a patent management corporation is used to assist with the commercialization of an invention, the provisions of this section shall govern only that part of the royalties in excess of the portion retained by the management corporation.

3.326 The UCPC, after consultation with the Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs, may recommend that pursuing a patent would not be in the best interest of the university. In this case, the Vice President for Research may determine that patent rights associated with the invention shall belong to the inventor, and the inventor shall be so notified in writing.

3.327 Each commercial license or assignment of an invention shall include the reserved right for the university to use the invention for research or educational purposes free of royalty.

3.4 Wherein persons or organizations other than university employees intend to use university resources or facilities in connection with an invention, exclusive of libraries, an agreement shall be executed in advance setting forth the understanding regarding the use of said resources and facilities, ownership rights, and financial arrangements.

3.5 Inventors disclosing inventions conceived, reduced to practice, or developed without institutional support or independent of their employment at the University may at their option refer their inventions to the University Copyrights and Patents Committee for patent prosecution or other disposition. If the UCPC recommends such disposition upon disclosure by the inventor, the inventor shall on the approval of the Vice President for Research execute a Patent Agreement and an Assignment of Rights with the San Diego State University Research Foundation. Any royalties (after deduction for expenses, including the costs of a patent management corporation, if applicable) shall be shared by the inventor and the Research Foundation according to the terms specified in the Patent Agreement as agreed to by both parties.

4.0 Ownership of Patent Rights on Sponsored Grants and Contracts

4.1 If an outside agency provides support for a scientific research project, which may result in the conception, reduction to practice, or development of an invention, it may be necessary for the San Diego State University Research Foundation to enter into an agreement with that agency governing the ownership of patent rights and the distribution of royalties. In such cases, the Research Foundation may have to have a written patent agreement with the inventor on file in order to legally execute contractual documents, which agree to dispose of inventions of the faculty.

4.2 Faculty engaged in research on sponsored projects that stipulate assignment of patent rights to the San Diego State University Research Foundation or the sponsor shall (a) execute a written Assignment of Patent Rights with the San Diego State Research Foundation, on behalf of the University, encompassing all current and future contracts and grants, (b) promptly disclose any invention to the University Copyrights and Patents Committee by means of the invention disclosure process, and (c) execute a written Assignment Agreement in order to effectuate patent prosecution rights and authority.

4.3 The San Diego State University Research Foundation shall notify the sponsor of any inventions and shall take the necessary further action.

5.0 A University Copyrights and Patents Committee shall be established.

98

6.0 Patent Agreements

6.1 The Vice President for Research, acting for the President of the University, shall be designated as the institutional officer responsible for matters involving intellectual property. The Vice President may designate other managers or directors of auxiliaries or units of the institution to act on his or her behalf. After consultation with the University Copyrights and Patents Committee, the Vice President or designee may approve agreements with respect to (a) ownership and other rights related to inventions, (b) obtaining patents, and (c) granting licenses in the name of the institution for all inventions.

6.2 Pursuant to the Operating Agreement between Trustees of The California State University and San Diego State University Research Foundation, the San Diego State University Research Foundation shall be designated as the University agent for securing and executing agreements for the University with respect to patents and inventions, in matters other than the award of compensation for University (i.e., State) expenses. The Research Foundation shall also establish a Technology Transfer Office for the development, management, and commercialization of University-owned technologies and shall maintain a central file for patents secured in the name of the University and licenses granted by or to the University.

6.3 Wherein University (i.e., State) resources have been used in the development of an invention, agreements upon the reimbursement of State expenses shall be executed. The Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs shall prepare such agreements and shall represent the interests of the State in negotiating proper agreements with the Research Foundation and the inventor. These agreements shall be prepared and executed prior to the initiation of the patent search. If possible, wherein the use of university (i.e., State) resources is likely to be substantial, the agreement on reimbursement shall be made before the use of these resources.

7.0 Appeals: Inventors may appeal a decision of the Vice President for Research or the Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs with respect to the disposition of patent rights and royalties. Appeals shall be directed to the President of the university, who may, after examining the required evidence, request additional review or modification of the patent agreement.

8.0 Obligations of University Employees and Other Included Parties

8.1 San Diego State University faculty and staff, as a condition of their employment, shall comply with the terms of this policy. Students involved in research, as a condition of their education or employment at San Diego State University, shall also comply with the terms of this policy.

8.11 To protect the inventor’s interests and to establish the inventor’s ownership rights to inventions conceived before employment at San Diego State University, each inventor shall disclose to the University Patent Officer at the time of employment, inventions conceived, reduced to practice, developed, or being developed by the inventor.

8.12 In order to determine the rights of the inventor and the university, inventors shall promptly report to the University Patent Officer potentially patentable inventions conceived, reduced to practice, or developed while employed or enrolled at the university. Such disclosures shall be made in writing as soon as possible but no later than the 30 days before the date of first publication of the invention.

8.13 Inventors shall inform other persons who may have rights to the invention (including co- inventors, collaborators, and research assistants) of the terms of this policy.

8.14 Inventors shall assign to the Research Foundation the rights in and to an invention in which the university has an interest as determined by the University Patents and Copyrights Committee and in accordance with this policy.

8.15 Inventors shall cooperate with the Research Foundation in pursuing patents or licenses or otherwise commercializing inventions assigned to the university.

8.2 The foregoing obligations shall also apply to those who wish to refer inventions or discoveries developed independently of the institution for patent prosecution or other disposition by the university.

99

9.0 Use of Funds Received from Inventions: Funds received by the San Diego State University Research Foundation through royalties or licenses or other consideration for inventions shall be distributed in accordance with the Distribution of Royalties Guidelines developed by the University Copyrights and Patents Committee, recommended by the Vice President for Research, and approved by the President. Such funds shall be used to support scholarly activities at the university with these exceptions:

9.1 Funds generated by a unit of the university (e.g., an academic department) in the performance of a specific ongoing function may be used to defray the actual expenses of that function. Specific letters of agreement may be entered into between the university and units involved in such functions.

9.2 Royalty income allocated to the inventor(s) in accordance with a Patent Agreement (sec. 6.0) between the inventor and the SDSU Research Foundation shall be unconstrained by the stipulations of this section.

9.3 The disposition of funds accruing to the Associated Students shall be unconstrained by the stipulations of this section.

10.0 Amendments: Changes in or exceptions to this policy shall be recommended by the University Research Council and the Vice President for Research for approval by the Senate and the President.

Research, Classified or Otherwise Privileged

1.0 San Diego State University shall not engage in classified or otherwise privileged research.

1.1 “Classified research” shall refer to projects restricted in whole or in part for purposes of national security.

1.2 “Otherwise privileged research” shall refer to projects that involve requests from sponsors or others for the maintenance of confidentiality and that are subject to one or more of the following restrictions:

a. The research or its results shall be neither in whole nor in part freely publishable.

b. Manuscripts and other documents generated from the research shall be subject to outsidesponsor restrictions on publications of more than 90 days or to editorial changes by thesponsor without consent of the author.

c. Proprietary information shall be restricted by confidentiality agreement(s) as to be sopervasive or so central to the research that even the general nature of the research and itsmethodology cannot be disclosed, and the university can no longer ensure or accept legalresponsibility for adequate oversight of the research by appropriate faculty oradministrators not party to the confidentiality agreement(s).

1.3 Maintenance of confidentiality in research for protection of individual rights to privacy pursuant to the university’s Guidelines on the Protection of Human Subjects, the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, the San Diego State University Student Records Policy, and other applicable state and federal regulations shall not be construed as privileged research.

2.0 Requests by faculty members or students for exceptions to this policy shall be forwarded through the Dean of the College to the University Research Council for recommendation to and approval by the Vice President for Research, and the President of the university.

2.1 Privileged research may be acceptable under the following conditions:

a. Brief delays in the publication of research for patenting or other propriety purposes (oneyear maximum on approval of the Associate Vice for Research or for sponsor review andcomment on manuscripts (not to exceed 90 days) provided that no sponsor agree that nochanges in the manuscript be made without the consent of the author;

b. Protection of specifically identified proprietary information essential for the conduct ofthe research that is disclosed to the San Diego State University investigator by an outsidesponsor, person, or entity under the terms of a confidentiality agreement between the

100

investigator, the San Diego State University Research Foundation, and the owner of the intellectual property;

c. Maintenance of confidentiality in certain research-related activities primarily undertakenas a service (e.g., certain subcontracted clinical trial studies) wherein the project directorcertifies in advance that the activity is not primarily “research” and the results are notindependently publishable (on approval of the President of the university or designee).

2.2 No thesis or dissertation shall be accepted as the basis for a degree if it is subject to restraints imposed by privileged research. The Dean of Graduate Affairs may, however, approve requests from students to withhold library shelving of a thesis or dissertation approved by the faculty for up to one year to protect the patent or other proprietary rights of students and faculty.

3.0 In national emergencies, the President of the university may elect to accept classified research upon the recommendations by the Dean of the College, the University Research Council, and the Vice President for Research.

Research and Scholarship, Integrity in

1.0 Members of the academic community involved in the conduct of research and scholarship shall adhere to the highest standards of ethical behavior. This policy applies to all individuals at San Diego State University including those engaged in research that is supported by the Public Health Service (PHS) or for which an application has been submitted. The procedures herein shall protect the rights and reputations of parties involved in alleged misconduct and shall cover allegations involving students employed on research grants or contracts. Allegations of academic dishonesty by students engaged in research, as part of their academic program shall be dealt with according to University academic policies, student disciplinary procedures, and regulations of Graduate and Research Affairs.

2.0 Guidelines for Identifying Misconduct: Consistent with the Public Health Service (PHS) definition (42 CFR 93.103), research misconduct means“ fabrication, falsification, or plagiarism for proposing, performing, or reporting research results” and shall not include honest error or honest differences in interpretations or judgments of data. The same shall apply to scholarship.

The definitions of misconduct in academic research and scholarship are as follows:

a) Fabrication is making up data or results and recording or reporting them.

b) Falsification is manipulating research materials, equipment, or processes, or changing or omittingdata or results such that the research is not accurately represented in the research record.

c) Plagiarism is the appropriation of another person's ideas, processes, results, or words withoutgiving appropriate credit.

3.0 Procedures for Handling Allegations of Misconduct

3.1 Inquiry Process. Initial reports or charges of misconduct in research or scholarship shall be directed first to the dean of the college in which the alleged misconduct has occurred. The dean shall inform the department or program chair and the research or scholarship supervisor(s) of the allegations. The dean shall also inform the involved faculty member(s) or nonfaculty employee(s) of the nature of the allegations, the nature of the inquiry, and the rights of the parties involved. Diligent efforts will be made to protect the positions and reputations of those who, in good faith, make allegations of scientific misconduct.

3.2 The college dean, after consultation with the department or program chair and appropriate research or scholarship supervisor(s) with appropriate expertise for inquiries, shall conduct promptly a preliminary inquiry to determine whether there is sufficient prima facie evidence to merit a formal investigation of the charges and shall inform the Vice President for Research or designee that a preliminary inquiry is under way. Precautions shall be taken to prevent real or apparent conflicts of interest on the part of those involved in the inquiry. Confidentiality shall be strictly maintained throughout the inquiry to the extent allowed by law. If an inquiry is terminated for any reason without completing all relevant requirements, a report summarizing the termination shall be sent to the appropriate official (ORI for PHS funded research). For PHS funded research, the Vice

101

President for Research or designee shall notify the Office of Research Integrity (ORI) of the Public Health Service within 24 hours of obtaining reasonable indication of an immediate health hazard, need to protect Federal funds or equipment and individuals affected by the inquiry, and that the alleged incident may be publicly reported.

3.3 The college dean shall forward without delay a written report to the Vice President for Research or designee. An inquiry must be completed within 60 calendar days of its initiation unless circumstances clearly warrant a longer period. Any extension of this period shall be based on good cause and recorded in the inquiry file. The written report shall (a) state the evidence reviewed, (b) summarize relevant interviews, and (c) include the conclusions of the inquiry. A copy of the report of the inquiry shall be given to the person(s) against whom the allegation has been made, and their comments on that report may become part of the record. Detailed documentation of the inquiry shall be maintained by the Vice President for Research or designee for at least three years and, in federally funded research, shall be provided upon request to authorized personnel. Appropriate interim administrative action shall be taken to protect Federal funds and ensure that the purposes of the Federal financial assistance are being carried out.

3.4 If, after consideration of the report of the inquiry, the Vice President for Research or designee determines that there is not sufficient prima facie evidence to support the charges, no further action need be taken, and the Provost and the parties involved shall be so informed. Efforts shall be taken, as appropriate, to restore the reputations of persons alleged to have engaged in misconduct when allegations are not confirmed.

3.5 Investigation Process. If, after consideration of the report of the inquiry, the Vice President for Research or designee determines that sufficient prima facie evidence supports the charges, the Vice President for Research or designee shall appoint within 30 days of the completion of the inquiry an ad hoc committee with appropriate expertise to conduct a formal investigation, and the Provost shall be so notified. The membership of the committee shall consist of at least four knowledgeable and impartial persons including one representative from the department, program, or auxiliary unit of the involved faculty member(s) or nonfaculty employee(s) and three faculty members from related departments, programs, or areas. For externally funded research, the Vice President for Research or designee may also appoint a member of the San Diego State University Research Foundation as an ex officio member to represent the interests and legal obligations of the Research Foundation. In addition, the Vice President for Research or designee may appoint members from outside the institution in order to broaden the expertise of the committee. Precautions shall be taken against the investigators’ real or apparent conflicts of interest.

3.6 As soon as the committee has been requested to conduct a formal investigation, the Vice President for Research or designee shall notify the accused faculty member(s) or nonfaculty employee(s) of the charges and the function of the committee. In consultation with the Provost and the college dean, the Vice President for Research or designee may determine that the research activities of the involved researcher(s) may be restricted or monitored during the course of the investigation. The Vice President for Research or designee shall also notify the President, the Provost, the school director or the department or program chair, and for funded research the Chief Executive Officer of the San Diego State University Research Foundation and the project officer(s) of the funding agencies that a formal investigation involving charges of misconduct in research or scholarship has been initiated. For PHS funded research, the Director of the Office of Research Integrity shall be notified in writing on or before the date the investigation begins, and such notification shall include (a) the name of the person(s) against whom the allegations have been made, (b) the general nature of the allegations, and (c) the application or grants involved. If an investigation is terminated for any reason without completing all relevant requirements, a report summarizing the termination shall be sent to the appropriate official (ORI for PHS funded research). Confidentiality of the affected individual(s) shall be strictly maintained throughout the investigation to the extent possible.

3.7 The Vice President for Research or designee shall convene the committee, appoint one of the faculty on the committee to serve as chair, present the charges and allegations, and discuss University and Research Foundation policies and procedures pertinent to the investigation. The

102

committee shall investigate all charges and facts and may interview parties appropriate to reaching a decision regarding the merit or lack of merit to the charges. The chair of the committee shall meet with the appropriate personnel officers (i.e, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement, Director of the Center for Human Resources, and Research Foundation Director of Human Resources) regarding existing procedures and safeguards to protect all parties’ rights and reputations before carrying out the investigation. Diligent efforts shall be made to protect the positions and reputations of those who, in good faith, made allegations of scientific misconduct. The committee shall begin its investigation promptly and shall provide a written report of its findings and recommendations to the Vice President for Research or designee no later than 60 days after beginning the formal investigation. The Vice President for Research or designee may either accept the report or return it to the committee for further information or clarification. The committee shall also forward the final copy of this report to the accused parties, who shall have an opportunity to comment on the findings. The investigation shall be completed within 120 calendar days. For PHS funded research, the Vice President for Research or designee shall notify the Office of Research Integrity (ORI) of the Public Health Service within 24 hours of a reasonable indication of possible criminal violations are found or about an immediate health hazard, need to protect Federal funds or equipment and individuals affected by the investigation and that the alleged incident may be publicly reported. Appropriate interim administrative action shall be taken to protect Federal funds and ensure that the purposes of the Federal financial assistance are being carried out. ORI shall be promptly advised of any developments during the course of the investigation which disclose facts that may affect current or potential DHHS funding for individual(s) under investigation or that the PHS needs to know to ensure appropriate use of Federal funds and otherwise protect the public interest. If the investigation cannot be completed within 120 days, a request for extension shall be made to the ORI with an explanation for the delay, an interim report on progress to date, an outline of what remains and an estimated date of completion.

3.8 If from the findings and recommendations of the committee the Vice President for Research or designee determines that no unethical or fraudulent acts have been committed, all parties shall be notified accordingly. The Vice President for Research or designee and the college dean shall undertake all necessary efforts to restore fully and promptly the reputation and credibility of the researcher(s) under investigation when allegations are not confirmed. All interim restrictions on research activity shall be promptly removed.

3.9 If from the findings and recommendations of the committee, the Vice President for Research or designee determines that there is evidence of misconduct, he or she shall report to the Provost this conclusion and recommendations regarding the imposition of sanctions or disciplinary action. The President shall make the final determination regarding the appropriateness of the recommendations. Sanctions may include (a) termination of current research or scholarly activity, (b) public disassociation of the University from future unauthorized research or scholarly activity,(c) restriction from future research or scholarly activity for some period of time, (d) special priorreview and approval requirements in future research or scholarly activities, and (e) debarmentfrom intramurally funded research or scholarly programs. The President may also determinewhether the matter warrants a reprimand or disciplinary action pursuant to the CollectiveBargaining Agreement or sec. 89535–89539 of the Education Code or should be referred to thecognizant auxiliary organization for appropriate action.

3.10 The President shall determine whether information about the charges, the investigation, or their disposition shall be released to the public, the press, or specific parties (e.g., editors of journals in which papers or reports of the research in question may have appeared). For externally funded research, the sponsoring agency shall be notified of the findings of the investigation and the final disposition of any sanctions, disciplinary action, or restitution to be made. For PHS funded research, a written report documenting the investigative process, summary of information obtained relevant to the investigation, findings to include the actual text or summary of the views of individual(s) found to have engaged in misconduct, and sanctions taken by the institution shall be made available to the Director of the ORI, who shall decide whether that office shall proceed with

103

its own investigation. The University shall maintain such documentation for at least three years after PHS acceptance of the final report.

Sexual Assault, Domestic Violence, and Stalking

1.0 San Diego State University shall be committed to creating a community free from the crimes of sexual assault, domestic violence, and stalking. All members of the San Diego State University community shall uphold this policy.

2.0 The university shall cooperate fully in any criminal prosecution or civil litigation that may occur as a result of crimes of sexual assault, domestic violence, or stalking that are committed on the campus, at an off- campus facility, or at a university function.

3.0 A person who is convicted of committing these crimes on university property, at a university off-campus facility, or at a university function shall face maximum campus sanctions as prescribed by policies, codes, and collective bargaining agreements that govern the behavior of students, faculty, staff, and guests or visitors.

4.0 Members of the campus community and their guests or visitors should report crimes of sexual assault, domestic violence, and stalking to the appropriate university officials. A list of those appointed to receive these complaints and a summary of campus resources available to survivors of these crimes shall be made available.

4.1 Those who have experienced or witnessed the crimes of sexual assault, domestic violence, and stalking should seek immediate assistance from the University Police and campus caregivers. Those seeking assistance shall be treated with respect and dignity, and their concerns shall be responded to in a timely and professional manner. To ensure a responsive environment to victim, the university shall provide support services to address the personal and academic needs of those surviving sexual assault, domestic violence, and stalking while these crimes are being investigated and prosecuted on and off the campus.

4.2 University officials responding to charges of sexual assault, domestic violence, and stalking shall inform victims of their rights and the various options for relief, including the necessary steps and potential consequences of each option. These shall include but may not be limited to support in pursuing criminal prosecution, civil litigation, campus disciplinary action, and campus grievance procedures. Victims shall also be counseled about various options including mediation, alternative housing assignments, and academic scheduling assistance.

5.0 This policy has been enacted by San Diego State University in accordance with California State Law, Assembly Bill 3098, Postsecondary Education: Student Safety (July 1990).

Sexual Harassment

1.0 San Diego State University shall be committed to preventing sexual harassment and to promptly addressing violations of this policy. The university shall create and maintain a positive learning and working environment for its students and employees and shall not tolerate sexual harassment. Nothing herein shall contravene rights guaranteed in the Constitution of the State of California or the Constitution of the United States.

2.0 Sexual harassment and its behaviors shall be prohibited by the university: Sexual harassment is demeaning and degrading and a form of prohibited discrimination on the basis of sex. As an affront to one’s dignity, sense of self, and self-esteem, it can negatively impact performance at work or in an academic setting.

3.0 Sexual harassment is illegal: It is a violation of state and federal laws including the California Education Code, sec. 212.5, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. Sexual harassment is specifically prohibited in The California State University by Executive Order 1096 (2016).

4.0 Scope

4.1 This policy shall apply to all persons at the university or attending university sponsored classes, events, and programs. Visitors to the campus and workers employed by private firms engaged in business on the campus shall comply with this policy.

104

4.2 The SDSU Research Foundation, the Campanile Foundation, Aztec Shops, and the Associated Students, as auxiliaries of the university, also have policies that prohibit sexual harassment. These policies apply to programs and employees of the respective auxiliaries and each has a procedure and office designated for receiving reports of sexual harassment. Complaints related to auxiliaries may also be reported to the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance.

4.3 The university and its auxiliaries shall promptly and reasonably investigate complaints of sexual harassment. If the alleged harasser is an employee of the university or of an auxiliary, the employer shall investigate and implement remedies and discipline as appropriate. Wherein the alleged harasser is not an employee or student, the university or auxiliary shall take action to minimize the recurrence of the harassing behavior. Although each auxiliary has a reporting procedure, complaints may be reported to the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance, which shall redirect the complainant to the appropriate auxiliary.

5.0 Definitions

5.1 Sexual harassment shall be the unwelcome imposition of sexual attention often in the context of a relationship of unequal power. This policy shall apply to men and women equally with regard to both opposite sex and same sex harassment.

5.2 Sexual harassment shall be any conduct, physical or verbal, that is sexual and has the effect of unreasonably interfering with a person’s or a group’s educational or work performance or that creates an intimidating, hostile, or abusive educational or work environment.

5.3 Because academic freedom shall be safeguarded and the openness and integrity of the teaching process shall be protected, discussion of sexual topics and the discussion and display of sexually explicit materials and the touching of students in certain classroom settings may be professionally appropriate and shall not necessarily constitute “sexual harassment.”

5.4 The California Education Code, sec. 212.5, states: “Sexual harassment means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal, visual, or physical conduct of a sexual nature, made by someone from or in the work or educational setting, under any of the following conditions:

5.41 “Submission to the conduct is explicitly or implicitly made a term or a condition of an individual's employment, academic status, or progress.

5.42 “Submission to, or rejection of, the conduct by the individual is used as the basis of employment or academic decisions affecting the individual.

5.43 “The conduct has the purpose or effect of having a negative impact upon the individual's work or academic performance, or of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work or educational environment.

5.44 “Submission to, or rejection of, the conduct by the individual is used as the basis for any decision affecting the individual regarding benefits and services, honors, programs, or activities available at or through the educational institution.”

5.5 Examples of sexually harassing conduct may include but shall not be limited to the following: (a) sexual assault, (b) derogatory comments of a sexual nature, (c) displaying sexually suggestive pictures or objects, (d) graphic verbal commentaries about a person’s body, (e) impeding or blocking movements, (f) jokes of a sexual nature, (g) slurs of a sexual nature, (h) suggestive gestures, (i) unwelcome touching. Some of these examples may not, however, constitute sexual harassment if appropriate to reasonable academic purposes.

5.6 Conduct may be found to be sexually harassing if it is pervasive or repetitive and sufficiently severe to alter the conditions of employment, education, or participation in university-sponsored activities or is a single incident sufficiently outrageous or harmful in and of itself that it substantially alters the conditions of the environment for the complainant or interferes with a person’s right to pursue an education or to perform a job-related responsibility.

105

6.0. Intent of Sexually Harassing Behavior: A claim by an alleged harasser that he or she did not intend to commit sexual harassment is not, as the law currently stands, a defense to a complaint of sexual harassment. Regardless of intent, the effect, characteristics, and context of the behavior shall determine whether the behavior constitutes sexual harassment.

7.0 Sanctions for Sexual Harassment

7.1 Sanctions that San Diego State University may impose for sexually harassing behavior or other unprofessional conduct by a faculty or staff member shall include but not be limited to reprimand, mandatory attendance at sexual harassment training programs, suspension, demotion, and dismissal (loss of tenure).

7.2 Sanctions imposed for sexually harassing behavior by a student shall include but are not limited to mandatory attendance at sexual harassment training program, probation, suspension, and expulsion.

7.3 Sexually harassing behavior by nonstudents or nonemployees may result in restricting the harasser’s access to campus.

7.4 In addition to university-imposed sanctions, persons who commit sexual harassment shall be subject to personal liability for damages suffered by the complainant.

8.0 Consensual Relationships: For purposes of this policy, a consensual relationship shall be any freely and mutually agreed-to dating, romantic, or sexual relationship between persons. The previous existence of a consensual relationship shall not be considered a defense in the context of a sexual harassment complaint.

9.0 Administrative Office for Coordinating Complaints: The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall coordinate the university response to complaints of sexual harassment and shall educate the university community about sexual harassment. It shall be a clearinghouse for university sexual harassment complaints and investigations, including those that arise in auxiliary corporations. It shall develop and disseminate sexual harassment complaint procedures to implement this policy and shall disseminate applicable state and federal regulations. Copies of these procedures shall be available at the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and on its Website.

10.0 Mandatory Reporting by University Officers: Upon learning of allegations of sexual harassment from the alleged victim, deans, directors, department chairs, and other officers of the university shall report the allegations to the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance within five working days.

11.0 Procedures for Reporting Sexual Harassment

11.1 A student, staff, or faculty member who believes that he or she has been sexually harassed may initiate a complaint with the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance or the designated office in the appropriate auxiliary. The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance or the auxiliary shall investigate complaints of sexual harassment and coordinate a formal investigation, a mediated intervention, or a formal mediation.

11.2 A formal investigation shall be initiated by the complainant filing and submitting a Formal Complaint Form with the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance or by lodging a complaint with the appropriate auxiliary office. The procedures and time schedule for a formal investigation shall be available from the investigating office.

11.3 Mediated interventions shall include but not be limited to steps to stop the harassing behavior or to remove the complainant or alleged harasser from the harassing environment.

11.4 At any time from the initiation of a complaint to the conclusion of the campus investigation, either party or the university may suggest a confidential, nonbinding formal mediation of the dispute. Both parties and the University shall agree to any formal mediation and any resolution that arises therefrom.

11.5 Without filing a formal complaint, a student, faculty member, or staff member may discuss with staff in the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance behaviors that could be sexual harassment. If a described behavior fits the definition of sexually harassing behavior, some intervention may be required.

106

11.6 The university shall ensure that formal procedures appropriate to university complaints are followed. These procedures shall be governed by law, labor agreements, and university policy.

12.0 Other Persons to Contact

12.1 The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall coordinate the university response to complaints of sexual harassment. A list of other personnel in the auxiliaries trained to receive complaints of sexual harassment shall be available at the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and in informational material regarding the Sexual Harassment Prevention policy. Lists shall also be available in the auxiliaries.

12.2 Conversations with persons other than those designated shall not constitute notice to the university or its auxiliaries of allegations of sexual harassment.

13.0 University Support: Upon receiving a complaint of sexual harassment, the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall inform the complainant of the support services available at the university and in the community. At the university this may include the Chief Diversity Officer, Office of Counseling and Psychological Services, the Office of the Ombudsmen, Student Health Services, Employee Assistance Programs, and Campus Police.

14.0 Confidentiality

14.1 The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and each designated auxiliary office shall maintain confidentiality for all parties to the extent permitted by law. The university or auxiliary shall take prompt action to correct sexually harassing behavior when it is reported. At the complainant’s request, the university or auxiliary shall attempt to intervene in a manner that shall maintain the complainant’s anonymity. However, complainants should be aware that in a formal investigation due process requires that the identity of the charging party and the substance of the complaint be revealed to persons charged with harassment.

14.2 Students who wish complete confidentiality may obtain confidential counseling and advice about sexual harassment from counselors in the Office of Counseling and Psychological Services or Student Health Services. Faculty and staff may obtain confidential counseling and advice through employee assistance programs. Since university officials and auxiliary officials shall not be informed about such counseling, the university and its auxiliaries shall not be in a position to eliminate the alleged behavior that gave rise to the complaint.

14.3 Nonparty witnesses participating in sexual harassment investigations shall not share with parties, other witnesses, or any others information revealed to them during the investigation.

15.0 Record Keeping: The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance and each designated auxiliary office shall keep the written records of mediated interventions, formal mediations, and formal complaints with final dispositions in a confidential, secure location with access to the records limited to those persons with a need to know. Records shall be kept for 10 years.

16.0 Retaliation against Persons Reporting Sexually Harassing Behaviors

16.1 It is illegal to retaliate against anyone reporting or thought to have reported sexual harassment behaviors or who is a witness or otherwise is involved in a sexual harassment proceeding. Encouraging others to retaliate also is illegal. Examples include but are not limited to retaliatory grading, evaluation, assignment or ridicule, threats, and withholding information to which a person is entitled.

16.2 Sanctions imposed for retaliatory behavior by a faculty or staff member shall include but not be limited to reprimand, suspension, demotion, and dismissal (loss of tenure). The sanctions imposed for retaliatory behavior by a student shall include but not be limited to probation, suspension, and expulsion.

17.0 False Charges

17.1 To make false charges of sexual harassment shall be a serious offense. A false charge shall be one in which the charging party knowingly or recklessly alleges sexual harassment for which there is no basis.

107

17.2 Sanctions imposed for false charges of sexual harassment by a faculty or staff member shall include but not be limited to mandatory attendance at a sexual harassment training program, reprimand, suspension, demotion, and dismissal (loss of tenure).

17.3 The sanctions imposed for false charges of sexual harassment by a student shall include but not be limited to mandatory attendance at a sexual harassment training program, probation, suspension, and expulsion.

18.0 Other Legal Remedies: Complainants not satisfied with the disposition of their complaint at the university may contact the Fair Employment and Housing Office of the State of California, the United States Department of Education Office for Civil Rights, or the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Contact information shall be available at the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance.

19.0 Policy Review, Evaluation, and Improvement: This policy shall be evaluated every two years by the Office of Employee Relations and Compliance. Proposed changes shall be forwarded to the Senate.

20.0 Information Distribution and Training: The Office of Employee Relations and Compliance shall distribute this policy to the university community and shall provide educational opportunities appropriate to faculty, staff, and students.

Student Conduct Procedures

The Student Conduct Procedures of The California State University are outlined in Executive Order 1098-Revised (2015). The Executive Order may be found at https://www.calstate.edu/eo/EO-1098-rev-6-23-15.html.

Student Grievance Procedures

1.0 A grievance shall be a complaint arising out of any alleged unauthorized or unjustified act or decision by a member of the faculty, administration, or staff that in any way adversely affects the status, rights, or privileges of a member of the student body. The burden of proof shall lie with the complainant.

2.0 The Student Grievance Committee shall hear complaints, investigate grievances and make final judgments regarding redress of student grievances concerning members of the faculty, administration, or staff. The Student Grievance Committee may make advisory recommendations regarding disciplinary action to appropriate administrators.

2.1 The voting members of the Student Grievance Committee shall be:

a. Five students and three alternates named by the Associated Students. Undergraduatestudents serving on this committee shall be regular students in good standing. Graduatestudents shall have been admitted to an authorized advanced degree or credentialprogram;

b. Three full-time faculty members and two alternates named by the Senate;

c. Two full-time members of the administration and two alternates named by the President;and

d. One full-time staff representative and one alternate named by the Senate.

2.2 The Ombudsmen shall be a nonvoting ex-officio member.

2.3 Seven voting members shall constitute a quorum. Judgments shall be reached by a majority of those present and voting, except where otherwise indicated (see sec. 4.2).

2.4 Each student member shall be appointed for two years. Nonstudent members shall be appointed for three years. No member shall serve more than two terms consecutively.

2.5 A nonvoting Chair shall be appointed for a two-year term by the President of the University. A nonvoting Vice Chair shall be selected by the Associated Students. No member shall serve as Chair more than two consecutive terms. The Chair shall be the Committee’s administrative officer whose duties shall include the following: (a) arranging for appropriate times and places for meetings and hearings, informing members of the times and places of meetings and hearings, informing in writing all interested parties of the times and places of meetings or hearings that they

108

are requested to attend and supplying them with a statement of alleged grievances, and informing all other interested parties that a grievance is pending and of the final disposition of the grievance; (b) securing and distributing written material appropriate for its consideration; (c) arranging forthe recording of proceedings; (d) maintaining records and informing in writing the appropriateadministrator of the committee’s judgments regarding redress or recommendations regardingdisciplinary action.

2.6 Should any member of the Committee be unable to complete an appointed term, a replacement shall be appointed to fill the balance of the term by the original appointing officer or agency. Resignations shall be submitted in writing to the Chair of the Committee. The Chair shall inform in writing the appropriate officer or agency of the vacancy and shall request the prompt appointment of a replacement.

2.7 Should a Committee member be unable to hear a case, an alternate shall be appointed for the course of the grievance.

2.8 If a member of the Committee is granted an official leave for less time than remaining in a term, or if because of illness or other reasons a member is judged unwilling or unable to participate in the work of the Committee, the Chair shall inform the officer or agency of the appointee and shall request the prompt appointment of a temporary replacement. When the services of a temporary appointee are no longer required, the Chair shall promptly inform the temporary appointee and the appointing officer or agency.

2.81 Should the Committee be involved in a specific case when an absent member returns, the replacement member shall continue as a member of the committee in all sessions dealing with that specific case until it is concluded. The returning member shall resume membership on the Committee for subsequent cases.

2.82 When a member of the Committee has more than three consecutive absences, the Committee may vote to remove that member and may request a replacement from the appointing officer or agency.

2.9 A member of the committee may be reappointed upon the expiration of term if duly recommended by the designated persons as specified in 2.1, but the member may be appointed for a third term only after a break in service of no less than on year. If the Committee is involved in a case when a member’s term expires, the member shall continue on the Committee only in its consideration of the case. A newly appointed member shall not be considered a member of the committee for a prior continuing case. The new Committee member shall, however, serve for all other matters.

2.10 A member of the Committee may choose to be disqualified permanently from the Committee, in which event a replacement for the balance of the term shall be appointed by the original appointing officer or agency.

2.101 A member of the Committee may choose to be disqualified from consideration of any case, in which event a replacement shall be appointed by the Chair of the Committee from the list of alternates of the member’s constituency.

2.102 If a member is a principal in a preliminary investigation or hearing by the Committee, the member shall be excluded from considering that case.

2.103 Upon the conclusion of a hearing in which a Committee member was a principal, the Committee shall determine the member’s fitness to continue on the Committee. The decision shall be conveyed by the Chair to the appointing officer or agency, either informing of the continuation of membership or requesting a replacement.

2.11 Either party to a hearing may request of the Chair that a Committee member be excluded from considering the case. The request shall be for cause and shall be brought to the Chair’s attention as the first item in the hearing. If a member is disqualified by the Chair from consideration, a replacement shall be appointed by the Chair from the list of alternates of the member’s constituency.

109

3.0 Steps toward Redress

3.1 Steps toward redress should begin with informal discussions and should be resolved at the lowest level possible. If a satisfactory solution is not reached, the grievance should then be taken to the Student Grievance Committee for hearing and appropriate action.

3.2 Informal Discussion

3.21 Informal discussion between persons directly involved in a grievance shall be essential in the early stages of the dispute and should be encouraged at all stages. An equitable solution to a problem should be sought before the persons directly involved in the case have assumed official or public positions that might polarize the dispute and render a solution more difficult. Neither persons directly involved in a case nor any other persons shall use the informal discussion, the filing of a grievance, or the character of the informal discussions to strengthen the case for or against persons directly involved in the dispute or for a purpose other than to settle the grievance.

3.22 When a student feels aggrieved by a member of the faculty, administration, or staff, the student may consult with fellow students, noninvolved faculty members, the counseling staff, the Ombudsman, the Assistant Dean of the College in which the course was taken, the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement, or the Dean of Graduate Affairs to evaluate the situation and to determine which of the following steps might best apply:

a. The student should bring the complaint to the attention of one or more of theproper department, school, or college committees where such grievanceprovision exists or to the chair, director, dean, administrator, or staff supervisor;or

b. The student should bring a complaint against an administrator or staff memberto that person’s supervisor.

3.3 Procedures for Hearings by the Committee

3.31 No student grievance shall be filed with the Committee later than the last day of the semester (excluding summer session) after the semester during which the student was allegedly aggrieved.

3.32 When informal recourse fails, the student may file in writing to the Committee an appeal accompanied by available documentary evidence. Simultaneously a copy of the complaint shall be given to the respondent.

3.33 The Committee shall establish and publish its own procedures in accordance with provisions for academic due process and in accordance with the stipulations below. Present at these meetings shall be only Committee members, parties to the action and their representatives, and testifying witnesses.

3.34 The Committee, before sitting as a whole to arrive at judgment, shall arrange for a swift and comprehensive investigation of the matter. From written statements presented by the complainant and from preliminary discussions with the complainant it shall decide whether there are sufficient grounds to hear a case and whether it will accept written statements in lieu of personal appearances by witnesses. The Committee shall review and consider documentary records of department, school, or college grievance organizations relating to the case. If the Committee closes the case, having decided that there are not sufficient grounds for a hearing, it shall notify in writing the complainant and respondent as to the reasons for its actions.

3.35 If the Committee determines that the case merits further consideration, the parties involved (a) shall be informed in writing, (b) shall be consulted as to the possibility of correcting the situation, and (c) if a hearing is still required, shall be advised in writing of the scheduled time, place of the hearing, and the alleged grievance.

110

3.36 At the hearing the complainant, the respondent, persons directly involved, and witnesses may testify and be questioned by either party and Committee members. Written evidence presented by either party may be subject to refutation and consideration by the opposite party and Committee members. Only evidence presented in the hearings shall be considered in the final judgment.

3.37 A record of the hearing shall be presented for reference and review. A tape recording of the hearings shall be made and shall be retained for at least five years.

3.38 Proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the American Association of University Professors’ Joint Statement on Rights and Freedoms of Students (1967).

4.0 Judgment

4.1 Committee members shall arrive at a judgment in consultation among themselves. Only those entitled to vote on the case, their alternates, the chair, the Ombudsman, and a clerk secretary shall be present during consultation and voting. Only members of the Committee who have heard all testimony during the hearing relating to the alleged grievance shall vote on the case.

4.2 If informal attempts at redress fail, a judgment of the Student Grievance Committee relating to redress alone shall be forwarded to the appropriate administrator. When redress requires that a grade be changed, the Committee by vote of two-thirds of the members of the Committee who have heard the grievance shall forward their judgment to the Provost who shall affirm or deny the judgment of the Committee. If the Provost affirms the decision, the Provost will direct the appropriate administrator for recommended redress. When the decision whether to change a grade depends upon the quality of work in a course, the chair of the department involved in the grievance will be asked by the SGC to recommend faculty at SDSU or elsewhere competent in the subject matter of that course to evaluate the quality of the work. This expert consultation will be considered by the SGC before a judgment is reached.

4.3 The Committee shall transmit its judgment regarding academic matters to the Provost who will direct final action. The committee shall transmit its judgments regarding redress for other matters to the appropriate administrator.

4.4 When in the opinion of the Committee disciplinary action may be appropriate, the Committee may recommend further action to the appropriate administrator.

4.5 The judgments reached by this Committee shall take precedence over decisions reached by student grievance committees within departments, schools, or colleges, and over decisions made by individual deans.

4.6 If redress requires a policy change or if a policy change appears advisable or necessary, the Committee shall refer its recommendations to the Senate Executive Committee or to the President as appropriate.

4.7 Should any person, whether or not directly involved in a complaint, allegedly suffer some disadvantage, discrimination, or reprisal as the result of a complaint, testimony, or statement in connection with Committee action, the Student Grievance Committee shall, upon request or upon its own motion, exercise original jurisdiction and take the necessary steps to verify the facts and remedy the injustice.

5.0 Revisions in the Code

5.1 The Committee may recommend revisions in this code. Revisions shall be submitted for ratification by the Senate, the Associated Students, and the President.

5.2 This code shall be reviewed by the parties concerned and shall be reconfirmed, amended, or terminated as necessary.

111

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Committees and Councils

Appointive Authorities

1.0 Unless otherwise stipulated, authorities for appointments to committees, councils, and the like shall be as follows: (a) faculty by the Senate Committee on Committees and Elections, (b) administrators by the university administration, (c) staff by the Staff Affairs Committee, and (d) students by the Associated Students.

2.0 Unless otherwise stipulated:

2.1 Appointments shall be made by procedures of each appointive authority.

2.2 Appointed members, including ex officio members, shall have votes.

2.3 Chairs shall be appointed by the Senate Committee on Committees and Elections and ratified by the Senate.

3.0 Appointments to Senate-appointed committees, councils, and the like shall be ratified by the Senate.

4.0 Committees, councils, and the like may establish subcommittees, to which they may appoint nonmembers.

Bookstore Advisory Committee

1.0 Membership (14): eight faculty, one from each college and SDSU Imperial Valley; one Aztec Shops Board representative, the Aztec Shops General Manager, the Book Department Manager, the Senate representative to Aztec Shops; one staff member; one student.

2.0 Functions

2.1 The Committee shall improve the relationship between the faculty and Aztec Shops Bookstore by reviewing Bookstore policies, textbook requisitions, sales data, and custom course packets.

2.2 The Committee shall be especially sensitive to specific problems and to written complaints.

2.3 The Committee may recommend to the Aztec Shops Board changes in policy or procedures and shall report to the Aztec Shops Board and the Senate at least once a year, no later than the April meeting.

Campus Development Committee

1.0 Campus development shall comprise the following: (a) site development; (b) the construction of new buildings and modification of existing buildings; (c) roads, landscaping, and parking; (d) the naming of rooms and buildings; (e) the location of monuments, works of art, and signage; and (e) related matters.

2.0 Membership (13): seven faculty, including one senator; one staff member; Director of Physical Facilities, Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or designee, SDSU Research Foundation Director of Facilities, two students to include the President of Associated Students.

3.0 Functions

3.1 The Committee shall represent the university community in deliberations and decisions regarding major aspects of campus development. It shall review the Campus Master Plan and Five-Year Capital Outlay Program at least annually and shall report to the Senate on these items in September.

3.2 The Committee shall be informed in a timely fashion of proposed major changes in campus development so that it may review these changes and report to the Senate.

3.3 The Committee may also propose changes and shall report to the Senate such recommendations.

Copyrights and Patents Committee

1.0 The Committee shall report to the University Research Council on the effectiveness of the Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets policy and of the Patents policy.

112

2.0 Membership (9+): at least four faculty: three from Senate appointees to the Research Council, one of whom shall chair; at least one other faculty member, one member-at-large, Chief Executive Officer of the SDSU Research Foundation or designee, Vice President for Research or designee, Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or designee, Director of the San Diego State University Research Foundation Technology Transfer Office (nonvoting). Members shall be appointed to one-year renewable terms by the Vice President for Research.

3.0 Functions: The Committee (a) shall submit for approval to the Vice President for Research and to the University Research Council (URC) guidelines for the implementation of the provisions of the Copyrights, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets policy, (b) shall ascertain the extent of institutional support involved in the completion of intellectual properties and shall recommend to the Vice President for Research assignment of ownership rights and division of royalties, and (c) shall advise the Vice President for Research on other matters of intellectual property.

Disability Access and Compliance Committee

1.0 Membership (15): President, or designee; Provost or designee; Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or designee (co-chair); Vice President for Student Affairs or designee; Director, Center for Human Resources or designee; Associate Vice President for Facilities Planning & Operations or designee; Chief Information Officer or designee; Chief of Police or designee; Director, Office of Employee Relations & Compliance; Director, Contract and Procurement Management; Director, Student Ability Success Center (co- chair); one faculty member selected by the University Senate; two students (one graduate, one undergraduate), selected by Associated Students, one staff member, selected by the Staff Affairs Committee with concurrence of the University Senate.

2.0 Functions: The committee shall discuss, monitor, and evaluate campus-specific issues relating to compliance with Executive Order 1111 (2018), or its successors, and applicable federal and state laws and regulations.

Environment and Safety, Committee

1.0 The campus environment shall include (a) sidewalks, walkways, and pedestrian malls; (b) classrooms, laboratories, and work areas; and (c) restrooms, stairwells, elevators, hallways.

2.0 Membership (13): five faculty, including one senator, one of whom shall chair; two staff members, Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or Director of Administrative Services, Director of Health Services or designee, Director of Physical Plant or designee, a member of local Unit 3 collective bargaining agency, and two students.

3.0 Functions

3.1 The Committee shall study, advise, and report to the Senate and administration on the safety, health, and learning conditions in the campus environment.

3.2 The Committee shall investigate problems such as health, hazardous materials and waste, safety, emergency preparedness, matters of excessive noise or traffic, and other matters that detrimentally affect the campus environment and learning conditions.

3.3 The Committee shall recommend policy and procedures on the health, safety, and learning conditions of the campus environment.

Expanded Senate Executive Committee

1.0 Membership (43): members of the Senate Executive Committee, members of the Academic Deans Conference, members of the Presidential Budget Advisory Committee (formerly the Cabinet Budget Committee). The Senate Chair shall chair.

2.0 Function: The Committee shall meet to consider crises of profound or wide-ranging impact on the university and shall report to the Senate Executive Committee.

113

Extended Studies Advisory Council

1.0

2.0

Membership (13): eight faculty, one from each college and SDSU Imperial Valley; Academic Affairs representative, Student Affairs representative, Undergraduate Studies representative, Graduate Affairs representative, Senate representative.

Functions: The Council (a) shall assist in the development of policies, procedures, and directions for extended education programs, including university-wide special sessions; (b) shall review and recommend proposed noncredit certificate programs with the Dean of Extended Studies and make recommendations to the Provost; (c) shall review and recommend external degree programs that parallel those offered on campus; (d) shall assist in identifying extended educational needs of the university’s service area; (e) shall communicate the purpose and functions of extended service programs to faculty and the general community; and (f) shall assist in analyzing problems regarding self-support and recommend alternatives in continuing education.

Faculty Honors and Awards Committee

1.0 Membership (4+) four faculty, with one student selected by Associated Students joining the Committee for the Excellence in Teaching Award, two former recipients and one alumnus joining the Committee for the Chief Diversity Officer, and a past recipient of the award, all with full voting privileges.

2.0 Functions: The Committee shall nominate faculty to the following honors and awards: (a) Emeritus status, (b) SDSU Senate Excellence in Teaching Award, (c) Alumni Award for Outstanding Faculty Contributionto the University (d) San Diego State University Diversity Excellence Award, and (e) such other honorsand awards as the Senate shall designate.

Fee Advisory Committee, Campus

(San Diego Campus)

1.0 Membership (13): Senate Chair or designee and one faculty member, Provost or designee, Vice President for Student Affairs or designee, Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or designee, one staff member; seven students, including the Associated Students President or designee. Student members shall constitute a majority.

2.0 Functions

2.1 The Committee shall ensure that campus fees are established or adjusted in accordance with Executive Order 1102 (2015) and Trustees’ policy.

2.2 The Committee shall advise the President on the establishment and adjustment of Category II and III fees.

2.3 The Committee shall advise the President on the reasonableness of Category II and III fee proposals, whether the deletion, adjustment, or reclassification of current fees or the creation of new fees.

Freedom of Expression, Committee on

1.0 Membership (15-17). Provost or designee, Vice President for Student Affairs or designee, Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs or designee, Dean, SDSU Imperial Valley, or designee, AS President or designee, five faculty, at least one of whom must be a Senator, four students, and one staff member. One of the faculty members of the committee shall function as chair. If not appointed to a voting position, the coordinator for noncommercial speech and expressive activities and the coordinator for commercial activities shall serve as ex-officio, non-voting, members.

2.0 Functions. The function of the Committee on Freedom of Expression is to provide advice regarding the regulation and management of campus activities that fall under the university’s freedom of expression policy and to receive, evaluate, and advise the President on complaints regarding freedom of expression activities.

2.1 The Committee shall work with campus administrators and organizations to insure that the Freedom of Expression Policy is being followed, both in campus regulations and in management practices. The Committee shall, on a biannual basis, review existing campus and auxiliary

114

organization policies that might affect freedom of expression and make suggestions, as needed, for revision of those policies to reflect the intent of the SDSU policy on freedom of expression.

2.2 The Committee shall review campus activities covered under the SDSU Freedom of Expression Policy and advise the President whether those activities were managed in a manner consistent with the principles expressed in the policy.

2.3 The Committee shall serve as a forum for complaints regarding activities covered under the SDSU Freedom of Expression Policy and shall advise the President as it deems to be appropriate.

2.4 The Committee shall recommend to the University Senate any changes to the SDSU policy necessary to insure that freedom of expression on campus is protected.

General Education Curriculum and Assessment Committee

1.0

2.0

Membership (13): 9 faculty, one from the College of Arts and Letters, Sciences, and Professional Studies and Fine Arts, Business Administration, Health and Human Services, Education, and Engineering, and one from SDSU Imperial Valley and the Library; Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or designee, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee, and two undergraduate students.

Functions

2.1 The Committee shall review and evaluate current and proposed courses for General Education.

2.2 The Committee shall review and evaluate student learning outcomes assessment in General Education courses.

2.3 The Committee shall report to the Senate, to the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee and to the Undergraduate Council.

Graduate Council

1.0

2.0

Representing the interests of the university in graduate affairs, the Graduate Council shall be responsible to the university administration, the Dean of Graduate Affairs, the Senate, academic units, faculty members, and students. The university-wide jurisdiction of the Council shall derive from the President, the Senate, and the faculty.

Membership (22): 15 full-time faculty, two from each college and one from SDSU Imperial Valley; Dean of Graduate Affairs or designee, who shall chair; Provost, Associate and Assistant Deans of Graduate Affairs, Dean of the Library and Information Access, two classified graduate students in good standing.

2.1 Faculty members shall be active in graduate programs of their colleges and schools or departments. They shall serve staggered three-year terms and may immediately succeed themselves for one term. Nominations shall originate in colleges, and the Committee on Committees and Elections shall consult with the Dean of Graduate Affairs before recommending nominees to the Senate.

2.2 Student members shall be appointed for a one-year term by the Associated Students in consul- tation with the Dean of Graduate Affairs. They shall not succeed themselves. The Graduate Dean shall submit nominations from graduate advisers to the Associated Students, who shall appoint two graduate students, at least one of whom shall represent a doctoral program.

3.0 Functions: The Council shall be responsible for the development of policy on (a) graduate programs, (b) graduate student affairs, (c) graduate research and scholarship, and (d) faculty participation in graduate programs.

3.1 Actions of the Council shall ordinarily take effect after the meeting of the Senate Executive Committee at which the Council minutes have been presented as information. However, if the Executive Committee asks the Council to reconsider an action, the action shall be implemented after the regular Senate Executive Committee meeting at which it is no longer questioned.

3.2 Graduate Programs

115

3.21 The Council shall encourage colleges, schools, and departments to develop criteria and procedures to ensure the quality of their programs and to provide guidance and oversight in developing new programs.

3.22 The Council shall review these criteria and procedures, approve new graduate programs, review and approve new graduate curricula and changes in existing curricula, and review existing graduate programs.

3.23 Both the Council and the University Curriculum Committee shall review courses that will become available to both undergraduate and graduate programs.

3.24 The Council shall distribute its minutes concerning curricula and programs simultaneously to members of the Senate and the Council. Ordinarily, approval by the Graduate Council shall be the final step at the local level to include a graduate curriculum item in the University Catalog or the Graduate Bulletin.

3.3 Graduate Student Affairs

3.31 The Council shall recommend university-wide academic policies and standards for the admission and retention of graduate students and for assistantship, scholarship, and fellowship programs.

3.32 The Council shall develop policy to assist schools and departments in ensuring an equitable resolution of differences and issues that may arise between graduate students and the faculty.

3.33 The Council shall ensure opportunities for participation by graduate students in the development of policy concerning graduate student issues by providing for such membership on its pertinent standing committees.

3.4 Faculty: The Council shall encourage departments, schools, and programs to develop criteria and standards for participation in their graduate programs. It shall ensure that department, school, and program standards accord with university policy.

3.5 Research Council: The Council shall maintain liaison on policy matters of research. With the Research Council it shall encourage the development of innovative and interdisciplinary research programs and scholarly activities.

3.6 The Dean of Graduate Affairs shall develop agenda items, coordinate the activities of the Council, expedite policy and procedures, and provide for the exchange of information between the Council and the administration. The Dean shall consult with and develop consensus among the faculty, the university administration, the college deans, and school directors and department chairs. The Dean shall not make policy unilaterally but shall act, interpret, and implement policy only after deliberations of the Council.

Graduation and Retention Subcommittee (Undergraduate Council)

1.0 This shall be a permanent subcommittee of the Undergraduate Council.

2.0 Membership (20): all members of the Undergraduate Council; the Vice President of Student Affairs or designee; the Executive Director for Leadership Initiatives and Campus Life or designee; the Director of Institutional Research or designee, the Director of Testing, Assessment, and Research; and two additional, at-large faculty members appointed by the Senate.

3.0 Functions: The Subcommittee

3.1 Shall oversee a systematic approach to the retention and timely graduation of undergraduates;

3.2 Shall recommend to the Undergraduate Council policy changes that promote the timely progress of undergraduate students to graduation;

3.3 Shall produce an annual report on retention and graduation during the fall semester.

116

Honorary Degrees, Advisory Committee on

1.0

2.0

Membership (9): Provost, who shall chair; Vice President for Research/Dean of Graduate Affairs, Vice President for University Advancement, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement; Chair, Vice Chair, and immediate past Chair of the Senate; President of the San Diego State University Alumni Association, President of the Associated Students.

Functions

2.1 The Committee shall review nominations for honorary degrees forwarded from the President’s office that have been received from the campus community and the Chancellor’s office. It shall evaluate the specific contribution made to San Diego State University according to the general criteria established by the Board of Trustees.

2.2 The Committee may include others to participate in its review. By Trustees’ policy, Committee business shall be held in confidence.

2.3 Having assembled documentation, the Committee shall recommend to the President persons deemed worthy of this honor, and it shall identify a supporting college or academic unit. It may also defer consideration until it has additional information for evaluation. Its recommendations shall also be sent to the Senate Executive Committee for its executive session consideration and its separate recommendation to the President before candidates are proposed to the Trustees.

Instructional and Information Technology Committee

1.0 Membership (16): nine faculty, one from each college, SDSU Imperial Valley and the Library; one staff member; one student; Director of Instructional Technology Services or Designee; Chief Information Officer or designee; Academic Affairs Information Technology Coordinator or Designee; Information Technology Security Office Designee appointed by the Associate Vice President for Financial Operations; representative selected by and from the Information Technology Managers Group.

2.0 Functions

2.1 The Committee shall advise the administration and the Senate on instructional and information technologies.

2.2 The Committee shall assist the Directors of Instructional Technology Services, the Library, the Academic Affairs Information Technology Coordinator, and other campus Instructional / Information Technology offices, with developing long-range master plans and shall review and make recommendations on the mission and services of ITS, the Library and Academic Affairs on instructional and information technologies.

2.3 The Committee shall consider any matter referred by the Senate or by the administration of the University (and may consider, at its own discretion, other matters relating to instructional and information technologies at the campus and CSU system-wide levels.) The committee shall review and provide feedback on campus information technology initiatives as related to instruction, research and operational needs.

Intercollegiate Athletics Council

1.0 Jurisdiction: The Intercollegiate Athletics Council (IAC) shall be an all-university advisory body to the President on varsity intercollegiate athletics. The IAC shall be responsible for recommendations to the President about the entire intercollegiate athletic program as offered by the San Diego State University Department of Athletics. The IAC shall represent the segments of the university community interested in athletics at San Diego State University. The Chair of the IAC shall make periodic reports to the Senate.

2.0 Duration: The IAC shall function with periodic review by the President.

3.0 Membership (18 voting)

3.1 Nine faculty, five appointed by the Senate, and four appointed by the President (which includes the Faculty Athletic Representative and may include up to one college dean with faculty retreat rights); Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs; Vice President for Student Affairs or designee; Vice President for University Relations and Development or designee; two students, one

117

appointed by the President of Associated Students and one appointed by the Student-Athlete Advisory Council; President of the Aztec Athletic Foundation or designee; one alumnus appointed by the Director of the Alumni Association; one community member appointed by the President; one staff member nominated by the Staff Affairs Committee confirmed by the Senate).

3.2 Chair or designee of the Committee on Academic Resources and Planning to sit on the IAC Budget Subcommittee.

3.3 The President or the Chair of the IAC may invite others with special expertise to sit as non-voting ex-officio members.

3.4 The Chair of the IAC shall be named by the President from the faculty members selected to the IAC.

3.5 Faculty (excluding the Faculty Athletics Representative) and staff members appointed by the President, Senate and Staff Affairs Committee shall serve three-year terms. These members shall serve no more than two consecutive terms. Service for a partial term shall not be included in this calculation. So far as feasible, faculty seats shall be arranged to serve staggered terms.

3.6 Student members shall serve one-year terms.

3.7 Alumni, and community members shall serve three-year terms. These members shall serve no more than two consecutive terms. Service for a partial term shall not be included in this calculation.

3.8 Membership as defined in sections 3.1 and 3.2 for the conduction of committee business shall not include substitutes, absentees, or proxy representation.

3.9 In the event of a vacancy, the jurisdiction represented by the position shall be responsible for filling that position.

4.0 Duties and Responsibilities

4.1 The IAC shall be the primary advisory body to the President on varsity intercollegiate athletics. Subject to approval by the President, it shall develop policies governing intercollegiate athletics that shall guide the administration of the intercollegiate athletics program by the Director of Intercollegiate Athletics. The IAC shall have no administrative or executive capacity.

4.2 More specifically, the IAC shall consider and recommend to the President policy on such matters as (a) income and expenditures budgets, (b) the schedules for seasonal and postseason play in relation to the effect upon student-athlete welfare, (c) grants and other financial aid to student- athletes, (d) eligibility of student-athletes, (e) student-athlete grievance procedures on sportsmanship and other non-scholarship policies, (f) awards to student-athletes, (g) ticket distribution policies, and (h) public and campus relations of the athletics program. Issues of student-athlete welfare shall be within the purview of the IAC.

International Programs Council

1.0 Membership (24): 14 faculty; seven administrators or staff to include the Chief Executive Officer of the SDSU Research Foundation and the Director of International Programs, who shall serve as Chair; one staff member, one undergraduate and one graduate student who have studied in a foreign country.

2.0 Functions: The Committee (a) shall recommend policies and procedures to enhance the university’s international activities, (b) shall identify existing involvement in international activities and related resource commitments, (c) shall report on funding programs and opportunities for external support of international activities, (d) shall identify needs for improvement and development, and (e) shall report annually to the Senate and administration.

118

Liberal Studies Committee

1.0 Membership (10): four faculty who have taught in the Program for Liberal Studies, one each from English and speech, mathematics and natural sciences, fine arts and humanities, and social and behavioral sciences; Coordinator of Liberal Studies who shall chair; Dean of the College of Education; Director of the School of Teacher Education; Chair of Dual Language and English Learner Education; Director of the University Advising Center; one student major in Liberal Studies.

2.0 Functions

2.1 The Committee shall develop policy, program, and curricular proposals for recommendation to the Senate and shall review other policy and curriculum proposals that affect the Program in Liberal Studies.

2.2 The Committee shall consult with deans of colleges and with other Senate committees and shall consider their recommendations in preparing its proposals.

2.3 The Committee shall have primary responsibility for recommending policy and program changes in Liberal Studies and may request the assistance of external specialists.

Library Committee

1.0 Membership (19): 15 faculty, two from each college and one from SDSU Imperial Valley; Dean of the Library and Information Access, one nonprofessional Library staff member appointed thereby, two students.

2.0 Functions

2.1 The Committee shall advise the administration and the Senate on the allocation of book and periodical funds and on Library policies and programs, and it may consider other matters relating to Library policy and planning.

2.2 The Committee shall regularly report to the Senate and shall forward to the Senate requests from the Dean of the Library and Information Access.

Press Editorial Board, San Diego State University

1.0

2.0

Membership (17): six faculty, Director of the SDSU Press, one academic dean, Dean of Graduate Affairs, eight external members.

Function: The Editorial Board shall represent the interests of the university community for scholarly publication.

Promotions and Tenure Review Panel

1.0 Membership (8): eight full professors, one from each college and SDSU Imperial Valley. The Chair shall be chosen by the Panel.

2.0 Function: The Panel shall review recommendations from departments and schools, department chairs, and school directors, colleges, and deans regarding reappointment, promotion, and tenure and shall present its recommendations to the President.

Research Council

1.0

2.0

Membership: At least 16 faculty, one to three from each college, the Library, and SDSU Imperial Valley; Vice President for Research/Dean of Graduate Affairs who shall chair; (or designee), and Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement (or designee).

Functions: The Council shall promote, encourage, and publicize the research activities necessary to carry out the educational mission and improve the instructional programs of the university. The Council shall carry out these responsibilities after appropriate deliberations and consultations with other interested segments of the university.

These responsibilities shall include but not be limited to the following:

a. To recommend the needs for research resources,

119

b. To recommend policies for the creation of interdisciplinary research bureaus and institutes and toreview their activities,

c. To develop and recommend university policies on patents and copyrights,

d. To develop fellowship and grant-in-aid programs for faculty research and to recommend theallocation of dedicated funds;

e. To encourage the development of interdisciplinary research facilities and activities,

f. To promote university-wide research lectureships on topics of general interest,

g. To publicize and recognize research accomplishments of the faculty and to promote publication ofthe results,

h. To assist faculty in obtaining fellowships and grants from appropriate sources;

i. To establish policies to protect the rights of parties concerned in experiments involving humansubjects,

j. To establish policies for the care and use of laboratory animals,

k. To review procedures for the administration of research proposals and grants,

l. To report annually to the Senate and the administration.

Scholarships Committee

1.0 Membership (12): six faculty, three administrators, one Campanile Foundation member, two students.

2.0 Functions

2.1 The Committee (a) shall develop and periodically review the scholarships program policy, and (b) shall receive and consider applications for scholarships and grants-in-aid.

2.2 The University Scholarships Officer shall administer the scholarships program according to these policies.

Staff Affairs Committee

1.0 Membership (14): 11 staff members from throughout the university, to include as ex-officio voting, the staff senator who serves on the Senate Executive Committee. The 11 staff membership positions will be open to all staff employment units. The committee will also have two faculty members, one of which shall be a senator, and a student representative appointed by Associated Students. The committee chair will be nominated for approval by the Senate in the month of April from among the 11 staff members on the committee.

2.0 The Staff Affairs Committee encourages the participation of permanent SDSU/CSU employees in all related and appropriate matters concerning the interest of staff as part of the shared governance philosophy of the SDSU campus community. The Committee shall promote the participation of staff on committees to attend scheduled meetings and participate in campus committee work. The Committee will inform supervisors of staff appointments to Senate and Senate Appointed Committees and Councils. Staff senators may serve on no more than two Senate or Senate Appointed Committees and the University Senate.

3.0 Functions: The Committee (a) shall appoint staff to fill vacancies to Senate committees by making recommendations to the Senate Committee on Committees in accordance with Senate Policy File; and shall appoint staff to fill vacancies to non Senate committees by campus-wide announcement and simple majority vote of the committee; (b) shall announce campus wide and elect by simple majority of the Committee staff appointments to staff Senator positions upon vacancies related to resignations; (c) shall consider only those matters related to the Senate; and (d) shall consider other issues at the direction of the Senate Chair, Senate Executive Committee or by the Senate.

4.0 The Chair (or designee) shall report the business of the committee to the Senate Executive Committee.

5.0 Staff Honors and Awards Subcommittee

120

5.1 Membership (9) seven staff members selected from bargaining units 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 plus one student selected by Associated Students and one administrator (MPP Classification). The committee chair shall be a member of the Staff Affairs Committee. The remaining staff members shall be from as many areas of campus (including Imperial Valley) as possible.

5.2 Functions: The committee shall: (a) on a quarterly basis, compile a list of staff members retiring in good standing, with 10 or more years of service to the University and forward to the Senate for formal recognition of their contributions to the mission of the University, and (b) provide recommendations to the University President regarding the Staff Excellence Awards program, and (c) forward nominations for such other honors and awards as the Senate shall designate.

Student Affairs Committee

1.0

2.0

Membership (15): five faculty, one to chair; Vice President of Student Affairs or designee, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or designee, Dean of Graduate Affairs or designee, Director of Financial Aid or designee, Associated Students President or designee, one staff member, four students.

Functions: The Committee

a. Shall set an agenda for the academic year and report regularly to the University Senate.

b. Shall review student services related issues of interest to the campus community.

c. Shall recommend to the Vice President for Student Affairs when administrative responsibilities fora program or policy lie with Student Affairs,

d. Shall recommend to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement orto the Dean of Graduate Affairs when administrative responsibilities for a program or policy liewith Academic Affairs,

e. Shall recommend policies and procedures for the administration of financial aid programs and toensure that policies conform to legal requirements of agencies granting financial aid,

f. Shall advise the Director of Financial Aid regarding students whose situations warrant specialconsideration;

g. Shall promote university-wide understanding of and assistance with the financial aid program,particularly through the assistant deans for student affairs.

Student Grievance Committee

1.0 Membership (12 + 8): five students and three alternates; three full-time faculty and two alternates; two full- time administrators and two alternates; one full-time staff representative and one alternate; Ombudsman (nonvoting).

2.0 Functions: The Committee shall hear and seek redress of student grievances concerning members of the faculty, administration, or staff, and to recommend concerning disciplinary actions. (See Codes: Student Grievance Procedure.)

3.0 The chair of the Student Grievance Committee shall present an annual written report to the President and the Senate Executive Committee of the number of grade appeal cases heard and the disposition of those cases.

Student Learning Outcomes and Program Assessment Committee (SLOPAC)

1.0

2.0

Membership (13): 9 faculty, one from each College, the University Library, and SDSU Imperial Valley; Asst. V.P. for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement (Educational Effectiveness); Assoc. V.P. Student Affairs (or designee); Instructional Technology Services representative (ex officio);Center for Teaching and Learning representative (ex officio); two undergraduate students.

Functions

121

2.1 The Committee shall provide oversight for the program assessment of Degree Learning Outcomes, and shall evaluate assessment plans and progress for all degrees and programs, including those programs accredited by external agencies.

2.2 The Committee shall assessment reports for each degree on a regular basis and provide feedback to the respective programs.

2.3 The Committee shall provide the Senate, and, when relevant, the Graduate Council, with an annual report on the state of program assessment across the university, including programs accredited by external agencies.

Student Media Advisory Committee

1.0 Membership (17): Associated Students President or designee, Associated Students Vice President for Finance or designee, Associated Students Executive Director or designee (nonvoting), Daily Aztec Editor (nonvoting), Daily Aztec General Manager (nonvoting), KCR Radio General Manager (nonvoting), University President designee, Student Affairs designee, University Relations and Development designee, Business and Financial Affairs designee, three faculty members, one from the faculty in Journalism; one staff member; four students.

2.0 Functions: The Student Media Advisory Committee shall be an advisory body to the University President on student-run media.

Sustainability, Committee on

1.0

2.0

3.0

Sustainability refers to practices designed to meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. It encompasses teaching, research, and practice in a variety of areas including but not limited to policy development, building design and construction, waste management and recycling, energy production and use, water use, and transportation.

Membership (15): five faculty, with no more than two from any one college; one staff member; Vice President for Student Affairs or designee; Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or designee; Director of Facilities Planning, Design & Construction or designee; Associate Vice President for Business Operations or designee; SDSU Research Foundation Director of Facilities or designee; General Manager, KPBS or designee; CEO of Aztec Shops or designee; two students.

Functions. The Committee shall

3.1 study, track and review sustainability issues related to the campus and make recommendations to improve sustainable practices,

3.2 coordinate with campus units and the community to ensure that sustainability is taken into consideration,

3.3 communicate with the Committee on Environment and Safety and the Campus Development Committee to ensure that sustainability is taken into consideration in the deliberations of those bodies,

3.4 receive copies of Executive Orders or other instructions to the campus dealing with sustainability and report on them to the Senate,

3.5 serve as a resource to faculty, staff and students wishing to undertake research, or propose curricular changes, or pursue sustainable practices,

3.6 communicate these activities and outcomes to the Senate, campus, and the broader community.

Teacher Education Advisory Council

1.0 Membership (16+): eight faculty, one from each college and SDSU Imperial Valley; Dean of Education, who shall chair, Provost, Dean of Graduate Affairs, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement; three representatives from the San Diego area school districts; three others.

122

2.0 Functions: The Council shall advise the Dean of Education on various programs for the preparation of teachers and other school personnel.

Tenure-Track Planning Committee

1.0 Membership (6): Provost, Chair of the Senate, Chair of Academic Policy and Planning, Chair of Academic Resources and Planning, Chair of Faculty Affairs, Chair of Diversity, Equity and Outreach.

2.0 Function: The Committee shall annually consider programming initiatives and recommend to the Provost the allocation of new and vacated tenure-track faculty positions.

Undergraduate Council

1.0

2.0

Membership (16): eight faculty, one from each college, the Library and SDSU Imperial Valley; Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement or designee, who shall chair; Associate and Assistant Deans of Undergraduate Studies; Vice President of Student Affairs or designee; Director of Enrollment Services; two undergraduate students.

Functions: The Council

2.1 Shall oversee an integrated approach to undergraduate excellence at San Diego State University

2.2 Shall recommend policy for the Division of Academic Engagement and Student Achievement

2.3 Shall propose changes in policy for undergraduate programs

2.4 Shall supervise specific university-wide undergraduate programs such as, but not limited to, the Undergraduate Writing Subcommittee and the Graduation and Retention Subcommittee

2.5 Shall forward to Senate the annual report on retention and graduation in the fall of each academic year

Undergraduate Topics Subcommittee of Undergraduate Curriculum Committee

1.0

2.0

3.0

This shall be a permanent subcommittee of the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee

Membership (5): three faculty who are members of the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee, one of whom shall chair; the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement and the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee.

Function

3.1 The Subcommittee shall review course proposals identified as 296, 496, 580, and 596, and General Studies 250, 350, and 550. Courses numbered 550, 580, and 596 shall be forwarded to the Graduate Council for an additional review. Although the Subcommittee may apply different criteria to these, it shall retain the same standards of regular courses.

3.2 The Subcommittee shall encourage experimental and interdisciplinary courses.

Undergraduate Writing Subcommittee of Undergraduate Curriculum Committee

1.0

2.0

3.0

This shall be a permanent subcommittee of the Undergraduate Council.

Membership (13): the eight faculty members of the Undergraduate Council; the Director of Composition, the Director of the Test Office, the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Student Achievement; two students from the Undergraduate Council.

Functions

3.1 The Subcommittee (a) shall encourage the development of courses and programs designed to improve the writing of undergraduate students, (b) shall monitor lower division writing competency and upper division writing proficiency in order to ensure consistent standards, and (c) shall coordinate campus efforts to improve student writing.

3.2 The Subcommittee shall approve and forward to the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee courses for review.

123

Writing Subcommittee of General Education Committee

1.0 This shall be a permanent subcommittee of the Committee on General Education and shall comprise two articulation panels, namely, the Composition Panel and the Oral Communication Panel.

2.0 Membership (6+): Members of the Committee on General Education and others thereby appointed to the Composition Panel, which shall include the Director of Composition and one or two representatives from each contributing department or school, and to the Oral Communication Panel, which shall include the Coordinator of Communication 103 and one or two representatives from each contributing department or school.

3.0 Functions

3.1 The Subcommittee shall

a. Coordinate the university Upper Division Writing Proficiency (UDWP) requirement,

b. Monitor the requirement for compliance with CSU system and campus policy,

c. Approve courses that fulfill the requirement,

d. Work with the Test Office to develop, schedule, and evaluate essay examinations thatfulfill the requirement, and

e. Monitor student performance to ensure that a single standard of writing proficiency beapplied.

The two articulation panels shall establish and coordinate course policies, grading standards, and syllabi in the Communication portion of the General Education program.

124

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Facilities

Classrooms

1.0 All lecture classroom space shall be scheduled by departments or other appropriate administrative units to average 53 hours per week with an anticipated occupancy rate of 66 percent.

2.0 The present time module (50-minute class MWF; 75-minute class TTh) for class scheduling shall accommodate classes meeting three hours per week. Normally, undergraduate classes meeting three hours per week shall conform to this time module until 3:00 p.m.; classes beginning at 3:00 p.m. or later may be scheduled at varying time modules. Classes meeting other than three hours per week shall begin on the hour.

3.0 Administrative units may by mutual agreement exchange allocated rooms or space. A copy of the memorandum confirming any such exchanges shall be forwarded to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Enrollment or designee.

Computer Use

1.0 Computers

1.1 Computer users shall be liable for activities on their accounts. Relevant federal and state laws and university regulations shall apply. The university shall reserve the right to limit, restrict, or extend computing or communications privileges and access to its information resources.

1.2 Acceptable Use

1.21 University computing and communications resources shall be used only for the university-related activities for which they are assigned.

1.22 Proper copyright permissions shall be obtained, and sources shall be properly cited.

1.23 Users shall not engage in activities that compromise computer security, circumvent controls, disrupt services, or violate computer etiquette.

1.3 Legality and Enforcement

1.31 University policies shall not supersede federal or state laws. Illegal actions may result in prosecution.

1.32 Violations of university computing policies may result in the revocation of access or the discontinuance of an account or the loss of computing privileges.

1.4 Privacy: Computer files, electronic mail, and computing accounts shall not be absolutely private and may be subject to access by various authorized persons in compliance with the California Public Records Act.

1.5 Operational procedures shall be determined and periodically reviewed by the Instructional and Information Technology Committee.

2.0 Electronic Mail

2.1 Communication through electronic mail should be encouraged and supported in the same manner as in classrooms, publications, and correspondence through standard hard copy mail. Professional codes of conduct shall prevail, and users shall adhere to standards of civil communication.

2.2 Email messages shall be the intellectual property of the source. Acknowledgment of the source should follow general citation guidelines.

2.3 The email system shall be managed like other campus communications.

2.4 For university business, email lists may be created. Persons may request deletion from such lists but shall otherwise know the information transmitted through such lists.

2.5 Faculty and staff who request email service shall have an email account established and made available for their use.

125

Events

2.6 Administrative units shall keep the university informed about email legalities. Persons should treat email with the same caution as hard copy mail.

2.7 Persons lacking legitimate business purposes for obtaining access to other persons’ files or communications shall not use electronic mail and computer systems to access those files or communications.

1.0 When the university or its auxiliary organizations offer, sponsor, or authorize on-campus events that contribute to teaching, research, community service, fund raising, community outreach, and campus life, the university shall facilitate campus operations to support the events and to mitigate their impact upon the campus learning environment and the surrounding community. Consultation by the Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs, the Associated Students, and the sponsoring organization shall precede a final decision to hold a controversial or conflicting event.

2.0 Major events shall be scheduled at least two months before the event date. The sponsoring event scheduler shall forward notice of a proposed event to the Events Calendar Coordinator for publication on the Campus Events Calendar. The Events Calendar Coordinator shall review and determine whether conflicts exist and whether the combination of events will adversely impact traffic, parking, safety, or other operations or facilities. Approval for each event shall require the resolution and mitigation of these adverse impacts, and the approval shall be vested with the Vice President for Business and Financial Affairs.

Faculty-Staff Club

1.0 The Faculty-Staff Club building shall be dedicated exclusively to the purposes of housing the Faculty-Staff Club.

2.0 Faculty and staff who are members of the Faculty-Staff Club shall contribute regularly toward its support according to a scale determined by the Faculty-Staff Club Board of Directors.

3.0 The Faculty-Staff Club shall be reserved for members and guests for faculty and staff meetings, dining, and recreation. The Club shall not be available for scheduled instructional purposes or institutes.

Library Privileges

1.0 Faculty

1.1 The loan period for faculty is six months with one renewal.

1.2 Books on loan to faculty are subject to recall at the request of faculty or of students. These requests are to be respected by the borrower, and the book returned. (If the book is vital to a current project, the library may be so advised so that special arrangements can be made.)

1.3 Nonprint items shall be loaned to faculty for a limited time.

1.4 Maximum periodical loan periods for faculty shall be (a) current (latest) issues: noncirculating, (b) unbound back issues: three days, (c) bound periodical volumes: seven days. The Dean of the Library and Information Access may make exceptions to meet critical faculty needs.

1.5 Not more than 100 items shall be checked out to a faculty member at any one time.

2.0 Emeritus Faculty: Privileges shall be as in sec. 1.0.

3.0 Graduate Students

3.1 Classified graduate students, upon proper identification, may borrow books for up to three months and may check out bound periodicals for one day.

3.2 The borrowing privileges of Teaching Assistants and Associates shall be the same as other classified graduate students. The borrowing period may be extended by renewal or by a faculty member checking the book out for the Teaching Assistant or Associate.

4.0 Students

126

4.1 The due date for books checked out from the main collection shall be 7 days before the start of that semester’s first day of finals. One renewal is allowed. Materials are subject to recall with a maximum of two weeks to return.

4.2 Periodicals shall not be loaned to students.

5.0 Fines: Borrowers shall be responsible for overdue or recalled Library materials. The fine levied for the library materials not returned within two weeks shall reflect not only the cost of the book but also the cost of processing it. Nonrefundable accounting charges shall be assessed if payroll deduction is initiated.

6.0 Confidentiality: At the recommendation of Executive Board of the American Library Association, the Dean of the Library and Information Access should

6.1 Formally adopt a policy that specifically recognizes its circulation records to be confidential,

6.2 Advise librarians and library employees that such records shall not be made available to any agency of federal, state, or local government except pursuant to such process, order, or subpoena as may be authorized under the authority of, and pursuant to, federal, state, or local law relating to civil, criminal, or administrative discovery procedures or legislative investigatory power, and

6.3 Resist the issuance or enforcement of any such process, order, or subpoena until such time as a proper showing of good cause has been made in a court of competent jurisdiction.

Naming

1.0 The Trustees of the California State University have developed CSU policies on naming facilities (“Policy And Procedure On Naming California State University Facilities and Properties”), as well as colleges, schools, and other academic entities (“Policy And Procedures On Naming California State University Colleges, Schools, and Other Academic Entities”). In these policies, the Trustees have retained for themselves the authority to name all CSU facilities and properties, i.e., all buildings; major portions of buildings; university or college streets or roads; stadium and baseball fields and other areas of major assembly or activity; plazas, malls, and other large areas of campus circulation; as well as naming all CSU colleges, schools, programs, centers, and institutes. The Trustees’ policy has stated that the naming of academic entities, as opposed to facilities, is to be reserved for fund-raising purposes only. The policies referenced above have outlined specific procedures to be followed in proposing names to the Trustees.

These policies, along with Executive Order 713 (1999), “Delegation of Authority - Naming of CSU Facilities and Properties,” (http://www.calstate.edu/eo/EO-713.pdf), have delegated to the President of each university in the California State University System the naming of those facilities and properties, academic entities, including endowed chairs, and scholarships for which the Trustees have not reserved the naming rights. The intent of the following policy is to guide the process of naming entities for which the President of San Diego State University has been delegated ultimate responsibility.

2.0 Principles

2.1 Naming proposals may originate from administrators, faculty, staff, or students. Each proposal for naming shall be considered on its own merits. No commitment for naming shall be made before final approval of the proposed name. Confidentiality shall be maintained throughout the process of submitting a naming proposal.

2.2 Individuals originating proposals where the naming is associated with a philanthropic gift should seek guidance on procedures from the Office of the Vice President for University Relations and Development. When such proposals include the naming of facilities and properties, the Director of Facilities Planning, Design, and Construction should be consulted to ascertain the projected cost of the facility and to ensure that proposed design changes, including signage or other modifications, are appropriate. Non-philanthropic proposals that involve naming facilities and properties should proceed through the Campus Development Committee.

2.3 A name of an SDSU facility, academic entity, or project shall meet one or more of the following criteria:

2.31 It designates the function of a facility or entity.

127

2.32 It reflects geographic or topographical features of the facility or entity.

2.33 It reflects a traditional theme of the university or college.

2.34 It honors one or more individuals or an organization for one of more of the following reasons:

a) Unique distinction in higher education or public service,

b) Academic service to the university and a national or international reputation as ascholar or extraordinary contributions to SDSU or the CSU,

c) Administrative service to the university marked by extraordinary contributionsto SDSU or the CSU,

d) Staff service to the university marked by extraordinary contributions to SDSU orthe CSU, or

e) A monetary gift or gift-in-kind to the university or an income generating gift,including a gift made by another in the named individual’s behalf.

2.4 Substantial contributions for naming purposes shall be encouraged from both private and corporate donors. In general, the amount of the contribution should equal or exceed the “best practice” for the sort of naming envisioned, as determined by data from the Council for Advancement and Support of Education.

3.0 The Role of Consultation in the Naming Process.

3.1 Appropriate faculty members should be consulted whenever the naming of a facility or an entity directly affects them.

3.2 Appropriate students should be consulted whenever the naming of a facility or an entity directly affects them. The Associated Students shall determine the procedures by which students should be consulted in the naming process.

4.0 The Senate Executive Committee (SEC) shall act on behalf of the Senate in considering naming proposals. The committee may receive such proposals at its regular meetings, or special meetings of the SEC may be called for the purpose of acting on naming proposals. The SEC shall meet in executive session to consider these proposals and shall maintain confidentiality regarding its deliberations. In reviewing naming proposals, the SEC shall consider:

a) The fit between the proposal and the criteria for naming outlined in Section 2.0 above.

b) The appropriateness of the monetary gift involved, if any, for the significance of the entity to benamed.

c) The vetting process that was employed to insure the integrity of the gift, as well as the integrity ofthe donor.

d) The consultation process employed to insure that the proposal has the support of affected facultyand/or students.

4.1 The SEC’s recommendation shall be transmitted confidentially to the President.

Noise Abatement

1.0 An instructor, staff member, or student hampered by noise pollution may call the Office of the Director of Public Safety to request a decibel meter reading of the sound level in his or her classroom or office. The Director of Facilities Planning, Design and Construction shall prohibit repeatedly noisy events from occurring in specific areas, order removal of noisy machinery to a more remote site, or do whatever is necessary to eliminate a persistent source of noise pollution.

2.0 Equipment buyers in Physical Plant operations shall consider carefully the noise generated by machinery being considered for purchase. Equipment that causes excessive noise in classrooms and offices shall be phased out as rapidly as possible.

128

3.0 Existing and future fixed machinery shall be installed in noise-abating acoustical environments.

4.0 No motorcycle parking lots shall be allowed in the campus interior.

5.0 Authorization to bring moving vehicles into the campus interior shall be regulated to avoid noise.

6.0 Campus planning shall include noise abatement. The Campus Development Committee may consider abolishing parking in the campus interior except for service vehicles, handicapped parking, and any other essential use, and replacing paved lots with landscaping and benches.

Parking and Traffic

1.0 Permit Requirements

1.1 State law requires that a fee be charged for parking on university property by San Diego State University faculty, staff, and students. Every vehicle, including those with specialized license plates, not otherwise exempt, that occupies a parking stall shall display a valid permit in accordance with the regulation and time and date posted. Parking lots and structures shall have signs posted indicating when parking permits are required.

1.2 Faculty and staff members with valid parking permits shall park in areas designated for faculty and staff. Faculty and staff members may use student parking facilities with a Faculty/Staff permit.

2.0 Regulations: The complete and current university Parking Rules and Regulations shall be published each semester in the Class Schedule.

2.1 General

2.11 The regulations of the State of California Vehicle Code and the traffic laws of the City of San Diego and San Diego State University shall govern traffic and parking on the campus of San Diego State University.

2.12 Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, art. 7, subchap. 5, reads in part: “No person shall drive any vehicle, nor shall any person stop, park or leave standing, any vehicle upon the driveways, paths, or grounds of any campus, except with the permission of the president of the campus where such a vehicle is driven or parked.”

2.13 The garaging of vehicles shall be prohibited except for residence hall tenants with the appropriate permit to park for long term in selected residence hall areas.

2.2 Violations: The university shall be authorized to create and enforce parking regulations pursuant to the California Vehicle Code, sec. 21113(a). In addition, other state and local laws relative to parking and vehicle operation shall be enforced on university property.

3.0 Residence Hall Parking: A special parking area may be set aside for those living in specified residence halls; these residents shall receive designated parking permits for use in that campus area only.

4.0 Skateboards and Roller Skates, Bicycles and Motor Scooters15

4.1 Skateboards, roller skates, bicycles, and similar personal wheeled conveyances may only be operated on streets and designated paths. In other locations, bicyclists shall walk their bicycles and shall park them in designated parking stands and areas.

4.2 All bicycles on campus shall property display a valid SDSU bicycle license.

4.3 Bicycles shall be parked only in designated areas. Bicycles attached to railings or other fixtures not designated for bicycle parking are subject to removal and impound.

4.4 In no case shall bicycles, skateboards, roller skates, or similar personal wheeled conveyances be permitted on ramps for handicap access.

4.5 Pedestrians shall have right of way at all times.

15 Approved March 2013; Action Memo signed (by President Hirshman) March 2017

129

4.6 An 8 miles per hour speed limit shall be observed, except on curbed streets.

4.7 Motor scooters, motorbikes, and motorcycles shall be operated only on curbed streets and vehicular thoroughfares. They shall not be ridden or walked elsewhere on campus but shall be parked in areas designated for motorcycles and not in bicycle stands or in areas designated for bicycles.

4.8 Motorized and non-motorized carts, trucks, or dollies approved for operations on campus and only officially permitted motor vehicles shall be operated in areas other than designated bike/skateboard lanes.

4.9 These prohibitions shall not apply to non-ambulatory persons in wheelchairs or to children in carriages or strollers.

4.10 These prohibitions shall be enforced in accordance with the San Diego State University Public Safety Code, Section 100 and the California Vehicle Code, Section 21113(f) (as revised to conform to this policy change).

4.11 The university, at principal entrances and accesses, shall post appropriate signs to campus.

Smoking

1.0 Smoking shall be prohibited by San Diego State University as follows:

a. In buildings owned and occupied by or leased and occupied by SDSU and in SDSU vehicles,

b. In SDSU outdoor areas including parking lots,

c. In outdoor SDSU owned or leased constructed seating areas where people are likely to congregate.

d. Appropriately worded “no smoking” signs shall be placed in locations where the smoking rule isconsistently violated and all public ash receptacles shall be placed in compliance with this policy.

2.0 The distribution of free samples of tobacco products is prohibited. No tobacco-related advertising or sponsorship shall be permitted on SDSU property, at college-sponsored events or in publications produced by the college, with the exception of advertising in a newspaper or magazine that is not produced by SDSU and which is lawfully sold, bought or distributed on campus property. For the purposes of this policy, "tobacco-related" applies to the use of a tobacco brand or corporate name, trademark, logo, symbol or motto, selling message, recognizable pattern of colors or any other indicia of product identification identical to or similar to, or identifiable with, those used for any brand of tobacco products or company which manufactures tobacco products.

3.0 The designated officials in charge of receiving complaints about employees shall be Human Resources, and for complaints about students shall be Student Affairs. Other violations shall be referred to Public Safety, unless other designated officials are named by the President to receive complaints concerning violations of this policy. This official, policy, procedures for complaints, and consequences of violations will be posted online. If needed, AB 795 allows for fines to be assessed for repeat violators, and this avenue will be explored if needed, though social enforcement shall be the primary means of enforcement.

4.0 All members of the campus community will be informed of the smoking policy by widely distributing the campus tobacco policy on an annual basis. The tobacco policy will be clearly posted in employee and student handbooks, on the college/university website, and in other relevant publications. Key components of the policy will be also shared with parents, alumni/ae, and visitors. The general policy will be both printed and electronic formats.

5.0 The university shall offer smoking-cessation assistance for students through Student Health Services and for faculty and staff through the Employee Assistance Program. Interested employees should contact the Center for Human Resources.

6.0 San Diego State University auxiliary organizations shall comply with this policy.

7.0 Smoking shall be permitted in university-sponsored theatre and dance productions and other representations where smoking is part of the script.

130

8.0 Notice of this policy shall be posted at or near principal entrances to the campus and on www.sdsu.edu.

9.0 This policy shall implement Cal. Code Regs. Title 5 section 42356 and CSU Memorandum 200-26 and 2003-19 in accordance with the Education Code 89030 and 89031 and Cal. Govt Code sections 7596-7598, and Executive Order 1108 (2017).

10.0 Smoking is defined as inhaling, exhaling, burning, or carrying a lighted or vapor-producing tobacco product. Tobacco is defined as all tobacco-derived or containing products, including, but not limited to, cigarettes (clove, bidis, kreteks), electronic cigarettes, cigars and cigarillos, hookah smoked products, and oral tobacco (spit and spitless, smokeless, chew, snuff).

Space and Equipment

1.0 Entitlements for Space and Equipment

1.1 Instructional program needs and development of faculty potential shall be the criteria for defining entitlements for space and equipment.

1.2 These criteria shall be applied (a) in light of current instructional practices that have proven successful and satisfactory to faculty and students and (b) in view of untapped, yet apparent potential of each portion of the faculty for unique and creative endeavors.

1.3 Existing formulae not pertinent to the stated criteria shall be used only to define the barest minima of space and equipment to be provided within building programs.

1.4 Generally, longer-range plans of new construction shall be favored over frequent and costly programs of converting the function of a physical facility to that of another.

2.0 Faculty Office Space

2.1 Issues regarding a faculty member’s office space allocation shall be negotiated by the faculty member, department chair or school director, and dean of the college.

2.2 When requested, the university shall provide available office space for full-time faculty on leave.

2.3 The university shall provide for storage and for handling of stored materials when a full-time faculty member on leave does not have access to office space.

Student Official Email Address Use Policy

1.0 University Responsibility

1.1 Email is an official means of communication with San Diego State University students.

1.2 A student’s official email address is retained as part of the student’s record. Official email addresses will be confidential directory information unless the student requests otherwise.

1.3 Confidentiality regarding student records is protected under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA). All use of official email addresses will be consistent with FERPA and other applicable state and federal laws.

1.4 Official email addresses may be used by university staff and faculty for communications that meet the academic and administrative needs of the university. Official email addresses shall not be used for solicitations.

1.5 Official email addresses shall not be used for notification of disciplinary hearings or any legal actions involving the court system.

1.7 The university will provide a student with an email account to use as his or her official email address for SDSU-related communication.16

2.0 Student Responsibility

16 Approved November 2016

131

2.1 It is the responsibility of the student to ensure his or her official email address is functional and able to receive email from San Diego State University. “Mailbox full,” “user unknown” or spam blockers are not acceptable reasons for missing university messages.

2.2 Each admitted and matriculated student is expected to check his or her official email address in order to stay current with university communications.

132

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Faculty

Academic Freedom

San Diego State University is committed to academic freedom as a core value that underlies its mission of teaching, scholarship and creative activity, and service to the public, our University, and the larger scholarly community. Academic freedom, whether reflected in formal research and publication, teaching, creative activity, or in the exploration of new ideas, benefits the campus community and the world at large and should be defended by faculty, instructional staff, and students.

San Diego State University recognizes that the faculty, working within a system of shared governance, possesses the unique ability to apply professional judgments about the quality of the various kinds of scholarship and teaching undertaken by colleagues. In making these judgments, the faculty relies on a variety of review systems, such as department reviews, editorial boards of scholarly journals, panels constituted to review proposals for funded research, periodic reviews, and student evaluations of teaching.

San Diego State University also seeks to develop in its students a sense of thoughtful independence. To do so, we recognize that students, faculty, and instructional staff must be free within the classroom and through scholarly research, creative activity, and community service to explore the widest possible range of viewpoints. However, San Diego State University also endorses the following portion of the American Council on Education’s Statement on Academic Rights and Responsibilities: “The validity of academic ideas, theories, arguments and views should be measured against the intellectual standards of relevant academic and professional disciplines. Application of these intellectual standards does not mean that all ideas have equal merit. The responsibility to judge the merit of competing academic ideas rests with colleges and universities and is determined by reference to the standards of the academic profession.”

The development of the sort of thoughtful intelligence that facilitates the generation of new knowledge carries with it a set of responsibilities that apply to faculty, instructional staff, and students alike. These responsibilities are based on shared values such as integrity, fairness, professional and social responsibility, equality of opportunity, confidentiality, honesty and openness, respect for self and others, and freedom and safety. The professional responsibilities of the faculty, instructional staff and the students in carrying out this ideal, as well as procedures to seek redress of grievances, are set forth elsewhere in the University Policy File.

The Senate resolves and reaffirms that SDSU's commitment to the protection of academic freedom, recognizes that academic freedom extends to faculty participation in institutional governance, including faculty statements on university operation and administration; and that the rights and protections of the SDSU Academic Freedom Policy include faculty scholarship, teaching, creative activity, speech and service that faculty engage in while employed at SDSU; and that these protected activities are not subject to "employee-speech" limitations, restrictions and/or sanctions.

Academic Responsibilities

1.0 Audiovisual Materials17

1.1 Instructors shall ensure that audiovisual materials used in or for a course are significantly related to the announced structure and purpose of the course. An instructor shall advise the audience of materials that may be deemed offensive.

1.2 Audiovisual materials, whatever their source (rental, purchase, private collection, guest lecture), shall be legally acquired and shall include captioning whenever possible.

2.0 Course Syllabi: The syllabus for each course shall describe the course’s purpose, scope, and student learning outcomes. In addition, each syllabus shall include office hours and contact information for the instructor, refer to the current procedure for accommodating students with disabilities (refer to Student Ability Success Center), and describe the course design, required materials, schedule, and grading policies, which may vary by section. A syllabus shall not bind the instructor to specific details, and the instructor shall retain the right to adjust the course design. Major departures from the syllabus, however, especially

17 Approved April 2017

133

with regard to student learning outcomes, major assignment due dates and exam dates, and grading policies, shall be made only for compelling reasons.

2.1 Instructors shall provide students with access to their course syllabus at or before the first class meeting. In addition, instructors shall post their syllabus on the official and available course site of the SDSU BlackBoard learning management system as well as any other course web site routinely accessed by the course students. Any major changes to the course syllabus shall be announced in class, communicated to all students electronically, and incorporated into an updated and posted version of the syllabus.

2.2 Departments shall, by the end of the semester, upload their course syllabi in an accessible electronic format to the SDSU Syllabus Collection. Faculty may elect to complete and provide to their department a completed course information template (available from the SDSU Syllabus Collection) in lieu of the official course syllabus.

3.0 In order to facilitate universal access to instructional materials:

3.1 Instructors shall endeavor to order textbooks, course readers, and other required instructional materials on or before the deadline established by the campus bookstore, and definitely no later than six weeks in advance of the beginning of the academic term.

3.2 Whenever possible, departments and schools shall endeavor to order textbooks for classes without assigned instructors on or before the deadline established by the campus bookstore, and at least six weeks in advance of the beginning of the academic term.

4.0 Faculty Office Hours: Each faculty member shall hold regularly scheduled office hours and shall post a schedule of those hours and their contact information at their office location and within their syllabus.

5.0 Academic misconduct: Instructors shall not provide students with unethical academic assistance, including but not limited to: providing or arranging for the provision of (a) preferential instructor assistance; (b) fraudulent academic credit or false transcripts regarding an individual’s academic record; and (c) an academic exception that results in a grade change, academic credit, or fulfillment of a graduation requirement when such an exception is not available to all students.

6.0 For additional discussion of faculty responsibilities related to student academic dishonesty, see University Policies: Codes, Faculty-Student Relations.

Appointment at Another Campus

1.0 A faculty employee may apply for appointment at another California State University campus in his or her field of expertise.

2.0 A faculty employee shall not be involuntarily appointed at another campus within The California State University.

Awards

1.0 San Diego State University Senate Excellence in Teaching Award

1.1 This award, originally from the Board of Trustees of The California State University and Colleges, shall recognize excellence in teaching. Faculty members shall be selected for the contributions made to their students, to their academic disciplines, and to their campus communities. The awardee will be recognized by the title “Senate Distinguished Professor.”

1.2 Procedure and Criteria for Nomination

1.21 Nominations shall be called for by the Faculty Honors and Awards Committee no later than the beginning of the first week of October.

1.22 Nominations may be received from students, faculty members, administrators, alumni, and other members of the community.

1.23 Each fall each Dean shall nominate one distinguished tenured, probationary, or FERP faculty member from their respective College unit. From this slate of candidates one

134

nominee shall be selected by the University Honors and Awards Committee and honored by the university.

1.3 Criteria for Award

1.31 Portfolio: Each nomination should present a teaching portfolio that supports the excellence of the candidate. Such a portfolio should include items such as: recommendation letter(s), summaries of student evaluations, and evidence of awards, content expertise, instructional design and/or delivery, mentoring, student accomplishments, and commitment to improving pedagogical practice.

1.32 Criteria: A nominee shall have a record of superlative teaching, affecting students in significant ways consistent with the highest objectives of the University.

1.321 Neither professional achievement through research or creative scholarship nor service to the campus and community shall substitute for this basic requirement.

1.322 The nominee’s professional accomplishments, services to the campus and the larger community shall be evaluated for their quality and their contributions to the nominee’s teaching.

1.323 A significant part of each nominee’s accomplishment shall have been established while a faculty member of The California State University.

1.4 Procedure for Award: All nominees shall be honored at an awards ceremony during the Spring Semester. The recipient of the Senate Award shall present a public lecture as part of the awards ceremony.

2.0 Alumni Award for Outstanding Faculty Contributions to the University

2.1 Faculty shall be so honored and shall receive monetary awards from the San Diego State University Alumni Association.

2.2 Criteria: The Faculty Honors and Awards Committee shall recommend faculty members who have contributed the most to the university or on behalf of the University to the community, the state, the nation, or the world of scholarship in such categories as outstanding teaching, distinguished scholarship or professional activity, or other exceptional service.

2.3 Procedure

2.31 Each spring the Faculty Honors and Awards Committee shall recommend one tenured, probationary, or FERP faculty member from each college for an Alumni Award for the following academic year. The committee may choose not to recommend an award in a college. SDSU Imperial Valley and the Library shall be considered as colleges.

2.32 Nominations shall be called for the by the Office of Faculty Advancement and the Faculty Honors and Awards Committee during the first week of the spring semester. Nominations may be received from students, faculty members, administrators, alumni, and other members of the community. Each nomination shall include (a) a completed nomination form available from the Office of Faculty Advancement and (b) no more than four pages of justification. Nominations shall be submitted to the appropriate dean’s office in accordance with the schedule established by Faculty Advancement.

2.33 Each dean shall appoint and confer with a faculty committee designed to review nominations for the award. The dean shall provide the committee with copies of nominations.

2.34 The college committees shall obtain curricula vitae and supporting documentation of nominees. Each college committee shall submit at least three unranked nominations with written rationales for the committee’s choices that convey the values of each candidate’s contribution. Colleges with fewer than 50 tenured, probationary, and FERP faculty may submit two unranked nominations.

135

2.35 Each dean shall forward these recommendations and supporting materials to the Faculty Honors and Awards Committee via the Office of Faculty Advancement.

2.36 The Faculty Honors and Awards Committee shall recommend nominees to the President, who shall select the recipients. Deans shall submit to the Office of Faculty Advancement précis of the recipients’ accomplishments.

3.0 San Diego State University Diversity Excellence Award

3.1 This award shall recognize faculty with an exemplary commitment to diversity and inclusion in the areas of teaching, service, and/or research. Each spring no more than three faculty members shall be honored at the annual SDSU Diversity Awards ceremony. Faculty members shall be selected for their commitment to the university’s shared vision of diversity and social justice, specifically in the areas of contributions made to their students, to their academic disciplines, and to their campus communities.

3.2 Procedure and Criteria for Nomination

3.21 Nominations shall be called for by the Faculty Honors and Awards Committee in conjunction with the Chief Diversity Officer and the Chair of the Committee on Diversity, Equity and Outreach.

3.22 Nominations may be received from students, faculty members, administrators, alumni, and other members of the community.

3.23 A nominee shall have a record of outstanding performance in one or more of the following areas: Student engagement, inclusive curriculum, commitment to social justice, cross-cultural understanding, diverse community service, and research.

3.24 Each nomination may be supported by evidence that includes any or all of the following: (a) a curriculum vitae containing detailed lists of the nominee’s achievements as ateacher, as a member of the profession, and as a member of the campus community, and(b) descriptive and evaluative written statements by present and/or former students, bycolleagues in the nominee’s academic discipline, by campus administrators, and by otherswho are qualified to comment upon the nominee’s contributions. Such written statementsshould include a brief paragraph identifying the writer and the writer’s qualifications fornominating the candidate.

3.25 The nominee’s professional accomplishments shall be evaluated for their quality and their contributions to diversity and social justice. The nominee’s teaching and service to the campus and larger community shall be evaluated for their relevance in developing student cultural competence, supporting the attraction and retention of diverse students, and for their overall significance.

3.26 Each college is encouraged to submit at least one and no more than three nominations to the Awards Committee.

3.27 From the nominations received, the Awards Committee shall select at least one.

3.28 All recipients shall be honored at the SDSU Diversity Awards ceremony each spring.

Endowed Chairs

1.0 Named gift endowments from private sources may be established for endowed chairs and professorships. Faculty support endowments are important to the university because they help ensure that San Diego State University is able to recruit and retain extraordinary teachers and researchers. Endowment funds may support faculty professional development and research activities, provide faculty salary support or a combination of both, depending upon the needs of the program and/or the wishes of the donor. The President must approve faculty positions bearing the name of an individual(s) or organization(s) in recognition of a significant faculty support endowment gift.

2.0 Establishing Endowed Faculty Positions

136

2.1 Endowed faculty positions shall be consistent with the mission and goals of the university. No department or school shall be required to accept a gift of an endowed chair.

2.2 Endowed positions may be fully or partially funded by private support. Endowed faculty positions will be established only after the necessary funding has been obtained. Named faculty positions can be created through endowment gifts and/or annual contributions. The use of annual gifts to support a named faculty position is only permitted when there is a legally enforceable written pledge to provide direct support to a named position. Funding for all endowed positions shall be administered through the Campanile Foundation.

2.3 Endowed positions that result from a gift agreement shall conform to the conditions of the gift.

2.4 The President shall establish categories that represent the following types of endowed faculty positions:

2.41 Positions that bring to the university internationally recognized faculty who will have a transformational impact on the University and whose research and teaching will provide students with an exceptional opportunity for study. The highest level of academic recognition at SDSU, awarded to the most distinguished scholars in their field to enhance their scholarly efforts and research.

2.42 Positions that bring to the university nationally recognized faculty who will have a transformational impact on a program, department, or college, and whose research and teaching will provide students with an exceptional opportunity for study. Awarded to the most eminent scholars in their field to enhance their scholarly efforts and research.

2.43 Positions intended to retain and attract outstanding faculty who are clearly leaders in their disciplines and whose contributions to a program, department, or college are critical to its ongoing success. Awarded to outstanding faculty to both reward and enhance scholarly efforts.

2.44 Positions providing a naming opportunity for the donor and enabling the university to recognize and reward the most productive faculty or attract and retain less experienced faculty destined to achieve prominence in their field.

2.45 Other faculty support endowments may include fellowships and awards for research and/or teaching.

3.0 Appointment of Faculty to Endowed Positions

3.1 Nominations for candidates for endowed chairs and professorships shall originate in the department or school using the normal appointment processes involving the unit personnel committee, shall be recommended by the college dean, and shall be forwarded along with the necessary documentation to the Provost for recommendation to the President before an offer is made. Nominations may be for either internal or external candidates.

3.3 It is the expectation that holders of endowed chair fulfill the expectations of the position. In cases where this ceases to apply, on recommendation of the department, the dean and the Provost to the President, the President may revoke the title of the endowed chair. In such cases the faculty member shall retain professorship status under normal pay and workload if tenured.

4.0 Chaired professors shall be so designated in official correspondence and in university catalogs, bulletins, and publications.

5.0 Appointment as a chaired professor shall not in itself imply tenure other than as granted by normal university procedures.

Grievance

Faculty employees or groups of employees who allege that they have been directly wronged by a violation, misapplication, or misinterpretation of a term or provision of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) may seek resolution of disputes in accordance with the provisions and procedures stated in the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA).

137

SDSU Imperial Valley

1.0 Faculty Appointment and Assignment: As of April 17, 1990, faculty appointed with duties at SDSU Imperial Valley shall be appointed in San Diego campus departments or schools and SDSU Imperial Valley. By virtue of their department or school appointment, SDSU Imperial Valley faculty shall have the rights and privileges of membership in a San Diego campus department or school and those of the faculty at SDSU Imperial Valley, including seniority by date of tenure-track appointment and eligibility to serve on department or school or SDSU Imperial Valley committees. These faculty shall also be liable to the same department or school criteria and standards for personnel actions, namely: appointment, reappointment, promotion, tenure, and post-tenure review.

1.1 In applying department or school criteria and standards for personnel actions, units shall weigh accordingly the distinctive requirements of SDSU Imperial Valley assignments, even as they consider varying obligations and accomplishments among their faculty assigned to the San Diego campus.

1.2 Those recommended by departments or schools and approved by the President shall be granted department or school seniority by the date of their original tenure-track appointments to San Diego State University.

1.3 Tenure-track faculty appointed to a department or school on the San Diego campus may apply before January 1 of any year for an appointment at SDSU Imperial Valley. The request shall be addressed to the Faculty Council at SDSU Imperial Valley, which shall forward its recommendation to the President or designee.

2.0 Personnel Action Procedures

2.1 The Dean of SDSU Imperial Valley shall request appointments and reappointments of SDSU Imperial Valley faculty.

2.2 Personnel actions for SDSU Imperial Valley faculty appointed in San Diego campus departments or schools shall be initiated in the relevant San Diego campus units but shall be directed to the SDSU Imperial Valley Peer Review Committee and Dean and shall follow normal channels; they shall not be directed to San Diego campus colleges or deans.

2.3 Personnel actions for faculty appointed only at SDSU Imperial Valley shall be initiated by duly constituted SDSU Imperial Valley faculty committees, shall be directed to the SDSU Imperial Valley Dean, and shall follow normal channels; they shall not be directed to San Diego campus departments or schools, colleges, or deans.

2.4 Assisted by SDSU Imperial Valley faculty, San Diego campus departments or schools shall be responsible for peer evaluation of teaching effectiveness at SDSU Imperial Valley. SDSU Imperial Valley shall be responsible for student evaluation of SDSU Imperial Valley teaching effectiveness.

2.5 San Diego campus departments or schools may delegate to SDSU Imperial Valley the appointment, reappointment, and peer evaluation of temporary faculty.

3.0 Instructional Assignments

3.1 SDS Imperial Valley faculty may apply to teach wholly or partially at the San Diego campus. This application shall require presidential approval upon receipt of approval of the SDSU Imperial Valley Dean and the San Diego campus department or school and college according to their criteria and procedures.

3.2 SDSU Imperial Valley and San Diego campus faculty shall be encouraged to request intercampus teaching for which there shall be compensation such as reassigned time for travel or for instructionally related research.

Leaves, Difference-in-Pay

1.0 A difference-in-pay leave shall be for purposes beneficial to San Diego State University.

138

2.0 A full-time faculty employee, including temporary, shall be eligible for a difference-in-pay leave who has served full time for six years preceding the leave. A faculty unit employee shall be eligible for a subsequent difference-in-pay leave who has served full time for three years after the last sabbatical leave or difference- in-pay leave. The President may determine that previous service within The California State University shall be counted toward difference-in-pay eligibility.

2.1 Up to one year of a professional leave of absence without pay may be counted as service for a difference-in-pay leave. The faculty employee’s department or school shall certify that the activity engaged in during the leave without pay was of sufficient worth and relevance to one’s service as a faculty member. Upon certification, the unit may request that the leave count as service. This request shall be granted upon endorsement by the college dean and approval by the Provost

2.2 An eligible faculty employee may apply for a leave by submitting a proposal to the department chair or school director. The application shall include a statement of the purpose of the difference- in-pay leave, a description of the proposed project and the CSU resources necessary to carry it out, and a statement of the time requested.

2.3 A difference-in-pay leave may be approved for one or more semesters or months as appropriate to the appointment.

2.4 The salary for a difference-in-pay leave faculty employee shall be the difference between the employee’s salary and the salary at the rank of Instructor, Step 1. The salary for a difference-in- pay leave for a librarian employee shall be the difference between the employee’s salary and the minimum salary of the lowest comparable time-base Librarian rank.

3.0 Department or school committees composed of tenured faculty members elected by the probationary and tenured faculty shall review difference-in-pay leave requests. The committees shall consider questions related to the quality of the proposed difference-in-pay leave. The department or school committee shall “not recommend” for difference-in-pay leave an applicant whose proposal it judges not worthy. If so, the applicant shall be allowed to alter the proposal to meet the unit’s criteria. Department or school recommendations shall be forwarded to the dean of the college. The unit shall provide a statement to the dean of the college regarding the possible effect on the curriculum and the operation of the unit if the faculty employee is granted a difference-in-pay leave.

4.0 The college committee shall recommend regarding applications, taking into account department or school recommendations. The committee may also “not recommend” applicants for difference-in-pay leaves if it judges the proposal not worthy. These applicants may appeal this decision and may revise their proposals for final submission to the committee. The committee shall forward the recommendations to the dean of the college.

5.0 The dean shall recommend, taking into account the quality of the proposal and the college committee’s recommendations. The dean may also “not recommend” an applicant for difference-in-pay leave if the proposal is not deemed worthy. Such applicants shall be informed in writing of the reasons for non- recommendation. The dean of the college shall consider department or school recommendations, the college’s program needs, and college’s budget implications. The dean shall forward the recommendations to the Provost.

6.0 The Provost shall consider the recommendations by the department or school committee and by the college and dean of the college, campus program needs, and campus budget implications. The Provost shall respond in writing to the applicant, including the reasons for approval or denial. A copy of this response shall be provided to the affected unit. If a difference-in-pay leave is granted, the response shall include the conditions of such a leave.

7.0 Final approval of a difference-in-pay leave shall not be granted until the applicant has filed with the President a suitable bond, an accepted statement of assets, or a promissory note that is at least equal to the amount of salary paid during the leave. The suitable bond, accepted statement of assets, or promissory note shall indemnify the State of California against loss if the employee fails to render the required service at San Diego State University following return from the difference-in-pay leave.

8.0 The Office of Faculty Advancement shall specify any deadlines relating to the leave procedures and shall specify the requirements of written reports of faculty employees accepting difference-in-pay leaves.

139

9.0 Privileges and Responsibilities 9.1 Having completed a leave, the faculty employee shall submit a written report to the Provost, dean,

and department chair or school director before the following October 15. Each college shall maintain a file of accepted proposals and written reports from persons granted difference-in-pay leaves. A faculty employee on difference-in-pay leave shall be considered in work status and shall receive the same health, dental, and appropriate fringe benefits otherwise provided by The California State University.

9.2 A faculty employee on difference-in-pay leave shall be entitled to accrue sick leave, vacation, and service credit toward merit salary adjustment eligibility, eligibility toward promotion, if applicable, and seniority credit.

9.3 A faculty employee on difference-in-pay leave shall not accept additional or outside employment without prior approval of the President.

9.4 A faculty employee shall render services to San Diego State University upon return from a difference-in-pay leave at the rate of one term of service for each term of leave.

Leaves of Absence without Pay

1.0 In the best interest of the university, a leave without pay may be granted to a faculty employee in accordance with the provisions and procedures stated in the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA).

2.0 Pursuant to the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), the President may grant personal leaves of absence without pay and shall determine whether such a leave constitutes a break in service. A personal leave of absence without pay may be for the purposes of unpaid sick leave, outside employment, maternity/paternity/parental leave, or other personal purposes.

3.0 Professional leaves of absence without pay may be granted by the President (see CBA for provisions and procedures). A professional leave of absence may be for the purposes of research, advanced study, other forms of professional development, and other purposes of benefit to the university.

Leaves of Absence with Pay

Pursuant to the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), a faculty employee may request a leave of absence with pay for bereavement, jury duty, voting, serving as a court-subpoenaed witness, fulfilling military requirements, maternity/paternity or a personal emergency.

Leaves, Sabbatical

1.0 A sabbatical leave shall be for purposes beneficial to San Diego State University.

2.0 A full-time faculty employee, including temporary, shall be eligible for sabbatical leave who has served full time for six years in the preceding seven years and at least six years after a previous sabbatical leave or difference-in-pay leave. Credit granted toward the completion of the probationary period for service elsewhere shall also apply toward fulfilling the eligibility requirements for a sabbatical. A leave of absence without pay or service in an academic administrative appointment excluded from the bargaining unit shall not constitute a break in service for eligibility requirements.

2.1 Up to one year of a professional leave of absence without pay may be counted as service for sabbatical leave. The faculty employee’s department or school shall certify that the activity engaged in during the leave without pay was of sufficient worth and relevance to one’s service as a faculty member. Upon certification, the unit may request that the leave count as service. The request shall be granted upon endorsement by the college dean and approval by the Provost. Leaves counted as service toward either tenure or a salary increment shall automatically count as service for a sabbatical leave.

2.2 An eligible faculty member may apply for a sabbatical leave by submitting a proposal to the department chair or school director.

2.3 The application shall include a statement of the purpose of the sabbatical, a description of the proposed project and the CSU resources necessary to carry it out, and a statement of the time requested, which shall not exceed one year.

2.4 Sabbatical leaves for a faculty member or an academic year counselor may be for one semester at full salary or two semesters at one-half of full salary.

140

2.5 Sabbatical leaves for a librarian or 12-month counselor shall be for four months at full salary or eight months at one-half of full salary.

2.6 A sabbatical of two semesters may be implemented within two consecutive years, subject to the recommendation of the department or school and dean and approval of the Provost.

2.7 Those whose projects and applications for leaves of one semester at full salary are approved but whose ranking is not high enough to make it probable that they will receive such a leave may request that their applications be changed to a difference-in-pay leave.

3.0 Each college may allow department or school committees of tenured faculty to rank the applications submitted by probationary and tenured faculty. A faculty unit employee applying for a sabbatical shall not serve on these committees.

3.1 If a department or school review committee makes a recommendation, the unit’s chair or director may make an independent recommendation.

3.2 The department or school committee shall “not recommend” for sabbatical leave an applicant whose proposal it judges not worthy. If so, the applicant shall be allowed to alter the proposal to meet the unit’s criteria. Proposals specifically to advance an eligible faculty employee’s candidacy for a degree shall not be acceptable. Applicants should discuss their proposals with their department chair or school director before submission.

3.3 All applications and department or school rankings for sabbatical leaves shall be forwarded by the unit’s chair or director to the dean.

3.4 The department or school shall provide a statement to the dean of the college regarding the possible effect on the curriculum and the operation of the department or school if the applicant is granted a sabbatical.

4.0 The probationary and tenured faculty members of each college shall elect a college committee of tenured faculty by methods determined by the college faculty. The committee shall rank according to quality the applications from the college, taking into consideration department or school recommendations. The college committees may also “not recommend” applicants for sabbatical leaves if they judge the proposals not worthy. The department or school shall provide a statement to the dean of the college regarding the possible effect on the curriculum and the operation of the department or school if the applicant is granted a sabbatical. The college committee shall forward the recommendations and rankings to the dean of the college.

5.0 The dean shall rank the applications from the college, taking into account the quality of the proposed sabbatical project, the college committee’s recommendations, and the college’s program needs. The dean also may “not recommend” an applicant for sabbatical leave if the proposal is not deemed worthy. These applicants shall be informed in writing of the reasons for non-recommendation. The dean of the college shall forward the recommendations and rankings and non-recommendations to the Provost.

6.0 The Provost shall consider the recommendations from the college and the dean and shall approve or deny each request. The Provost shall respond in writing to each applicant, including the reasons for approval or denial. If a sabbatical leave is granted, the response shall include any conditions of the leave. A copy of the response shall be provided to the affected department or school and to the college committee.

7.0 Final approval of a sabbatical leave shall not be granted until the applicant has filed with the President a suitable bond, an accepted statement of assets, or a promissory note for an amount at least equal to the salary paid during the leave. The suitable bond, accepted statement of assets, or promissory note shall indemnify the State of California against loss in the event the employee fails to render the required service to San Diego State University following return of the employee from the sabbatical leave.

8.0 The Office of Faculty Advancement shall specify the requirements of written reports of faculty members accepting sabbatical leaves, determine the number of one semester at full salary sabbaticals required each year to comply with the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), and establish and publish yearly deadlines.

141

8.1 If anyone granted a leave withdraws the request before actually taking the leave, the additional leaves available shall be granted in continuing rank order from the priority list within the college.

8.2 A sabbatical of two semesters may be implemented within two consecutive years, subject to the recommendation of the department or school and dean and the approval of the Provost.

9.0 Privileges and Responsibilities

9.1 Having completed a sabbatical leave, the faculty employee shall submit a written report to the Provost, dean, and department chair or school director before the following October 15. Each college shall maintain a file of accepted proposals and of written reports from faculty granted sabbatical leaves.

9.2 A faculty employee on sabbatical leave shall not accept additional or outside employment without prior approval of the President.

9.3 A faculty employee on sabbatical leave shall be considered in work status and shall receive the same health, dental, and appropriate fringe benefits otherwise provided by The California State University.

9.4 A faculty employee on sabbatical leave shall be entitled to accrue sick leave, vacation, and service credit toward merit salary adjustment eligibility, eligibility toward promotion, if applicable, and seniority credit.

9.5 A faculty employee shall render services to San Diego State University upon return from a sabbatical leave at the rate of one term of service for each term of leave.

Leaves, Sick

Pursuant to the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), a faculty employee may request that an absence be charged to sick leave.

Personnel Files

1.0 For the fair evaluation of colleagues, for good personnel practices, and in compliance with the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), faculty members shall have access to records that pertain to them.

2.0 Official Personnel Action File

2.1 The official Personnel Action File (PAF) for, probationary, and tenured faculty employees shall be located in the Office of Faculty Advancement; the custodian for the PAF shall be the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement. The official PAF for part-time and full-time temporary faculty employees shall be located in the department or school office; the custodian shall be the department chair or school director.

2.2 The PAF shall contain the information upon which personnel actions regarding a faculty employee shall be based. Information used to make personnel recommendations or revisions shall be written, signed, and placed in the PAF.

2.3 Material identified by source may be placed in the PAF. Identification shall indicate the author, the committee, the campus office, or the name of the officially authorized body generating the material. Information submitted by the faculty employee and by academic administrators may include statements and opinions about the qualifications and work of the faculty member provided by other persons identified by name.

2.4 A copy of materials to be placed in the PAF shall be provided to the faculty employee five days prior to such placement except for temporary suspension or discipline, wherein the employee shall receive copies of materials being forwarded to the PAF. The five-day delay in filing may be implemented in the Office of Faculty Advancement, the college, or the department or school. After five days, the custodian shall place the material in the PAF. This provision shall not apply to material placed in the file created for periodic evaluations or performance reviews as part of the faculty evaluation process.

142

2.5 A faculty employee shall have the right of access to the material in his or her PAF, exclusive of pre-employment materials. The employee shall have access to pre-employment materials when the materials are used in personnel actions.

2.6 A faculty employee may request an appointment for the purpose of inspecting his or her PAF. Such appointment(s) shall be scheduled promptly during normal business hours. The manner of inspection shall be subject to reasonable conditions. The employee may have another person accompany him or her to inspect the PAF.

2.7 Within 14 days following receipt of a faculty employee’s written request, the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement shall provide a copy of requested materials. The employee may be required to bear the cost of duplicating such materials.

2.8 The PAF shall contain an access log for each faculty employee. Access to the PAF shall be for the purpose of official business only. All instances of access shall appear on the log.

2.9 Requests by faculty employees to correct or delete materials in the PAF shall be sent to the custodian of the file with copies to the dean and faculty committee if appropriate. Probationary and tenured faculty employees shall appeal the denial of a request to the Provost within seven days of the denial. The Provost shall respond to the appeal within 21 days after receipt of the appeal. Part-time and full-time temporary faculty employees shall appeal the denial of a request to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement within seven days of the denial. The Associate Vice President shall respond to the appeal within 21 days after receipt of the appeal.

3.0 Other Faculty Employee Files

3.1 The PAF shall indicate the location of other records kept on campus to which the faculty employee has access. These records and their location shall include personnel and payroll files and college and department or school duplicate records.

3.2 Colleges and departments or schools may maintain copies of material contained in the PAF in other working files for convenience. Only the official PAF may be used as the basis of personnel actions.

3.3 Working files maintained in colleges and departments or schools that contain duplicates of material in the PAF shall be secured and access to them limited to appropriate administrators (deans and chairs or directors) and administrative support staff.

3.4 Pre-employment applicant files shall be kept in the department or school in a separate location from other working files until the end of the faculty employee’s probationary period.

3.5 Grievance records shall be kept in a file separate from the grievant’s PAF. The Office of Faculty Advancement shall manage faculty employee grievances and shall maintain grievance records.

4.0 Working Personnel Action File

4.1 The Working Personnel Action File (WPAF) shall be defined as that file specifically generated for use in an evaluation cycle.

4.11 The WPAF shall include (a) required forms and documents, (b) information specifically provided by the employee being evaluated, (c) information provided by faculty members, students, and academic administrators, (d) faculty and administrative evaluation recommendations from the current cycle, and (e) all rebuttal statements and responses.

4.12 Materials for evaluation submitted by a faculty employee to the WPAF shall be deemed incorporated by reference in the PAF but may not be physically placed in the file. An index of those materials shall be prepared by the employee at the beginning of the cycle and shall be submitted with the materials.

4.2 The WPAF shall be forwarded from the department or school to the dean and shall contain rebuttals and responses to rebuttals made within the department or school. Chairs or directors shall

143

ensure that faculty employees are provided copies of the materials collected or prepared by the department or school and placed in the WPAF.

4.3 The dean shall ensure that faculty employees are provided with copies of the materials added to the WPAF by the college.

4.4 The WPAF shall be declared closed on a date determined by the Office of Faculty Advancement and the Senate Committee on Faculty Affairs. Insertion of material after the date of this declaration shall have the approval of the University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel. Material to be added shall be limited to items that become accessible after the closing date of the file. This material shall be returned to the initial evaluation committee for review, evaluation, and comment before consideration at subsequent stages of review. If during the review process the absence of required evaluation documents is discovered, the WPAF shall be returned to the level at which the requisite documentation should have been provided. These materials shall be provided in a timely manner.

4.5 The WPAF shall be incorporated into the PAF after final action has been taken. The WPAF shall no longer exist after the personnel action for which it was created has been concluded.

4.6 Departments and schools are responsible for validating the WPAF before it is released for evaluation. Validation insures that files are complete and accurate, and that items included in the WPAF exist and are properly identified. The designee for the validation process shall be the department or school peer review committee or the department chair or school director.

5.0 Written Student Evaluation of Teaching Effectiveness

5.1 All course sections taught by faculty employees shall be evaluated by students unless consultation with a college has resulted in an agreement by the dean of the college and the college peer review committee to evaluate fewer sections. In cases where student evaluations are not required for all course sections, sections chosen for evaluation shall be representative of the faculty unit employee's teaching assignment, and shall be jointly determined in consultation between the faculty unit employee being evaluated and his/her department chair or program director. In the event of disagreement, each party shall select 50% of the course sections to be evaluated. The results of these evaluations shall be placed in the faculty unit employee's Personnel Action File. Results of evaluations may be stored in electronic format and incorporated by extension into the Personnel Action File provided that individuals involved in evaluations and personnel recommendations or decisions are provided secure access for these purposes.

5.11 For the purpose of clarity and comparability across campus, responses to all quantitative items shall be rated from 1 to 5, with 1 the lowest (worst) and 5 the highest (best). These numbers shall correspond to the following descriptors, in the following order: 1=Poor, 2=Below Average, 3=Average, 4=Good, 5=Excellent. Responses of “not applicable” or “does not apply” shall be placed at the end.

5.12 Each form shall contain three common questions that together constitute universal reference points or common ground across the university’s faculty evaluation process. The following common questions shall be the first questions on each form:

• Rate the instructor’s overall organization and presentation of the coursematerial.

• Rate the instructor’s focus on the student learning outcomes listed in thesyllabus.

• Rate the instructor’s teaching overall.

In addition to these quantitative items, each form shall contain at least two open-ended, qualitative items prompting students to provide written comments. The common open- ended questions shall be:

• What were the instructor’s strengths?

• In what ways might the instructor improve this course?

144

5.13 Any additional evaluative items shall be limited in number—no more than 10 additional quantitative items and no more than one additional qualitative item. Additional items shall emphasize criteria that are credibly evaluated by students (such as clarity of instruction, usefulness and timeliness of feedback on assignments and exams, perceived fairness, punctuality and reliability, ability to stimulate student interest, ability to communicate one’s subject matter or expertise, and problem-solving ability), rather than criteria that students are not particularly well qualified to judge (such as the instructor’s knowledge of the subject matter or teaching methodology).

5.14 If included on the form, demographic items (such as class standing, major, and so forth) and student self-evaluative items (such as hours spent on the class) should be listed last and clearly distinguished from instructor evaluation items.

5.15 The evaluation results report shall contain a composite mean of the three common questions as well as an overall average of all quantitative items.

5.16 Student evaluations collected as part of the regular student evaluation process shall be anonymous and identified only by course number.

5.17 Student communications or evaluations provided outside of the regular evaluation process shall be identified by name in order to be included in the Personnel Action File.

5.18 The results of student evaluation of instruction shall be an important element of the evaluation of instruction but not the sole indicator of instructional quality.

5.19 The results of student evaluations of teaching effectiveness for temporary faculty employees shall be included in their periodic evaluations as required.

5.20 The results of student evaluations of teaching effectiveness for probationary and tenured faculty employees shall be part of the WPAF as required.

6.0 When classroom visits are utilized as part of the evaluation process, the faculty member shall be provided a notice of at least 5 days that a classroom visit is to take place. There shall be consultation between the faculty member being evaluated and the individual who visits his/her class (es).

Political Tests for Employment

No one shall be denied employment at San Diego State University on the basis of a political test, whether of belief or association. Fitness to be a member of the faculty shall be determined by professional qualifications judged by one’s peers and by one’s conduct, not by one’s lawful political associations. The university acknowledges but protests the requirement that United States citizens sign an oath of allegiance.

Probationary Faculty, Appointment of

1.0 Recommendations regarding probationary appointments shall originate at the department or school. Probationary appointment procedures shall include the following:

1.1 Each department or school shall elect a search committee of at least three tenured or probationary faculty employees for the purpose of reviewing and recommending candidates for probationary appointments.

1.2 Each department or school search committee recommendation report shall be approved by a simple majority of the membership of the committee. An abstention shall count as a negative vote.

2.0 Recommendations and decisions concerning appointment shall be based on (a) demonstrated potential for professional competence and (b) a willingness to accept professional responsibilities in developing teaching effectiveness, professional growth, and service to the community and in achieving and maintaining high standards of professional conduct.

3.0 The department or school shall recommend for appointment to full-time positions only those candidates who by virtue of their qualifications can be expected to meet reappointment, tenure, and promotion criteria. The department or school may recommend appointment with tenure at the rank of Associate or Professor.

145

4.0 The initial department or school review of a candidate for appointment at the rank of Professor shall be conducted with utmost care and diligence, whether or not the candidate is also being considered for an administrative office. The unit shall not recommend the appointment unless it can document clear advantage to the university in hiring the candidate at this rank. The criteria shall normally be those for promotion to Professor, namely: a cumulative record of excellence in teaching, professional growth and service.

5.0 When a person is appointed to the faculty with both instructional and non-instructional responsibilities, the criteria for the evaluation of teaching, professional growth, and service for reappointment and tenure decisions shall be stipulated in the letter of appointment. The criteria shall be established jointly by the department or school and the dean of the college to which the faculty employee is appointed, and shall be approved by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement and the Provost. In appointments at the rank of Professor, the provisions of sec. 4.0 also shall apply.

6.0 When a person is appointed to the faculty with stipulations that will prevail in later decisions on reappointment, retention, and tenure, the stipulations shall be made to him or her in writing before formal acceptance of the appointment. Dates and times shall be stated; however, no stipulations shall be made that will circumvent established rules and procedures.

7.0 Upon the request of a majority of the full time tenured and probationary faculty members of the department or school, the search committee may be asked to reconsider its recommendations.

8.0 The department or school appointment committees shall encourage information from non-tenured faculty and from students.

9.0 Persons appointed to academic positions at San Diego State University or its auxiliaries shall be judged on their merits. Immediate family members of faculty members (professors, administrators, and librarians) may be considered for academic positions (teaching, administrative, and library). Faculty employees shall neither initiate nor participate in institutional decisions involving a direct benefit (initial appointment, retention, promotion, salary, leave of absence, etc.) to members of their immediate families.

10.0 After considering the recommendations of the department or school and the dean of the college, the President shall appoint faculty employees. No faculty employee shall be deemed appointed in the absence of an official written notification from the President or designee.

11.0 Official notification to a faculty employee of an appointment shall include the beginning and ending dates of appointment, classification, time base, salary, rank, employee status, assigned department or school, and other conditions of employment.

12.0 Initial probationary appointments and subsequent probationary appointments may be for a period of one or more years.

12.1 Probationary appointments shall normally be made at the Assistant Professor or Senior Assistant Librarian rank. The President may appoint a faculty employee at a higher rank on the determination of merit consistent with the provisions of sec. 4.0.

12.2 The President, upon recommendation of the affected department or school, may grant to a faculty employee at the time of initial appointment to probationary status up to two years’ service credit for probation based upon (a) previous service at a postsecondary education institution, (b) previous full-time CSU employment, or (c) comparable experience.

Probationary Faculty, Periodic Evaluation of

1.0 A probationary faculty employee shall receive either a periodic evaluation or a performance review during each year of probation but shall not receive both in the same academic year.

1.1 To be considered for reappointment, promotion, or tenure in an academic year, a faculty employee shall undergo a performance review in that academic year.

1.2 Each school or department shall develop procedures and criteria for periodic evaluations of probationary faculty.

146

2.0 Probationary faculty shall normally receive a periodic evaluation in the first year of a two-year appointment or in the first and second years of a three-year appointment.

3.0 For those with teaching responsibilities, procedures shall include at least the consideration of student evaluations of teaching performance.

4.0 The probationary faculty employee shall be provided a copy of the written record of the periodic evaluation, and a written record of a periodic evaluation shall be placed in the employee’s Personnel Action File.

Professional Activities, External

1.0 San Diego State University shall generally support appropriate consulting and other external professional activities by its professional personnel but it shall not permit such activities that interfere with university duties. Activities that may enhance professional experience and complement campus activities in general should not exceed the equivalent of a 20 percent overload (i.e., one three-unit class).

2.0 Conditions and Criteria

2.1 The university policy on outside professional activities shall apply to full-time faculty, academic administrators, or professional staff.

2.2 Full-time professional employees shall devote primary effort to their regular university responsibilities, including teaching, research, administration, and university-related community service. They should not undertake professional activities that would interfere with the effective performance of regular university responsibilities and duties.

2.3 Faculty members shall determine the allocation of their time with due regard for the full, proper, and effective performance of regularly assigned university duties. Consulting and other external professional activities should not exceed the equivalent of 20 percent overload. This shall not apply to activities performed while on leave without pay, during the regularly scheduled holidays, or in recess periods. However, it shall apply to faculty members while employed full time by the university during a summer session.

2.4 A member of the faculty, administration, or professional staff shall not accept (a) employment as a consultant or (b) regular and continuing external employment that will conflict with or oppose the interests of the university. One shall not accept consultancies on specific projects wherein the parent company or organization is soliciting business relationships with the university; nor shall one perform services for organizations bidding against the university for contracts or grants. San Diego State University endorses the statement On Preventing Conflicts of Interest in Government- Sponsored Research at Universities (1964), which identifies potential hazards in consulting relationships and should be referred to in evaluating individual consulting activities.

2.5 A teaching or research appointment at another educational institution is an appropriate professional activity when justified by professional returns to the faculty member and the university. When, however, a conflict of interest may arise, the faculty member shall contact the department chair or school director regarding the appropriateness of the proposed teaching or research activity at another institution.

2.6 University resources, personnel, and students shall not be used for outside professional activities without prior approval and a formal agreement, including reimbursement procedures.

2.7 Faculty, administrators, and professional staff shall not be designated as “consultants” when providing professional services on grants and contracts administered by the San Diego State University Research Foundation. This limitation shall conform to Internal Revenue Service rulings that an established employee relationship shall preclude the possibility of a coincident consultant relationship. Such work may be performed, however, as an overload by a person designated as a “Research Associate” subject to the limitations of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA).

2.8 Upon written request directed to a full-time Unit 3 faculty employee by the appropriate administrator, the employee shall provide a written statement of the amount and approximate distribution of time devoted to continuous outside employment during the academic term to which

147

he or she has been appointed. Such requests may be made when the appropriate administrator has determined that such information is necessary to ascertain compliance with the following provision: Outside employment shall not conflict with normal work assignments or satisfactory performance of the duties of the faculty unit employee.

2.9 The employee shall not convey any endorsement by the university of his or her consulting and other professional activities. Consulting agreements should stipulate that the University is not a party to the agreement or in any way responsible or liable for the performance or results of the activity. The name of the university and official university stationery shall not be used for external consultancies so to suggest that the activity is part of the employee’s regular university duties.

2.10 No employees shall enter into any outside consulting agreement that conflicts with the university’s policy on patents and copyrights.

Professional Responsibilities18

1.0 This statement of professional responsibilities shall serve as a guide to responsible performance that is consistent with the highest ideals of the academic profession. It is not intended to serve primarily as a reference for disciplinary action. Ordinarily, departures from responsible professional behavior should be corrected by calling the matter to the attention of the person involved and handled within the individual's academic unit. If a breach of professional responsibility is alleged that cannot be, or is not, adequately handled informally within the basic academic unit, the matter should be taken up at the next institutional level. Nothing in this statement shall be construed in such a way as to interfere with or restrict faculty members’ exercise of their academic freedom or basic constitutional rights, including but not restricted to, political activity, freedom of speech, and right to privacy.

2.0 The faculty of San Diego State University shall subscribe to the Statement on Professional Ethics (2009) by the American Association of University Professors (http://www.aaup.org/).

3.0 Faculty Colleagues: When there is reason to believe that a faculty colleague has violated standards of professional behavior, professors should take the initiative to inquire about or to protest against apparently unethical conduct. Potential risks should not diminish the obligation of professors to pursue what they believe to be well-founded concerns of professional wrongdoing by other members of the faculty.

4.0 Plagiarism

4.1 Plagiarism shall be a serious offense in the academic community, reflecting on the integrity of the perpetrator. Due to degrees of plagiarism, from the inadvertent misplacement of a footnote to the fraudulent use of another’s work to secure personal advancement, a faculty member engaged in cooperative research with fellow faculty members or with students shall scrupulously ensure that each person’s contributions are fully acknowledged and that students are fully aware of the gravity of plagiarism.

4.2 For due process, a charge of plagiarism shall not be considered in deliberations for promotion or tenure until such a charge be proven by the disciplinary action process, as defined by the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA).

4.3 Wherein the above procedures warrant a formal investigation of charges of plagiarism, the disciplinary procedures of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) shall be followed.

4.4 After charges of plagiarism have been resolved through the disciplinary procedures of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), the charges shall not be introduced in future personnel deliberations. New information related to past charges shall be subject to the provisions of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA).

5.0 Public Assembly: Faculty-sponsored meetings, assemblies, and public, on-campus activities, shall be conducted so as to respect the rights and prerogatives of the members of the academic community. Public address (sound amplification) systems shall be used only if their use does not interfere with classes, study,

18 Approved April 2017

148

and other scheduled university activities. Use of such equipment for outdoor faculty-sponsored events held on campus during university hours shall be approved in advance by Student Life and Leadership.

6.0 Additional Areas of Ethical Responsibility: Faculty and other members of the academic community should refer to university administrative policies that provide annual or multi-year assurances to various federal and state agencies concerning ethical responsibilities of faculty and other members of the academic profession when engaging in research activities at the university.

7.0 As members of San Diego State University, professors and other academic professionals shall:

a. Request a leave of absence or resign their academic position when acute conflicts between the claims ofpolitics, social action, economic interest, and conscience, on the one hand, and expectations of students,colleagues and institution, on the other, preclude the fulfillment of substantial academic obligations.

b. Use the university logo only in an appropriate manner (see current policy set by the Department ofMarketing and Communications).

c. Not engage in sexual relationships with students currently enrolled in their courses or under theirsupervision

Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion: Criteria (Excluding Library Faculty and Student Affairs Faculty)

1.0 The State of California Master Plan for Higher Education designates teaching as the California State University’s primary responsibility and recognizes research, scholarship, and creative activity and service as essential to meeting our responsibilities to our students and to the public interest. Accordingly, San Diego State University faculty shall be committed to excellence in teaching and shall conduct research, scholarship, and creative activity because of their intrinsic worth to society, because they may bring additional resources to the campus, and because they enhance and contribute to excellence in teaching. Active participation in service to the university, the profession, and the broader community as public scholars shall be integral to faculty duties because it ensures responsiveness to the needs of our students, to other constituents of the university, and to the public that is served.

2.0 Because the university provides access to underrepresented groups as well as traditional groups, the faculty shall be responsive to diverse student populations and needs through teaching, scholarship, research, and service.

3.0 Probationary and tenured faculty shall be evaluated on their achievements and contributions in (a) teaching, (b) research, scholarship, and creative activities, and (c) service activities to the university, the profession,and the community that enhance the mission of the university. In presenting one’s work to peer reviewcommittees, each candidate shall write a narrative summarizing and, when appropriate, integrating work inthese three areas; and explaining how this work contributes to the candidate’s continuous development as amember of the faculty. Excellence in teaching shall not substitute for weakness in professional growth, norshall excellence in professional growth substitute for weakness in teaching.

3.1 Teaching Effectiveness: The primary qualification for reappointment, tenure, or promotion shall be a demonstration of continuing excellence in teaching. Criteria for evaluating teaching effectiveness may include: command of the subject and currency in the field; skill in organizing and presenting material in ways that engage and motivate diverse student populations to participate in their own learning; ability to foster critical thinking; integration of professional growth into the curriculum; reflection upon and adjustment of teaching strategies in response to assessment of student learning; and use of innovative or creative pedagogies. Evidence for evaluating teaching effectiveness shall include student evaluations of instruction applied in appropriate teaching situations (e.g., classroom teaching, public lectures, seminars, studio, or laboratory teaching). Evidence also may include: peer evaluations of teaching; creative course syllabi with clearly-stated learning outcomes; honors and distinctions received for excellence in teaching; textbooks; development of instructionally related materials; use of new technologies in teaching and learning; involving and mentoring students in research, scholarship, or creative activities; significant contributions to curriculum development; and contributions to student recruitment, advising, mentoring, and retention. Where appropriate, faculty are encouraged to contextualize all evidence within a continuing process of reflection and adjustment intended to promote a learner-centered and evidence-based approach to teaching effectiveness.

149

3.2 Professional Growth: A consistent pattern of continuous growth in research, scholarship, or creative activity that is relevant to the discipline or field of study shall be essential to the teaching effectiveness of faculty members, to the body knowledge of the profession, and to the mission and stature of the university. Criteria for evaluating professional growth shall include: significant and sustained contributions of high quality to the field; a well developed, coherent, and focused research plan or artistic vision; originality of thought and creativity; a demonstrated capacity for independent intellectual progress; and innovative contributions to the body of knowledge. Evidence for evaluating professional growth, as identified and defined in department or school and college guidelines, shall comprise: externally reviewed professional growth activities including, as a primary and necessary element, refereed publications of merit (which may include contributions to the scholarship of teaching and learning), or juried or curated exhibitions and performances. In appropriate disciplines, extramural grant funding may be required to support research, but grant funding is not in and of itself sufficient for tenure and/or promotion. Additional evidence of research, scholarship, and creative activity that supports the primary evidence above may include: presentation of scholarly papers; non-refereed or invited publications, exhibitions, and performances; translation and annotated editions; awards, grants, and honors received; journal or book editing; and leadership of and participation in seminars, workshops, institutes, and competitions. Quality of the evidence may be identified in several ways, appropriate to the various disciplines, and may include: published or unpublished reviews of a candidate’s work; external reviews; number of citations for a published work: journal impact factors; acceptance rates; stature of journal or book editorial boards; and/or reputation of journal or publisher in the field. The candidate shall delineate his or her role/contribution in all scholarly works.

3.3 Service to the university, the profession, and the community: Service is essential to the excellence of the university. Evidence of service may include appropriately documented activities that apply the faculty member’s professional expertise to the benefit of the university and community, such as: student outreach and retention; service to the department or school, college, and university; refereeing or judging for professional journals, grant agencies, and artistic panels; significant committee work; student mentoring; active participation in professional associations; offices in university-associated or relevant community organizations; appropriate governmental boards or commissions; educational lectures; advancement of public or private support for the university; and seminars for community groups. Appropriate service activities are expected for candidates at all levels but shall not replace the requirement for excellence in teaching and professional growth. In rare cases, however, when a tenured candidate distinguishes herself or himself in performing such duties to the significant benefit of the university and/or beyond, and when this performance is appropriately documented over a significant length of time, such service for the university shall have more than the usual bearing on promotion decisions.

4.0 Standards for promotion to the rank of Professor shall be demonstrated by a cumulative record of excellence in teaching effectiveness, professional growth, and service beyond that which is required for promotion to Associate Professor. Candidates for promotion to Professor must demonstrate superior contributions to teaching effectiveness, such as devising and/or adopting innovative and effective teaching tools, approaches and curricula, engaging in substantive program assessment, serving on university or professional curriculum committees, and/or receiving recognition for teaching excellence. Candidates for promotion to Professor also shall provide evidence of a strong and coherent program of continuous professional growth that demonstrates their expertise in a particular field or area and impact of their work upon the body of knowledge. A higher level of service and participation in shared governance is expected and more weight shall be given to them for promotion to the rank of Professor.

5.0 Departments or schools and colleges shall provide guidelines specifying how university criteria shall be applied to and interpreted in disciplines within a department, school or college. These guidelines shall not contradict or be inconsistent with the university criteria. In the event of conflict between university criteria and any department, school or college guidelines, or procedures, the university criteria shall govern.

6.0 The entire professional record of the candidate shall be considered, including accomplishments prior to appointment at this university. Work developed or sustained while serving at this university shall be essential to the award of tenure and/or promotion.

150

7.0 Achievements shall be supported by evidence as specified above. Candidates may list all achievements in a curriculum vitae. Candidates shall present in their Personnel Data Summary (PDS) a limited listing and discussion of no more than five of their important achievements in each of the three categories.

Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion: Procedures

1.0 Definitions and Eligibility

1.1 Personnel Decisions

1.11 Personnel decisions shall include decisions regarding appointment, reappointment, tenure, and promotion.

1.12 Faculty participation shall be in accord with Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), and university policy. University policy shall not contradict or be inconsistent with the Collective Bargaining Agreement. In the event of conflict between any university, college, or department/school policy and the Collective Bargaining Agreement. The Collective Bargaining Agreement shall govern.

1.13 Faculty employees, students, academic administrators, and the President may contribute information to the evaluation of a faculty employee. Only tenured faculty employees and academic department administrators shall engage in deliberations and make recommendations to the President (or designee) regarding the evaluation of a faculty employee.

1.2 Probationary Period

1.21 The normal probationary period shall be six years of full-time probationary service. Probationary faculty may request consideration for tenure earlier than the sixth year if the faculty employee believes he or she has satisfied the criteria for tenure.

1.22 The President or designee may award tenure to a faculty employee before the normal six- year probationary period.

1.23 A first- or second-year probationary academic employee may be terminated with proper notice at the end of that academic year. Terminal year appointments shall be limited to probationary faculty who have served a minimum of three years of probation.

1.24 When the President or designee determines that credit toward tenure or tenure at San Diego State University shall be granted, the candidate’s letter of appointment shall specify status with regard to tenure or credit toward tenure. In calculating the probationary period, a year of service shall commence with the first fall semester of the appointment.

1.25 A probationary faculty employee shall normally be considered for promotion when considered for tenure.

1.4 Promotion

1.41 A tenured faculty employee shall normally be considered for promotion after having served four years in the same rank or classification, although upon application, a faculty employee may be considered for promotion to professor, librarian equivalent, or SSPAR Level III before serving this full period.

1.42 The list of faculty employees eligible to be considered for promotion shall be prepared by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement and shall be distributed by June 15 annually to each college office. Each faculty member shall also receive notification of eligibility in their campus mail box. Questions concerning a faculty employee’s eligibility for promotion shall be directed to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement.

1.43 Other tenured faculty employees whose names do not appear on the promotion eligibility list shall be considered for promotion by submitting a Working Personnel Action File

151

(PDS and One-of-a-Kind file) to the department or school peer review committee no later than the date established by the Office of Faculty Advancement.

1.44 The Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement shall report by October 15 the statistical results of the promotion procedures for the two previous years. This report shall be sent to all personnel on the Executive Committee distribution list, its availability announced to the campus, and it shall be made available in all department or school and college offices. This report shall list by college (a) the number of eligibles, (b) the number of eligibles not considered, (c) the number of applicants not on the eligibility list, (d) the number of faculty recommended by the department and school committees, (e) the number of faculty recommended for simultaneous promotion and tenure by the department and school committees, (f) the number of faculty recommended by the college committees, (g) the number of faculty recommended by the University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel, (h) the number of faculty recommended by department chairs, school directors, deans, the University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel, and the Provost, and (i) the number of promotions awarded. This report shall also include the number of faculty currently eligible for promotions.

2.0 Criteria and Responsibilities

2.1 Recommendation and decisions concerning reappointment and tenure shall be based on demonstrated performance and acceptance of professional responsibilities. The responsibilities of a faculty member shall include (a) effectiveness of teaching, (b) professional growth, and (c) service to the university, profession and the community. Furthermore, the faculty member shall accept the high standards of professional conduct in these three categories. The results of student evaluations of instruction shall be important in evaluating instruction but not the sole indicator of instructional quality.

2.2 The department or school shall use the probationary period for evaluation of the new faculty member. Each probationary faculty employee shall be evaluated annually according to procedures determined by the tenured members of the unit in accordance with the established criteria. The chair or director shall promptly inform the faculty member in writing regarding strengths, weaknesses, and prospects for a future career in the unit as indicated by the evaluation.

2.3 All tenured and probationary faculty members of the department or school or of the college may recommend procedures and criteria, subject to limitations.

2.4 Department or school personnel documents shall respond at least to the following points:

2.41 The documents shall specify the type of data to be gathered and the method(s) of gathering data and shall provide for the inclusion of the data with the final report.

2.42 The documents shall provide clear standards by which faculty members may measure their performance in (a) teaching effectiveness, (b) professional growth, and (c) service.

2.43 The documents shall specify how evaluation of faculty members is to be achieved (vis., who does the evaluation, what procedures are used to evaluated, where the evaluation is reported).

2.44 The documents shall indicate the actual relative weights that are to be assigned to teaching effectiveness, professional growth, and university service, and of the various ways in which these may be evidenced.

2.45 The documents shall specify guidelines regarding procedures or criteria detailed by university and college regulations. These shall be clearly referenced and may be included verbatim. These guidelines shall not contradict or be inconsistent with the university criteria. In the event of conflict between university criteria and any department, school, or college guidelines, criteria, or procedures, the university criteria shall govern.

2.5 Evaluation criteria and procedures shall be made available to the faculty member no later than 14 days after the first day of instruction of the academic term and to the evaluation committee and the

152

academic administrators before the formal evaluation begins. Once the evaluation has begun, there shall be no changes in evaluation criteria or procedures.

2.6 Written copies of the current procedures and criteria shall be filed with the Office of Faculty Advancement and shall be available to the University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel. The department chair or school director shall make available the current procedures and criteria to any faculty member.

3.0 Working Personnel Action File

3.1 Faculty employees are responsible for preparing a Working Personnel Action File (WPAF) consisting of a Personnel Data Summary (PDS) and a One-of-a-Kind file. The WPAF format for the current evaluation cycle must be used. An index of the One-of-a-Kind file is required. The WPAF shall be submitted to the department or school peer review committee no later than the date established by the Office of Faculty Advancement. Evaluating committees and administrators shall be responsible for identifying and providing materials relating to evaluation not provided by the faculty employee.

3.2 Personnel Action Files shall be declared closed on a date determined by the Office of Faculty Advancement but no sooner than 10 working days after the deadline for submission. The department or school shall inform the faculty member of this requirement.

3.3 Nonsubmission of these forms by a faculty member eligible for promotion shall be considered a withdrawal from the process.

3.4 Departments, schools, and colleges shall adhere as closely as possible to the format for reappointment, tenure, and promotion materials that shall be distributed before the beginning of the academic year by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement. Peer review committees and faculty may annually forward requests for revision of the PDS format to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement or to the Committee on Faculty Affairs.

3.5 The supporting documentation considered by a department or school peer review committee and forwarded to the college committee shall include (a) one copy of all verbatim student comments for the six most recent semesters in which each candidate taught (fewer that six semesters may be provided if the candidate has been on campus for fewer than six semesters), (b) peer evaluations of teaching available, (c) one copy of all tangible evidence of teaching, professional growth, and service specified in the PDS, and (d) previous letters of review by committees and administrators.

3.6 At the conclusion of the reappointment, tenure, and promotion process, the One-of-a-Kind file shall be returned to the candidate. A copy of the PDS and of all recommendations shall be placed in the official personnel file.

4.0 Review Process

4.1 Levels of Review

4.11 Peer recommendation on personnel decisions shall originate with the lowest organization level, usually the department or school.

4.12 There shall be three levels of review for reappointment, tenure, and promotion: department or school, college, and university. The department or school peer review committee and department chair or school director shall constitute the department level. The college committee and dean shall constitute the college level. The University Promotion and Tenure Review Panel shall constitute the university level, with the final decision being made by the President or designee on behalf of the university.

4.13 The Office of Faculty Advancement shall announce a schedule including dates by which members of the department or school peer review committee, the college peer review committee, and the University Promotion and Tenure Review Panel shall be elected.

4.14 Each evaluating committee or administrator shall review the WPAF and send its recommendation to the faculty employee according to the published time lines.

153

4.15 At all levels of review, the reviewing committee or individual shall use proper letter of recommendation format including a response/rebuttal date and copy notations. Before recommendations are forwarded to a subsequent review level, faculty employees shall be given a copy of the recommendation and the written reasons therefore. A faculty employee may rebut or respond in writing or may request a meeting to discuss the recommendation within ten days following receipt of the recommendation. A faculty employee submitting a response or rebuttal must include a completed response/rebuttal form. Attachments are not allowed. Only the faculty employee is allowed to submit a response or rebuttal. Departments/schools and colleges shall have procedures in place for processing responses/rebuttals. A copy of the response or rebuttal shall accompany the PDS and shall be sent to the previous levels of review. Evaluation time lines shall not be extended to accommodate the rebuttal process.

4.16 A request for external review of materials submitted by a faculty member may be initiated at any level of review by any party to the review. Such a request shall document (a) the special circumstances that necessitate an external reviewer and (b) the nature ofmaterials needing the evaluation of an external reviewer. The President shall approve therequest with the concurrence of the faculty member. At the department, school, orcollege level, the President’s designee shall be the dean. At the level of the universityPromotions and Tenure Review Panel or of the President, the Associate Vice Presidentfor Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement shall be the President’s designee.

4.2 Formation and Composition of Peer Review Committees

4.21 For reappointment and tenure consideration, committee members must be tenured faculty employees of any rank.

4.22 In promotion considerations, peer review committee members shall have higher ranks than those being considered for promotion. Faculty employees being considered for promotion shall be ineligible for service on promotion or tenure review committees. An eligible faculty member who withdraws from promotion consideration may serve on a peer review committee.

4.23 Faculty members may serve on more than one committee as long as they do not review the same faculty employee at more than one level of peer review in one academic year.

4.24 A department chair or school director who makes a separate recommendation shall not participate as a member of the departmental peer review committee, but may serve as an external member of another department or college committee.

4.25 Members of a committee making personnel decisions shall regard all matters brought before the committee and all deliberations of the committee as confidential except as disclosure is permitted or required by other sections of the Policy File or by law.

4.3 Departments and Schools

4.31 The probationary and tenured faculty employees of the department or school shall elect a peer review committee of tenured faculty employees that shall operate in accordance with written procedures consistent with college procedures to review and recommend faculty employees being considered for retention, tenure, or promotion. Each peer review committee evaluation report and recommendation shall be approved by a simple majority of the committee members.

4.32 When there are insufficient eligible members to serve on the peer review committee, the department shall elect members from related academic disciplines.

4.33 Excluding those who sit on peer review committees or who are candidates for promotion, each department chair or school director shall submit an independent recommendation regarding candidates for promotion.

4.34 When the response/rebuttal date to the department or school peer review committee and department chair of school director has passed, the letters of recommendation, along with

154

the response/rebuttal and forms from the candidate shall be added to the PDS before the WPAF is forwarded to the college level of review. The WPAF shall be forwarded to the next level of review in a timely manner. The evaluation timelines shall not be extended to accommodate the rebuttal process. College committees shall examine each candidate’s supporting documentation to ensure that departments and schools have forwarded the necessary materials.

4.35 Favorable and unfavorable recommendations for tenure or reappointment shall be fully justified according to established criteria. This justification shall include (a) copies of annual letters to the candidate pointing out the strengths, weaknesses, and prospects for a future career in the department or school, (b) evidence that department or school expectations were made clear to the candidate at the time of appointment, and (c) all other relevant supporting documentation.

4.4 Colleges

4.41 Each college shall establish a peer review committee for reappointment, tenure, and promotions by vote of probationary and tenured faculty employees within the college.

4.42 If recommendations for reappointment are positive from all levels, the college level of review shall forward the recommendations directly to the President or designee who shall review and consider the materials submitted.

4.43 College peer review committees shall establish and operate under written procedures ratified by the electorate of the college eligible to vote in Senate elections. A majority of those voting shall ratify the written procedures.

4.44 The college committee considering a recommendation on promotion different from a department or school committee’s may proceed only after submitting to that committee notification in writing including the candidate’s name, the tentative recommendation by the college committee, and the area of concern if the tentative recommendation by the college committee is negative. The college committee should offer to meet with the department or school committee before making a final recommendation.

4.45 If any administrators other than the Deans are involved in the review and recommendation of candidates at the Dean level, their names shall also be included on the letter of recommendation.

4.5 University

4.51 The University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel shall consist of one tenured faculty employee with the rank of Professor from each college. Members of the Panel shall serve two-year staggered terms. A term may be extended one year to assure sufficient overlap of membership. Each college shall establish procedures and criteria for electing one member, and the procedures shall include participation by probationary and tenured faculty employees. The elected member shall be chosen by a date established by the Office of Faculty Advancement. The Panel shall elect one of its members as chair. The chair shall be a voting member.

4.52 All recommendations regarding reappointment (except as specified in sec. 4.42) and tenure shall be reviewed by the University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel before the notification dates for probationary academic employees. Candidates for reappointment, tenure, and promotion shall be evaluated according to established criteria.

4.53 The University Promotions and Tenure Review Panel shall review WPAF’s of all faculty employees who have received one or more negative recommendations for reappointment.

4.54 The Panel shall review all recommended promotions from each college to ensure equity throughout the university. Candidates who received all negative recommendations for promotion at the department and college level must write a letter of appeal to the Panel within seven days of receipt of the recommendation or the process stops and the WPAF is returned to the candidate.

155

4.55 The Panel shall make its recommendations based on individual merit by established criteria, together with the documentation and without regard for balancing among colleges. The Panel may recommend for promotion as many faculty members as it judges qualified.

4.56 When considering a recommendation on promotion different from a college committee’s, the Panel may proceed only after submitting to that committee in writing including the candidate’s name, the tentative recommendation by the Panel, and the area of concern if the tentative recommendation by the Panel is negative. The Panel should offer to meet with the college committee before making a final recommendation.

4.57 When the response/rebuttal date to the Panel has passed, the letters of recommendation, along with the response/rebuttal and forms from the candidate, shall be added to the PDS before the WPAF is forwarded to the President or designee for the final decision. The WPAF shall be forwarded in a timely manner to the next level of review. Evaluation time lines shall not be extended to accommodate the rebuttal process.

4.58 After the recommendation from the Panel is received, if the President’s or designee’s examination of the case leads to a preliminary decision different from the Panel’s, the President or designee shall meet with the Panel to provide an opportunity for the Panel to inform the President or designee more fully of the evidence and considerations upon which its recommendation was based and to hear the President’s or designee’s response.

5.0 Notification

5.1 Each faculty employee not promoted by the President or designee shall be informed by the President or designee of his or her reasons for non-recommendation.

5.2 The President or designee shall send the final decision to faculty employees according to the published timeline. Official notification to a probationary faculty employee of a terminal year appointment shall indicate that the faculty employee has no further appointment rights. Terminal year appointments shall be limited to probationary faculty who have served a minimum of three (3) years of probation. If tenure is awarded, it is effective at the beginning of the academic yearsucceeding the year in which tenure is awarded. The decision of the President or designee is final.

5.3 Probationary academic employees shall be notified in writing concerning decisions on reappointment, tenure, or termination according to the following schedule:

5.31 No later than February 15 of the first and second full-time probationary year if the employee is to be (a) terminated at the end of that academic year or (b) reappointed to an additional probationary year. If the reappointment is for an additional probationary year and the probationary academic employee requests or is recommended for tenure, the tenure decision for this employee shall be made at the same time as the tenure decisions for third or subsequent year probationary academic employees.

5.32 No later than June 1 of the third year or subsequent full-time probationary year if the employee is to be (a) reappointed to a terminal year, (b) reappointed to an additional probationary year, or (c) reappointed with tenure.

5.33 After all recommendations are complete and the President or designee has arrived at a decision, the President or designee shall inform in writing no later than June 1 the eligible faculty employees selected for promotion. The President or designee also shall inform in writing no later than June 1 the candidates not selected for promotion.

5.4 Failure to notify a probationary faculty employee by the notice date shall not constitute automatic reappointment or tenure. Both reappointment and tenure shall come only from notification from the President of the university or designee. The employee who does not receive notification of the decision by the notice date shall request a decision from the President or designee.

156

Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion of Librarians: Criteria

1.0 The University Library at San Diego State University shall be the main intellectual resource that supports the university’s teaching, research, and service. Library faculty shall be committed to excellence in library service. Professional research, scholarship, and creative activity that complement and strengthen library service shall be valued highly by the library faculty. Contribution to the mission of the University Library through active participation in service for San Diego State University shall be considered integral to the duties of library faculty.

2.0 In order to provide access to information for all clientele, librarians shall be sensitive and responsive to the university’s diversity in culture, language, and ethnicity through their library service, scholarship, and research. Probationary and tenured librarians shall be evaluated (a) in achievements and contributions in library service, (b) in research, scholarship, and creative activities, and (c) in service activities for the university. In presenting one’s work to peer review committees, each candidate shall write a narrative summarizing, and when appropriate, integrating, work in all three areas.

2.1 Effectiveness of Librarianship: The primary qualification for reappointment, tenure, or promotion for library faculty shall be excellence in library service. Effectiveness of librarianship shall be measured by the expertise demonstrated in assigned areas of responsibility, including but not limited to the following: reference service or cataloging skills; knowledge of a subject and its bibliographical resources; library instructional abilities; knowledge and skill in utilizing automation or electronic media in libraries; effective managerial skills; insight and sensitivity to diverse student populations; intellectual integrity; critical thinking; and integration of professional growth. Effectiveness of librarianship shall be evaluated by peer observation supplemented by student evaluations or other forms of review, and evidence of effectiveness may include honors and distinctions received for excellence in librarianship, contributions to the campus instructional program, research assistance, and support of a diverse student population.

2.2 Professional Growth: Continuous growth in librarianship, professional research, scholarship, or creative activity that complements and strengthens one’s ability to carry out library service shall be essential to the effectiveness of library faculty employees, to their own professional stature, and the stature of the university. Evidence of this growth shall include publications of merit; presentation of professional papers; awards, grants, and honors received; active participation in professional organizations; participation in workshops and on panels; library applications research; creative activities that substantially improve or expand library service; and pertinent travel and study. Evidence of externally reviewed professional growth activities shall be required for promotion and tenure, for example: publication by professional societies or in other refereed sources, extramurally evaluated grants or awards, juried performances or exhibitions, reviews of works compiled or written by the candidate, recognition by professional societies through offices, awards, and invited presentations, and design and implementation of innovative services.

2.3 Service to the University and the Community: Every library faculty employee shall assume responsibility for participating in activities that apply the employee’s expertise to the benefit of the university and community, for example: student outreach and retention; department, library, and university committees; student mentoring, offices in university-associated or relevant community organizations, and library related lectures and seminars for community groups. When a candidate distinguishes himself or herself in performing such duties to the significant benefit of the university and when this performance is appropriately documented over a significant length of time, such service for the university shall have more than the usual bearing on reappointment, tenure, and promotion decisions. However, the primary criterion shall be effectiveness of librarianship, and professional growth shall be an important consideration.

3.0 There shall be three tenure-track librarian ranks: Senior Assistant Librarian, Associate Librarian, and Librarian. A probationary library faculty member shall not be promoted beyond the rank of Associate Librarian. Standards for promotion shall be higher at each higher rank. Librarians being considered for promotion shall not serve on promotion or tenure committees. For promotion considerations, committee members shall have a higher rank or classification than those being considered.

157

4.0 Candidates may list all achievements in a curriculum vitae. Candidates shall present in their Personnel Data Summary (PDS) a limited listing and discussion of no more than five of their important achievements in each of the three categories and should support the achievements by documentation.

5.0 The entire professional record of the candidate shall be considered.

6.0 The University Library shall adhere as closely as possible to the format for reappointment, tenure, and promotion materials that shall be distributed before the beginning of the academic year by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement. Peer review committees and faculty may annually forward requests for revision of the PDS format to the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement or to the Committee on Faculty Affairs.

7.0 The supporting documentation considered by the Library peer review committee shall include (a) peer evaluations, (b) available student evaluations, (c) one copy of all tangible evidence of professional growth specified in the PDS, and (d) previous letters of review by committees and administrators.

8.0 At the conclusion of the reappointment, tenure, and promotion process, the supporting materials shall be returned to the candidate. A copy of the PDS shall be placed in the official personnel file.

Reappointment, Tenure and Promotion of Student Affairs Faculty: Criteria

1.0 The primary mission of Counseling and Psychological Services (CPS) is to provide services to students and the university community that support and enhance the education of the whole person and nurture a healthy and productive learner-centered environment. Student Health Services (SHS) is an on-campus ambulatory medical and health promotion facility designed to provide the students with medical and preventive health care supportive of the educational mission of San Diego State University.

2.0 The SDSU learning community is extremely diverse. In order to work effectively on campus, CPS and SHS faculty must have demonstrable respect for diversity and an ability to work effectively from a cross cultural perspective with people from a wide range of backgrounds and value systems. Probationary and tenured counseling faculty shall be evaluated in a) counseling effectiveness (CPS) or programming effectiveness (SHS) b) professional growth, and c) service to the university and community.

2.1 The primary qualification for reappointment, tenure, or promotion is excellence in counseling/programming. Evidence of counseling effectiveness (CPS) or programming effectiveness (SHS) may include knowledge and skill with a broad range of psychotherapeutic theories and interventions; integration of professional growth into the psychological or other services provided to students and the university community; knowledge and competence to work effectively with students from multicultural backgrounds; the ability to make discerning judgments regarding the full range of complex legal and ethical issues that relate to counseling/clinical work

Counseling effectiveness (CPS) or programming effectiveness (SHS) may be evaluated by various methods such as peer reviews, case presentations, case consultations, chart review, student evaluations of counseling, intern evaluations of supervision and training, program evaluation, and publications or presentations.

2.2 Professional Growth: Evidence of growth in counseling skills, professional research, and scholarship that complements and strengthens one’s ability to provide competent professional service is essential to the effectiveness of all Student Affairs Faculty members, to their own professional stature, and the stature of the University.

The forms of scholarship expected from Student Affairs Faculty could best be described as the scholarship of integration and the scholarship of application. More specifically, this is assimilating the knowledge acquired by study of a particular topic and translating said knowledge base to applied clinical or program settings. The scholarship of discovery in the form of refereed articles would not be expected to predominate amongst criteria to demonstrate Student Affairs Faculty professional growth.

Evidence of professional growth includes activities which substantially improve or expand counselors knowledge and counseling skills in providing psychological services to students and the university community and may include: attendance and/or scholarly presentations at

158

professional training institutes and workshops; developing curriculum for trainees, interns and/or peer educators; presentation of professional projects; publications of merit; awards and honors; grants and contracts; participation in workshops and panels; and active participation in professional organizations. It is expected that Student Affairs Faculty demonstrate that they have knowledge of current treatments and techniques.

2.3 Service to the University and Community: Every counseling faculty member shall assume responsibility for participating in activities that apply their expertise for the benefit of the University and community. Examples of valued service would include: efforts to improve student outreach and retention; service on department and University committees; holding offices in University-associated or relevant community organizations; offering counseling related lectures and seminars for community groups; consulting with community groups; and volunteering in community organizations.

When a candidate distinguishes himself or herself in performing such duties to the significant benefit of the University, and this performance is appropriately documented over a significant length of time, then service to the University shall have more than the usual bearing on reappointment, tenure, and promotion decisions. However the primary criterion is effectiveness of counseling/programming with professional growth an important consideration.

3.0 There shall be three tenure track counselor ranks, SSPAR-I, SSPAR-II, and SSPAR-III. Standards for promotion shall be higher at each higher rank. Counseling faculty being considered for promotion shall not serve on promotion or tenure committees. For promotion considerations, committee members shall have a higher rank or classification than those being considered.

4.0 Candidates will submit a Personnel Data Summary (PDS) with no more than five examples of important achievements in each of these three areas (counseling or programming effectiveness, professional growth, and service to the university and community). Candidates will also submit a current curriculum vitae.

5.0 The entire professional record of the candidate shall be considered.

6.0 The counseling faculty shall adhere as closely as possible to the format for reappointment, tenure, and promotion materials that shall be distributed before the beginning of the academic year by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs - Faculty Advancement or to the Committee on Faculty Affairs.

7.0 The supporting documentation considered by the Counseling Faculty peer review committee shall include (a) available student evaluations, if applicable (b) one copy of all tangible evidence of professional growthspecified in the PDS, and (c) previous letters of review by committees and administrators.

8.0 At the conclusion of the reappointment, tenure, and promotion process, the supporting materials shall be returned to the candidate. A copy of the PDS shall be placed in the official personnel file.

Retention and Development

1.0 The retention and development of faculty shall be a crucial call for actions by the university administration, by colleges, schools, and departments, and by faculty.

2.0 The university administration, colleges, schools, and departments shall provide appropriate material resources to foster and support retention and development.

2.1 Funding opportunities for retention and development shall be made available to faculty throughout the calendar year.

2.2 Sabbaticals, leaves, and research grants shall be recognized as essential for retention and development and supported accordingly.

2.3 Initiatives, programs, committees, presentations, and other efforts directed at retention and development shall be supported accordingly.

3.0 Colleges, schools, and departments shall establish and maintain programs to foster retention and development.

159

3.1 Colleges shall direct schools and departments to review regularly and, if necessary, to revise their Reappointment, Tenure, and Promotion (RTP) policies and to bring them to the attention of their faculty.

3.2 Schools and departments, through well designed mentoring programs, shall work with probationary and other faculty to clarify expectations in the RTP process and to provide meaningful assistance in the preparation of RTP materials.

3.3 Schools and departments, cooperating with colleges and with the university administration, shall work with faculty to make available assigned time to reduce teaching loads for research, scholarship, and creative activity so as to support retention and development.

3.4 Faculty shall recognize their responsibility (a) to utilize the resources and programs that the university has established to foster and support retention and development and (b) to strive to allocate time and effort to reach the university’s expectations in teaching, professional growth, and service.

Retirement and Emeritus Status

1.0 Emeritus Status

1.1 Conferral of emeritus status represents an honor bestowed by the university in recognition of significant and distinguished service to the university by faculty from San Diego State University who may seek to continue their affiliation with and service to the institution.

1.2 Privileges: The privileges of emeritus status, as available and following normal procedures for allocation, shall include (a) library privileges accorded all regular faculty members, (b) computer access upon recommendation of the appropriate departmental unit (school, department, college), and (c) available office space upon the recommendation of the department or school.

1.3 Eligibility: Emeritus status is granted at a campus, and may be conferred at more than one campus or university system. Years of service at the campus or system level, either continuously or at different times, may be considered as evidence of merit. Emeritus status may be conferred only upon faculty who have: (a) provided significant or sustained contribution in promoting the mission of the university, or (b) held employment with the California State University (CSU) system and who are eligible to activate their annuities from the CSU system. Exceptional cases of nonservice retirements, those who resigned from SDSU, or lecturers, may be considered for recommendation to the Senate based on merit.

1.4 Nomination: The Faculty Honors and Awards Committee shall recommend to the Senate faculty members eligible for emeritus status.

1.41 Each semester, the Committee shall receive from the President’s Office (a) a list of tenured faculty members who have informed the President of their intention to retire, (b) their anticipated dates of retirement, and (c) their status with respect to service retirement.

1.42 Nominations for emeritus status shall be submitted by the Dean of the college or head of major academic unit to the Faculty Honors and Awards Committee. Nominations for exceptional cases must be accompanied by a rationale for conferral of emeritus status.

1.43 If eligible persons are omitted from emeritus status, they may within three years of the date of prior decision request of the Chair of the Senate consideration for emeritus status.

1.5 Emeritus status shall be granted by formal action of the Senate, viva voce, to a tenured member of the faculty upon service retirement. Emeritus status shall be granted under other conditions to recognize extraordinary service to the university by a majority vote of the Senate taken viva voce.

1.6 The names of emeritus faculty shall be listed in the back of the General Catalog and with department and school faculty in the body of the Catalog.

160

Royalties from Instructional Materials

1.0 It shall be a conflict of interest and a violation of professional ethics for a faculty member, academic department or school, or segment thereof to accept or solicit payment of royalties or commissions for assigned course materials, other than those published for general (national or international) sale.

2.0 In exceptional cases, royalties or commissions may be justified by the university President with advice from an ad hoc five-member review committee appointed by the President to include representatives from the office of the Provost, the Senate, the University Library, and the Associated Students. Final disposition of cases shall be reported to the Senate.

Substitutability

1.0 Substitutability shall be the ability of faculty employees to substitute the summer session for either the fall or spring semester.

1.1 Departments and colleges shall notify their faculty of any special criteria pertaining to substitutability.

1.2 Faculty shall apply to their department chair or school director, who shall forward the department’s or school’s recommendation to the dean of the college.

1.3 A faculty member shall demonstrate how a summer assignment benefits students, the department or school, and the college.

1.4 No faculty employee shall be required to substitute summer session for fall or spring semester.

2.0 The teaching, research, and service responsibilities and rights of faculty substituting a summer session shall be the same as responsibilities and rights in the fall or spring semester.

3.0 Personnel decisions shall follow the normal department or school procedures.

4.0 Faculty, chairs, directors, and deans shall consider how substitution might affect responsibilities for teaching, research, advising, committee work, and other forms of service.

5.0 The Committee on Academic Resources and Planning shall report annually to the Senate on the budgetary advisability of implementing substitutability during the academic year.

Decisions regarding substitutability shall support the academic goals and mission of the University.

Temporary Faculty Appointments

1.0 Faculty may be appointed at the rank of Lecturer to temporary full-time or part-time positions.

2.0 The President, after considering the recommendations of the department or school and the dean of the college, shall appoint temporary faculty employees. No faculty employee shall be deemed appointed in the absence of an official written notification from the President or designee.

2.1 Temporary appointments may be for a semester, parts of a year, or one or more years. Temporary appointees, both full- and part-time, shall not be probationary faculty and shall not earn permanence or credit toward tenure despite length of service unless appointed to probationary tenure-track.

2.2 The official notification to a temporary faculty employee shall also indicate that appointments automatically expire at the end of the period stated and do not establish consideration for subsequent appointments or any further appointment rights. No other notice shall be provided.

3.0 An appointment for a less than full-time temporary faculty employee may depend upon conditions established at the time of appointment relative to enrollment and budget considerations. If a class is canceled, the temporary faculty employee shall be paid for class hours taught. Classes may be canceled before the third class meeting. Full-time temporary faculty employees shall not be appointed conditionally.

4.0 Part-time faculty employees shall be appointed for fractions of a 15-unit base (e.g., those who teach a three- unit course shall be hired for 0.2 time). If, however, a part-time employee is assigned advising or

161

committee work, the percentage of time may be increased to reflect the additional assignment if the assignment is written into the statement of Terms and Conditions of Appointment under “Special Duties.”

5.0 Searches and Pools

5.1 Each department or school shall maintain a list of temporary faculty employees who have been evaluated by the unit. If such an employee applies for a position in the unit or applies to the unit’s applicant pool, the employee’s previous periodic evaluations and application shall receive careful consideration.

5.2 If a department or school undertakes a search for a part time position, it must be in full conformity with Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment requirements. This search should create a pool of qualified candidates from which part-time appointments shall be made. For each appointment, the qualifications of all persons in the pool shall be reviewed and the most qualified person available shall be appointed.

5.3 If a department or school conducts a nationwide search for a full time temporary faculty member, it shall be in compliance with Equal Employment Opportunity (EOE) guidelines.

6.0 Renewed Appointments

6.1 Appointment of a temporary faculty employee in consecutive academic years to a similar assignment in the same department or school shall require the same as or higher salary placement than in the previous appointment.

6.2 All appointments and reappointments of temporary faculty shall follow the procedures and guidelines established by the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) and subsequent interpretations.

7.0 Subsequent Tenure-Track Appointments

7.1 A part-time or full-time temporary faculty employee may apply for an open tenure-track position. If the employee proves to be the most qualified applicant after a nationwide search in full compliance with Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment requirements, that person may be appointed to the tenure-track position.

7.2 If a person who has served in a full-time temporary position is appointed to a tenure-track position, the department or school may recommend that up to two years of service in the full-time temporary position be counted as service toward tenure. However, the dean of the college or the Provost may reject the recommendation in favor of the six-year probationary period.

8.0 Persons appointed to academic positions at San Diego State University or its auxiliaries shall be judged on their merits. Immediate family members of faculty members (professors, administrators, and librarians) may be considered for academic positions (teaching, administrative, and library). Faculty employees shall neither initiate nor participate in institutional decisions involving a direct benefit (initial appointment, retention, promotion, salary, leave of absence, etc.) to members of their immediate families.

Temporary Faculty, Periodic Evaluation of

1.0 Temporary faculty who have been hired for both semesters of an academic year shall be evaluated in the spring semester. Each department or school shall develop procedures and criteria for periodic performance appraisals of temporary faculty. Evaluation criteria and procedures shall be made available to the temporary faculty member no later than 14 days after the first day of instruction of the academic term.

1.1 Evaluation shall occur before temporary hiring decisions for the following fall semester are made.

1.2 The evaluation of full-time temporary faculty employees with teaching duties shall include student evaluations of teaching performance, peer review by a department or school committee, and evaluations by administrators. The departmental review may also consist of a review of class syllabi, in-class observations, or other materials related to teaching effectiveness.

1.3 The evaluation of part-time temporary faculty employees with teaching duties shall include student evaluations of teaching performance, evaluations by administrators or department chair or school director, and the opportunity for peer evaluation from the department or school.

162

1.4 When classroom visits are utilized as part of the evaluation process, the faculty member shall be provided a notice of at least 5 days that a classroom visit is to take place. There shall be consultation between the faculty member being evaluated and the individual who visits his/her class(es).

2.0 Full-time and part-time temporary faculty employees appointed for one semester or session shall be evaluated at the discretion of the department chair or school director, the appropriate administrator, or the department or school. The employee may request that an evaluation be performed.

3.0 Faculty employees, students, academic administrators and the President may contribute information to the evaluation of a faculty employee. Only tenured faculty employees and academic department administrators shall engage in deliberations and make recommendations to the President (or designee) regarding the evaluation of a faculty employee.

4.0 The employee shall be provided with a copy of the periodic evaluation by the peer review committee chair. Evaluations shall be signed by the appropriate administrator(s) and the peer review committee chair.

5.0 A written record of periodic evaluation shall be placed in the employee’s Personnel Action File, and a copy of the evaluation given to the employee.

6.0 Temporary faculty eligible for an initial three-year appointment or a successor three-year appointment shall undergo a cumulative periodic evaluation.

6.1 This evaluation shall include student evaluations of teaching performance for those with teaching duties, peer review by a committee of the department or equivalent unit and evaluations by appropriate administrators.

6.2 The evaluation shall rate the temporary faculty unit employee as either satisfactory or unsatisfactory. Satisfactory ratings may include narrative comments including constructive suggestions for development.

6.3 For an initial three-year appointment, this periodic evaluation shall consider the employee’s cumulative work performance during the six-year period as defined in Article 12.12 of the CBA. For a subsequent three-year appointment, this periodic evaluation shall consider the employee’s cumulative work performance during the entire three-year appointment.

6.4 An initial or subsequent three-year appointment shall be issued if the temporary faculty unit employee is determined by the appropriate administrator to have performed in a satisfactory manner in carrying out the duties of his/her position.

6.5 The determination of the appropriate administrator shall be based on the contents of the Personnel Action File and any materials generated for use in any given evaluation cycle pursuant to Article 15.8 of the CBA.

6.6 Where the appropriate administrator determines that a temporary faculty unit employee has not performed his/her duties in a satisfactory manner, then the reasons for his/her determination shall be reduced to writing and placed in the Personnel Action File.

Temporary Faculty: Range Elevation

1.0 Eligibility: Temporary faculty employees (excluding coaches) shall be eligible for range elevation if they (a) are not eligible for additional Salary Step Increases (SSIs) in their current range and (b) have beenemployed in their current range for at least five years.

2.0 Criteria: To be considered for range elevation an applicant

a. Shall present evidence of excellence in teaching or other assigned duties, and

b. Shall be allowed to present evidence of professional development or significant contributions to servicein the department or school, college, university, or community.

3.0 The application shall consist of a memorandum including (a) the applicant’s request, (b) a complete curriculum vitae, and (c) a summary of contributions to the university and community since initial appointment or last range elevation, whichever is more recent.

163

4.0 Procedures

4.1 Annually the Office of Faculty Advancement shall publish a schedule of deadlines for application, review, and notification. At least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the annual campus range elevation process and no later than March 1, the college shall notify those lecturers who may be eligible for range elevation.

4.2 Applications shall be submitted to the department chair or school director; a copy shall be submitted to the dean. The chair or director shall obtain a recommendation from the unit, shall add a recommendation, and shall forward the application and both recommendations to the dean.

4.3 The dean shall provide written notification to the applicant of his or her recommendation. The Office of Faculty Advancement shall provide the official notification to the applicant.

4.4 Range elevation applications that are denied may be appealed to the Office of Faculty Advancement. Appeals will be heard by a Peer Review Panel (the Range Elevation Appeals Panel18.

4.4.1 Each College RTP Committee shall designate one of its members to serve on the Range Elevation Appeals Panel. The Panel members shall elect one of their number as Chair.

4.4.2 Once the deadline has passed for receipt of Range Elevation appeals, the Appeals Panel shall meet to hear the appeals. Appellants shall be allowed to make a presentation to the Panel and to be represented by CFA if so desired.

4.4.3 The Appeals Panel shall convene and review the cases within thirty (30) days. The Panel shall render a decision within thirty (30) days of hearing the case. The decision of the Panel shall be final and binding on the parties.

Tenure-Track Planning

1.0 The university shall adopt a specific planning goal to establish the proportion of probationary and tenured faculty to 75 percent of the total of the university’s full-time equivalent faculty (FTEF) positions dedicated to probationary and tenured faculty and lecturers. Each college shall formally examine its philosophy, mission, and pedagogies in relation to this proportion.

2.0 To meet this goal the university shall need to (a) refill the tenure-track positions that become vacant through retirements, resignations, terminations, and deaths, and (b) strive to maintain the 75 to 25 percent proportion.

3.0 This tenure-track renewal initiative shall become the university’s highest fiscal priority.

4.0 The allocation of tenure-track positions shall be tied to programmatic planning by departments, schools, programs, and colleges.

5.0 After appropriate consultation with the Tenure-Track Planning Committee, the Provost shall determine and communicate to the university a policy concerning allocation of new and vacated tenure-track positions.

Tenured Faculty, Periodic Evaluation of

1.0 Every five or fewer years, tenured faculty employees not subject to a performance review for promotion shall be evaluated according to department or school procedures and criteria.

2.0 The periodic evaluations shall be conducted by a peer review committee of the department or school and by the dean of the college or designee.

3.0 For employees with teaching responsibilities, the procedures shall include but should not be limited to consideration of student evaluations of teaching performance in at least two courses for each year of the evaluation period. The courses shall typify the employee’s teaching responsibilities. In the event of disagreement regarding the selection of courses, the employee and department chair or school director shall each select 50 percent of the courses.

18 Approved March 2018 164

4.0 A tenured faculty employee shall be provided a copy of the peer committee report of the periodic evaluation. The peer review committee chair or the dean of the college or designee shall meet with the tenured faculty member to discuss strengths and weaknesses and to suggest any improvement. A copy of the peer committee’s and the dean’s or designee’s reports shall be placed in the employee’s Personnel Action File.

Titles and Appointments

1.0 Faculty Unit Employees

1.1 SDSU recognizes that the titles and appointment rights of bargaining unit faculty employees shall be defined by the Collective Bargaining Agreement between the California State University and the California Faculty Association. Faculty unit employees include tenured and probationary faculty, full-time and part-time temporary faculty, library faculty, counselor faculty and other Student Services Professionals Academically Related, and coaching faculty.

1.2 Nothing in this policy shall conflict or compete with the provisions set out in the Collective Bargaining Agreement.

2.0 Research and Clinical Faculty

2.1 Upon the recommendation of the department or school, the dean of the college may appoint an individual to one of the following positions: (a) Research Assistant Professor, (b) Research Associate Professor, (c) Research Professor, (d) Clinical Assistant Professor, (e) Clinical Associate Professor, and (f) Clinical Professor.

2.2 Research or clinical faculty shall be defined as positions entirely funded through grants and contracts.

2.3 Research and clinical faculty must meet typical appointment level standards at rank as determined by unit personnel committee.

2.4 Research and clinical faculty shall receive annual appointments, with no commitment to funding and renewal subject to unit approval.

2.5 Research and clinical faculty may be promoted through the ranks subject to an evaluation procedure defined by department or equivalent unit policy.

2.6 When research and clinical faculty teach, they shall do so as temporary faculty members subject to the appropriate provisions of the Collective Bargaining Agreement.

2.7 No title shall be bestowed or used in the absence of department or school approval or without a formal letter from the dean of the college.

3.0 Special Lecturer Titles

3.1 Upon the recommendation of the department or school, the dean of the college may confer upon a temporary faculty member one of the following titles: (a) Research Scholar, (b) Clinical Scholar,(c) Executive Scholar, (d) Creative Arts Scholar, (e) Distinguished Lecturer, or (f) inResidence (e.g., Artist in Residence, Poet in Residence, etc.).

3.2 Departments, schools, and colleges shall develop policies to govern the bestowal of titles listed in 3.1.

3.3 Endowments may be raised for named lectureships.

3.4 No title shall be bestowed or used in the absence of department or school approval or without a formal letter from the dean of the college.

4.0 Distinguished Visiting Professor

Upon the recommendation of a department or school, a noted authority may be granted the honorary rank of Distinguished Visiting Professor for up to one year. The Distinguished Visiting Professor shall not have any official responsibilities but shall receive (a) an office, desk, and appertaining accoutrements, (b) library privileges, (c) suitable social amenities, (d) scholarly and technical assistance when possible, and (e) the usual faculty parking privileges.

165

5.0 Distinguished Professor

5.1 Recipients of the Albert W. Johnson University Research Lecture shall be named as a Distinguished Professor in their discipline.

5.2 Recipients of the Senate Distinguished Teaching Award shall be named as a Senate Distinguished Professor in their discipline.

6.0 Adjunct Faculty (Volunteer Appointments)

6.1 Adjunct faculty shall be appointed without remuneration to provide various professional services to the university, such as teaching classes, giving occasional lectures, counseling students, supervising student research, and engaging in cooperative research with other faculty. Adjunct faculty appointments shall be made when the arrangement is of value to both the university and to the person appointed.

6.2 The faculty status granted with the adjunct appointment (a) shall officially affiliate the appointee with the university, (b) shall allow access to facilities as approved by the dean of the college making the appointment, (c) shall provide library privileges, (d) shall give the right to purchase faculty parking each semester or session, (e) shall provide Workers Compensation for injuries or illness related to university duties, and (f) shall provide job-related liability protection.

6.3 Adjunct appointments shall be made for one semester or one year and may be renewed indefinitely. To meet legal requirements, they shall be renewed formally; informal arrangements shall neither confer faculty status nor provide the protections listed in 6.2 above. The letter of appointment shall name the person to whom the adjunct faculty member reports and shall generally state the services that the adjunct faculty member will provide.

6.4 Upon the recommendation of the department or school, the dean of the college making the appointment may assign one of the following titles: (a) Adjunct Assistant Professor, (b) Adjunct Associate Professor, (c) Adjunct Professor.

Vacancy Announcements

1.0 Announcements of vacant probationary faculty positions shall be widely disseminated and shall fully conform with Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Employment requirements. The President shall inform employees where announcements of all campuses’ vacant tenure-track positions may be examined.

2.0 Announcements of vacant temporary faculty positions shall be appropriately disseminated. Employees and the Unit 3 collective bargaining agent shall be notified where such vacancy announcements may be examined.

3.0 The department or equivalent unit shall normally develop vacancy announcements subject to approval by the Office of Faculty Advancement.

Voting Eligibility in Departments, Schools, and Colleges

1.0 Unless other standards of voting eligibility on a specific matter have been approved by the Senate, voting on all matters that come before a department, school, or college shall be open to the full-time tenured and probationary faculty except as follows:

1.1 The probationary and tenured faculty employees of the department or school shall elect a peer review committee of tenured faculty employees to review and recommend faculty employees who are being considered for reappointment, promotion, or tenure. The minimum number for a group making recommendations concerning appointment, reappointment, tenure, promotion, and reassignment shall be three. If a department or school is unable to constitute an eligible group of three, it shall elect eligible tenured faculty employees from the college.

1.2 Faculty members not in residence shall not have voting privileges.

1.3 Faculty members who have been notified by the President that they will not be reappointed shall have voting privileges.

1.4 Faculty members holding joint appointments shall vote in the department in which they hold their majority appointment.

166

2.0 In non-employment matters, voting privileges of faculty other than full-time tenured and probationary faculty shall be determined by their departments, schools, or colleges.

3.0 Each department, school, and college shall file with both the office of the dean of the college and the Office of Faculty Advancement a current copy of its regulations governing voting eligibility

Workload

The Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) shall state the various provisions that apply to the annual assignment of workload for full-time and part-time instructional faculty, library faculty, and coaching employees.

Work Year

The Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) shall provide the details on the number of workdays in an academic year, the work year of a full-time 10-month employee, and the work year of a full-time 12-month employee.

167

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Organization

Auxiliaries, Review of

1.0 SDSU has four auxiliaries: Associated Students, Aztec Shops, The Campanile Foundation, and the SDSU Research Foundation. Normally, the President shall call for a review of each auxiliary on a five-year rotating basis. Taking into consideration both Title 5 Education Code policies and procedures for California State University Auxiliary Organizations and the San Diego State University Scope of Authority for Auxiliary Organizations, the review shall a) evaluate how well the auxiliary supports the mission and goals of the university, (b) examine how it manages its resources and its fiscal responsibilities, (c) assess the direction and appropriateness of growth, (d) elucidate and recommend change or need for further support, and (e) examine the overall functioning and day-to-day management of the organization.

2.0 Review Panel

2.1 The review panel for the San Diego State University Research Foundation shall comprise seven members: one dean chosen by the Provost, one vice president of a major research institution chosen by the President, one chief operating officer of a nonacademic entity chosen by the Research Foundation’s Chief Executive Officer, two faculty members chosen by the President from four nominated by the Senate, one faculty member chosen by the President, one student chosen by Associated Students

2.2 The review panel for Associated Students shall comprise nine members: the Vice President for Student Affairs, one vice president for student affairs from a similar academic institution chosen by the President, one student government officer from a similar academic institution chosen by Associated Students, two faculty members chosen by the President from four nominated by the Senate, one faculty member chosen by the President, one staff member chosen by the Staff Affairs Committee, two students not serving on the Associated Student Council but chosen by Associated Students.

2.3 The review panel for Aztec Shops Ltd. shall comprise eight members: one dean chosen by the Provost, one vice president of business affairs of a similar academic institution chosen by the Vice President for Business Affairs, one chief operating officer of a similar entity at another academic institution chosen by Aztec Shops Manager, two faculty members selected by the President from four nominated by the Senate, one faculty member chosen by the President, one staff member chosen by the Staff Affairs Committee, one student chosen by Associated Students.

2.4 The review panel for the Campanile Foundation shall comprise seven members: one dean chosen by the Provost, one vice president of development chosen by the President, one chief operating officer of a nonacademic entity chosen by the Vice President for Advancement, two faculty members chosen by the President from four nominated by the Senate, one faculty member chosen by the President, one student chosen by Associated Students.

3.0 Procedures

3.1 The President, in consultation with the Cabinet and the Senate Executive Committee, shall prepare a charge to the auxiliary outlining questions to be addressed in a self-study. In the course of the review, the panel may request more specific information from the auxiliary to answer questions related to the charge.

3.2 The President shall appoint a chair who shall convene the organizational meeting of the panel. The President or designee shall appear at that meeting to review the charge.

3.3 After the panel has been constituted, the auxiliary shall be notified and requested to send copies of the self-study to each panel reviewer. After review of the self-study, the panel shall meet to develop the review process which may include, but not be limited to: interviews with constituency groups or individuals who are knowledgeable about or affected by the auxiliary, interviews with individuals or groups employed by the auxiliary, and/or arrangements to visit the auxiliary at a mutually agreeable time or to request documents or information that will facilitate the review.

168

3.4 Agendas and time lines shall be established by the chair of the review panel in consultation with appropriate administrators.

4.0 Report and Follow-up

4.1 After the review, the panel shall submit a report or reports with recommendations for further action or review.

4.2 The report shall first be presented to the auxiliary which may submit comments and responses to the panel, which shall include them in the full report presented to the President and the Senate.

4.3 The President or the Senate may ask for further review should it be deemed necessary.

4.4 The auxiliary will be requested to provide a follow-up report after one year to the Senate on its progress including changes developed as a result of the review or other campus policy changes.

Chairs of Departments or Programs and Directors of Schools

1.0 Department or program chairs and school directors shall serve at the pleasure of the President. They shall perform duties and carry out responsibilities assigned by the President. They shall be both academic administrators and faculty members. Most chairs or directors shall continue their faculty activities as time allows and eventually shall return to a full-time assignment of teaching, research, and service.

2.0 Collective bargaining unit chairs and directors shall normally be selected from tenured or probationary faculty employees recommended by the department, school, or program. A department, school, program may recommend that a person be concurrently appointed to its faculty and to the position of chair or director.

3.0 Appointment

3.1 Not later than March of each year, a department, program, or school whose position of chair or director will be vacated at the end of the academic year shall recommend the name of one or more nominees to the dean of its college. When a vacancy occurs at another time, the appointment shall be implemented as rapidly as possible.

3.2 The dean either shall inform the department, program, or school of his or her intention to recommend to the President one nominee or shall promptly return the name(s) to the unit stating why its recommendation is unacceptable. If the unit’s recommendation is rejected, it may either submit another recommendation or request reconsideration of the original recommendation. Ordinarily, the dean and the unit should reach agreement. However, if no agreement is reached, the dean, after deliberation and consultation with the personnel committee of the college, shall recommend to the President the appointment of a chair or director.

3.3 In the event of a vacancy, the President may appoint an interim chair or director. The appointment shall last until the regular appointment of a chair or director.

4.0 Departments, programs, or schools shall develop procedures and schedules for periodic review of the chair or director. The review shall be completed by March of the third year and every two years thereafter and shall consist of at least a referendum by the tenured and probationary faculty. After the referendum or review, the unit shall recommend to the dean of the college that the appointment be continued or terminated.

5.0 During a term of office, a department, program, or school may request that the dean remove the chair or director, or the dean may determine to remove the chair or director. In either case, after deliberation and consultation with the unit and the personnel committee of the college, the dean may recommend to the President that the chair or director be removed and an interim chair or director be appointed and may request from the unit a nomination for a regularly appointed chair or director.

College Policy and Planning Committees

1.0 Each college shall have an academic policy and planning committee that shall deliberate on and recommend academic policy and planning for the college. The committee shall conduct both long-range and short-range planning. Normally, the dean shall consult with this committee in advance of deadlines for decisions and shall make decisions only after this consultation. The committee shall have access to all

169

budget and resource allocation information and to other information available to and from deans, departments or schools, and programs relevant to policy and planning.

2.0 This committee shall be charged with

a. Keeping policy and planning under continuous review and formulating and recommending thepriorities among departments, schools, and programs in order to arrive at quality programs,

b. Facilitating communication between university policy sources (e.g., Senate, administration,Chancellor’s Office) and faculty members of the college at large,

c. Helping to coordinate departments’, schools’, and programs’ responses to policy actions taken bythe Senate, the administration, the Chancellor’s Office,

d. Cooperating with the Committee on Academic Policy and Planning, and

e. By each February 1 reporting its activities and problems to the Committee on Academic Policyand Planning.

3.0 The committee shall comprise elected members (the number determined by each college) and the dean or designee as an ex officio member. The elected members shall serve staggered three-year terms and shall be eligible for reelection. The members shall elect the chair of the committee.

Colleges

1.0 A college within the university shall comprise faculty concerned with instruction and research in the liberal or applied arts and sciences that contribute to the total intellectual development of the students of the university. Through its colleges, the university shall offer baccalaureate and graduate degrees.

2.0 Departments, schools, and programs within the college shall be the fundamental instructional units and shall develop and offer majors in the various disciplines. Usually, a college shall be larger than an autonomous school, and the administrative structure may be more complex. Specific guidelines for efficient size and the number of degrees granted shall not be identified.

3.0 If the conditions are not met as outlined under 1.0 and 2.0, the term "college" may only be used as an honorary designation.

Departments and Schools

1.0 The department or school shall initiate, operate, and administer academic programs (e.g., instruction, research, community services, and creative activities).

2.0 The department or school shall be a fundamental instructional unit within a college that shall deal with a discrete and specific body of knowledge or techniques. Specific guidelines for efficient size and the number of degrees granted shall not be identified.

2.1 For undergraduate programs, the department or school shall contribute to the university’s baccalaureate curriculum by providing instruction in subject matter fields integrated into the total discipline leading to the baccalaureate degree.

2.2 For master’s and doctoral programs, the department or school, as a faculty, shall be more autonomous and shall direct its own degree requirements and recommend its own candidates.

3.0 The department or school shall initiate recommendations concerning appointments, reappointments, tenure, and promotions. Except in the most extraordinary circumstances, department and school recommendations concerning appointments, reappointments, and tenure shall be accepted by the dean of the college; however, the faculty of any college may adopt a procedure requiring that final recommendations to the dean concerning any personnel matter be prepared by a designated college committee.

4.0 The department or school shall be administered by a chair or director who shall report to the dean of the college and who shall lead the unit’s faculty in developing curricula and in keeping current in the unit’s discipline(s). The chair or director shall institute programs for enlistment and motivation of students and shall conduct a strong advising program. The chair or director should not be immersed in fiscal or budgetary details except in an informal and advisory capacity with the dean.

170

Administrative Units: Establishment and Restructuring

Establishment of Departments or Schools

1.0 Proposals for the establishment of a department or school may be initiated by departments or schools, faculty members, or administrative officers of the university. The proposal shall address employment options, informed by the current Collective Bargaining Agreements, for the affected faculty and for permanent staff.

2.0 The proponent(s) shall distribute a written proposal to the Academic Planning Committee of the affected College, which shall invite faculty representatives from any affected academic units to serve on that Committee on an ad-hoc basis. The Committee shall transmit its recommendation to the Dean(s). If the recommendation is negative, the proponents of the proposal shall have ten working days to offer additional arguments.

3.0 The proposal shall be reviewed by the Dean(s) of the College(s) concerned.

3.1 If the Dean(s) judges that the proposal has no merit, this recommendation together with the original proposal shall be forwarded to the Provost. The Provost shall publicly announce to the faculty of the affected units the recommendation of the Deans not to pursue further action. The faculty shall have ten working days to offer additional arguments.

3.2 If the Dean(s) judges that the proposal has merit, the Dean(s) shall then form an ad hoc committee that will give the matter full and serious consideration. The committee shall comprise at least five members, at least two of whom should be department chairs or school directors, one tenured faculty member drawn from an uninvolved College, and representatives from at least two affected academic units elected by full-time faculty from the affected academic units. The committee shall then report its recommendations to the Dean(s) and the executive committee(s) (or equivalent) of the College(s) involved.

4.0 A final proposal shall be made available to all full-time faculty from affected academic units. These faculty members shall vote on the proposal. The results of the vote shall be transmitted to the Dean(s) and all subsequent reviewing bodies.

5.0 The Dean(s)’s recommendation shall be transmitted to the Provost, who shall convey the recommendation with comments to the Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning. A complete report including the proposal and a record of the responses of the subsequent reviewing bodies will be sent forward to these committees.

6.0 The Senate Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning shall present their recommendations to the Senate, which shall recommend action to the President.

7.0 Criteria for Establishing Schools within an Administrative Unit (i.e., Protoschools)

7.1 The academic unit (a) shall offer a degree program subject to accreditation by a recognized external accrediting group or (b) shall contain within itself subunits that offer various and distinct professional degree programs and faculty members who do not necessarily have common professional qualifications.

8.0 Criteria for Establishing Autonomous Schools

8.1 The academic unit shall meet the criteria of section 7.1 for the establishment of a school within an existing administrative unit.

8.2 If a recognized external accrediting body exists, the academic unit shall meet the criteria for accreditation except autonomy.

8.3 The academic unit shall demonstrate experience in the operation of a program as a major, department, or school within a College.

8.4 The academic unit shall demonstrate both present capacity and future potential for a graduate program.

171

Colleges: Establishment

1.0 Proposals for the establishment of a College may be initiated by departments or schools, faculty members, or administrative officers of the university. The proposal shall address employment options, informed by the current Collective Bargaining Agreements, for the affected faculty and for permanent staff.

2.0 The proposal shall be reviewed by a committee of elected representatives from groups in relevant or related fields of study. If the committee affirms that the proposal has merit it shall be sent to the Provost.

2.1 If the Provost judges that the proposal has merit, the Provost shall then form an ad hoc committee that will give the matter full and serious consideration. The committee shall comprise at least seven members: any Dean(s) from the affected units, at least two department chairs or school directors, one tenured faculty member drawn from an uninvolved College, and at least three faculty from any affected academic units elected by full-time faculty from the affected academic units. The committee shall then report its recommendations to the Dean(s) (if applicable) and the executive committee(s) (or equivalent) of the College(s) involved and to the Provost.

3.0 A final proposal shall be made available to all full-time faculty from affected academic units. These faculty members shall vote on the proposal. The results of the vote shall be transmitted to the Dean(s) (if applicable) and all subsequent reviewing bodies.

4.0 The Provost shall convey the recommendation with comments to the Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning. A complete report including the proposal and a record of the responses of the subsequent reviewing bodies will be sent forward to these committees.

5.0 The Senate Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning shall present their recommendations to the Senate, which shall recommend action to the President.

Departments and Schools: Merger, Restructuring, Transfer, and Abolition

1.0 Proposals for merger, transfer, restructuring (including splitting) or abolition of existing departments or schools may be initiated by departments or schools, faculty members, or administrative officers of the university. The proponent(s) shall distribute a written proposal to the appropriate departments, schools and Deans. The proposal shall address employment options, informed by the current Collective Bargaining Agreements, for the affected faculty and for permanent staff.

2.0 The proponent(s) shall distribute a written proposal to the Academic Planning Committee of the affected College(s), which shall invite faculty representatives from any affected academic units to serve on that Committee on an ad-hoc basis. The Committee shall transmit its recommendation to the Dean(s). If the recommendation is negative, the proponents of the proposal shall have ten working days to offer additional arguments.

3.0 The proposal shall be reviewed by the Dean(s) of the College(s) concerned.

3.1 If the Dean(s) judges that the proposal has no merit, this recommendation together with the original proposal shall be forwarded to the Provost. The Provost shall publicly announce to the faculty of the affected units the recommendation of the Deans not to pursue further action. The faculty shall have ten working days to offer additional arguments.

3.2 If the Dean(s) judges that the proposal has merit, the Dean(s) shall then form an ad hoc committee that will give the matter full and serious consideration. The committee shall comprise at least five members, at least two of whom should be department chairs or school directors, one tenured faculty member drawn from an uninvolved College, and representatives from at least two affected academic units elected by full-time faculty from the affected academic units. The committee shall then report its recommendations to the Dean(s) and the executive committee(s) (or equivalent) of the College(s) involved.

4.0 A final proposal shall be made available to all full-time faculty from affected academic units. These faculty members shall vote on the proposal. The results of the vote shall be transmitted to the Dean and all subsequent reviewing bodies.

5.0 The Dean(s) shall subsequently transmit final recommendations to the Provost, who shall convey the recommendation with comments to the Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic

172

Resources and Planning. A complete report including the proposal and a record of the responses of the subsequent reviewing bodies will be sent forward to these committees.

6.0 The Senate Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning shall present their recommendations to the Senate, which shall recommend action to the President.

Colleges: Merger and Abolition

1.0 Proposals for the merger or abolition of existing Colleges may be initiated by faculty members, or administrative officers of the university. The proponent(s) shall distribute a written proposal to the appropriate Dean(s). The proposal shall address employment options, informed by the current Collective Bargaining Agreements, for the affected faculty and for permanent staff.

2.0 The proponent(s) shall distribute a written proposal to the Academic Planning Committee(s) of the affected College(s), which shall invite faculty representatives from any affected academic units to serve on the Committee(s) on an ad-hoc basis. The Committee(s) shall transmit its/ their recommendation(s) to the Dean(s) of the affected College(s). If the recommendation(s) is/ are negative, the proponents of the proposal shall have ten working days to offer additional arguments.

3.0 The proposal shall be reviewed by the Dean(s) of the College(s) concerned.

3.1 If the Dean(s) judge(s) that the proposal has no merit, this recommendation together with the original proposal shall be forwarded to the Provost. The Provost shall publicly announce to the faculty of the affected units the recommendation of the Dean(s) not to pursue further action. The faculty shall have ten working days to offer additional arguments.

3.2 If the Dean(s) judge(s) that the proposal has merit, the Dean(s) shall then make recommendations to the Provost.

4.0 The Provost shall form an ad hoc committee that will give the matter full and serious consideration. The committee shall comprise at least seven members, Dean(s) of the affected units, at least two department chairs or school directors, one tenured faculty member drawn from an uninvolved College, and at least three faculty from affected academic units elected by full-time faculty from the affected academic units. The committee shall then report its recommendations to the Dean(s) and the executive committee(s) (or equivalent) of the College(s) involved and to the Provost.

5.0 A final proposal shall be made available to all full-time faculty from affected academic units. These faculty members shall vote on the proposal. The results of the vote shall be transmitted to the Dean(s) and all subsequent reviewing bodies.

6.0 The Provost shall evaluate the report and submit a recommendation with comments to the Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning. A complete report including the proposal and a record of the responses of the subsequent reviewing bodies will be sent forward to these committees.

7.0 The Senate Committees on Academic Policy and Planning and on Academic Resources and Planning shall present their recommendations to the Senate, which shall recommend action to the President.

SDSU Imperial Valley

1.0 SDSU Imperial Valley, Calexico shall provide in a remote community setting genuine university experiences and degree curricula for those students at San Diego State University who cannot readily attend the San Diego campus.

2.0 SDSU Imperial Valley and relevant San Diego campus departments, schools, and colleges shall be responsive to the distinctive community, regional, and programmatic needs served by SDSU Imperial Valley.

3.0 SDSU Imperial Valley shall be integral to San Diego State University and shall for practical purposes function as a college.

3.1 SDSU Imperial Valley faculty, staff, and administrators shall be employees of San Diego State University assigned to SDSU Imperial Valley.

173

3.2 The chief administrative officer shall be the Dean. In consultation with the faculty, the Dean shall determine the needs and shall recommend to the President appointments of administrative, staff, and faculty personnel. The Dean shall request that relevant San Diego campus departments or schools initiate SDSU Imperial Valley faculty appointments and other faculty personnel actions in accordance with the resources allocated to SDSU Imperial Valley. For each faculty search, the SDSU Imperial Valley Dean shall request that the appropriate San Diego campus department or school elect a search committee to include at least one member from SDSU Imperial Valley.

3.3 The SDSU Imperial Valley Dean and faculty shall propose and coordinate programs, review curricular assignments and scheduling, and review and recommend faculty personnel actions.

3.4 SDSU Imperial Valley faculty shall serve on university committees and councils only by virtue of election or appointment as members of SDSU Imperial Valley. They shall be allotted proportional elective representation in the Senate. As members of SDSU Imperial Valley they shall not serve on San Diego campus college committees except as external members, nor shall they participate in San Diego campus college elections to the Senate.

Name Changes, Academic Unit

Proposals for unit name changes shall be reviewed in order by the following:

a. Originating department, school, or program

b. Academic planning committees of the college(s) in question

c. Relevant college dean(s)

d. Provost

e. Committee on Academic Policy and Planning

f. Senate, which shall receive the recommendation of the Committee on Academic Policy andPlanning as an information item.

Press, San Diego State University

1.0 The San Diego State University Press shall be established for the purpose of scholarly and creative publication and shall represent the interests of the university community.

2.0 The Director of the Press shall manage the Press and shall report to the Provost or designee. Contracts negotiated by the Press shall be executed by the San Diego State University Research Foundation.

3.0 Editorial Board

3.1 The Board shall recommend works for publication.

3.2 The Board shall comprise 14 scholars, six of whom shall be San Diego State University faculty members appointed by the Senate; Director of the Press, an academic dean designated by the Provost, and the Dean of the Graduate Division or designee; and eight external members nominated by the Director in consultation with the faculty Board members and appointed by the Provost.

3.21 Board members shall be nominated because of their expertise in the areas of the Press’s specialization. No person shall be a member of the Board who has a position of conflict of interest with the operation of the Press (Political Reform Act of 1974, California Government Code, sec. 19251, or other legislation of regulation pertinent to The California State University).

3.22 External members shall be invited to participate by recommending and reviewing manuscripts for consideration.

3.23 Members shall serve three-year staggered terms to a maximum of three consecutive terms.

3.24 The Director of the Press shall chair the Board.

174

3.3 Functions

3.31 The Board shall gather, screen, and recommend to the Director materials for publication by the Press.

3.32 Board members shall participate actively in editing works scheduled for publication by the Press.

3.33 The Director, in consultation with the Board, shall prepare an annual written report for the Provost and the Senate. The report shall include the activities of the preceding year and a compilation of works published, sales figures, a listing of unpublished acquired works, and a financial statement.

3.34 The Director shall schedule for publication those works recommended by the Board that meet the Press standards of quality and marketability.

175

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Staff

Awards

1.0 Staff Excellence Awards

1.1 Five merit awards (Community Service, Service to the University, Staff-to-Staff Mentoring, Innovation and Team Effort) are available to recognize formally those San Diego State University staff members who have made significant contributions in each of the respective areas based on criteria posted on the Staff Affairs Committee website.

2.0 Procedure and Criteria for Nomination

2.1 To be eligible, nominees must be permanent full-time staff employees of San Diego State University (San Diego and/or SDSU Imperial Valley) in good standing with the University, and be employed with the University at the time of the award, as verified through Human Resources. Members of the Staff Honors and Awards committee are ineligible to receive an award during any year they serve on the committee.

2.2 The Staff Honors and Awards Committee shall issue a campus wide call for nominations, utilizing a wide variety of methods, in order to collect nominations in each category. Nominations may be received from staff, students, faculty members, administrators, alumni, and other members of the community. Nominees will be considered for an award only in the category in which they are nominated, however an individual may be nominated in more than one category. Separate nominations are required for each category

2.3 Each nomination shall include: (a) Nominator’s contact information (name, department, telephone, email, primary role) (b) Name and contact information of nominee (c) Award nomination category (d) Description of work or event that is deserving of award (e) Actions that set the nominee apartfrom other candidates, and (f) Unique qualities that make the nominee worthy of award.

2.4 The Staff Honors and Awards Committee shall review all nominations, determine eligibility and select those nominations which best fit the criteria for each category. The committee will then forward up to three vetted, unranked nominations in each category to the President, who shall select the recipients. The president will determine how many awards, if any, will be given in each category.

Policies

1.0 Faculty, staff, and administration shall complement each other in the mission of the university to provide the best possible education for its students. Accordingly, San Diego State University shall strive to provide an environment where people demonstrate mutual respect regardless of rank or role.

2.0 For employees covered under specific collective bargaining agreements, policies relating to wages, hours, work assignments, and working conditions shall be addressed in the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) for each one of those employees’ specified unit. A copy of the employee’s agreement shall be found in the Center for Human Resources and shall be made available to any staff member upon request.

3.0 Information on policies relating to employees of auxiliary organizations and other organizations as listed in the Office of the Chancellor pursuant to Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, sec. 42406, and covered by sec. 42405, shall be located in the human resources department for each specific auxiliary organization.

4.0 Policies relating to employees under the Management Personnel Plan shall be covered by Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, secs. 42720–42723.

5.0 Academic Misconduct19

Staff shall not provide students with unethical academic assistance, including but not limited to: providing or arranging for the provision of

19 Approved December 2017 176

(a) copies of a test, an examination, or other course material to any student without the permission of theinstructor;

(b) fraudulent academic credit or false transcripts regarding an individual’s academic record; and

(c) an academic exception that results in a grade change, academic credit, or fulfillment of a graduationrequirement when such an exception is not available to all students.

177

UNIVERSITY POLICIES: Students

Associated Students

By their student fees, students of San Diego State shall be members of the Associated Students and shall be represented by the Associated Students.

Employment

Student employees shall be accountable for the same standards of discretion, confidentiality, and honesty as other university employees. Like all other employees of the university, students shall be made aware of the general nature of their work environment, their duties and responsibilities, and the potential for violating the conditions of their employment. Students charged with abusing this trust shall be referred to the University Judicial Coordinator or the Center for Human Resources for appropriate disciplinary and legal action.

Theses and Projects, Ownership of and Rights to

1.0 Research or creative work shall be defined as including pictures, sculptures, special editions, laboratory devices, laboratory techniques, manuscripts as theses, musical compositions, mathematical or theoretical conclusions, data and/or research results and the product of the inquiry. In general, the product of an inquiry related to student work, study, or experimentation shall be deemed research.

2.0 A student’s thesis or dissertation used to fulfill the requirements of an advanced degree shall belong to the student author. Copyright of a thesis or dissertation is secured automatically when the work is created. The university shall be entitled to a copy or definable facsimile of the thesis or dissertation.

3.0 The university retains rights to data developed by a student and shall have access to use excerpts from any such thesis or dissertation, including data and graphical support of such data, to develop patent applications to which the University has an interest. Any inventions, trademarks, trade secrets or other intellectual property developed shall be owned in accordance with Senate policy addressing intellectual property including royalty sharing with the student as appropriate. The student will retain copyright ownership of his/her thesis separate from ownership of any intellectual property associated with the work.

178